office furniture needed for workers

The Sims 2 “Ultimate Collection” (Absolutely Everything) – Completely Free from EA

When I first read about this from EA, that is, the possibility of getting absolutely every single expansion and “Stuff” add-ons completely free, I thought there must be some mistake… A little bit of reading at the EA website and I inferred from the phrasing that it was initially going to be offered as a free upgrade to current owners of The Sims 2 (Digital/Download or Disc-based versions); but I did a little more reading about it today and it seems that EA may be ‘planning on putting it “in everyone’s game list” eventually’… [in my opinion] most likely to arouse just-a-little-more interest in The Sims franchise for the upcoming “The Sims 4” release (now available for pre-order, slated to be released in September 2014).

Therefore, now feeling fully-okay-mostly safe from the dark shadows of ‘releasing something that wasn’t meant to be distributed’, I share with you the Product Code that will allow you to be the proud owner of “The Sims 2 Ultimate Collection”, which includes all of the below:

  • The Sims 2
  • The Sims 2: University Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Nightlife Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Open for Business Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Pets Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Seasons Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Bon Voyage Expansion
  • The Sims 2: FreeTime Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Apartment Life Expansion
  • The Sims 2: Family Fun Stuff
  • The Sims 2: Glamour Life Stuff
  • The Sims 2: Happy Holiday Stuff
  • The Sims 2: Celebration! Stuff
  • The Sims 2: H&M Fashion Stuff
  • The Sims 2: Teen Style Stuff
  • The Sims 2: Kitchen & Bath Interior Design Stuff
  • The Sims 2: IKEA Home Stuff
  • The Sims 2: Mansion & Garden Stuff

Wow, thanks EA!

Note: this package release may be time-limited and EA has stated that they will no longer be updating The Sims 2 or it’s expansions, although they can still be contacted if you are having technical problems running the game

Here are the steps to redeem the free Activation/Product Code:

  1. If you don’t already have it installed on your system, download and install the Origin game client from EA [it is similar to Steam and other game management interfaces] from
  2. Create an Origin account if you don’t already have one at and log into the Origin client
  3. In the pull-down menus at the top of the Origin interface, click on “Origin” and then “Redeem Product Code…”
  4. In the white box [field] under Product Code, enter this:
    [hyphens may not be needed]
  5. You should then see a message that the activation was successful and you are the newest owner of  [oops, I forgot what year I’m in, I mean a temporally licensed user of]  The Sims 2, along with all possible Expansion Packs and Add-Ons
  6. Select the game in your My Games list in the Origin Client and install it by clicking the Download button that pops up [and if you’re like me, click OK to the Insufficient Disk Space message]
  7. That’s it! 

Enjoy playing The Sims 2 once again, experiencing all that this version could possibly offer.

Have fun with it and See You In The Games!

June Currently

Summer vacation is here! Woohoo! Technically, I’m not quite done. I have to finish packing up my classroom, and I still have a few things to finish for mailing out report cards, but the hard part — managing 27 excited fourth graders before summer break — is over. I’m on my own schedule now.

And still waking up at 5:30am sans alarm clock every morning… sigh…

Listening – I just sent my final report cards and test scores to the printer. Now I just have to stuff them into envelopes, but oh — it’s good to be done!

Loving – I was supposed to be taking two classes this summer, but the first one (a prerequisite for the second) was cancelled due to low enrollment. I took that as a sign (excuse?) that I’m supposed to take a break this summer, and I’m loving that. I have a huge “to do” list of things I want to accomplish, and it’s a huge stress relief to know that I won’t have to write any papers or travel to classes throughout the week.

Thinking – Many of my favorite people at work are moving on to new adventures next year, so it will be a very different place when I return at the end of July. I’m going to miss them a ton! Since I’m also moving classrooms, I’ll have a very different environment with new neighbors. I like fresh starts and new opportunities, but I’m still sad to say goodbye to my current friends and neighbors who I’ll hardly get to see next year. At least there’s Facebook to keep in touch!

Wanting – My parents live in Michigan, and I haven’t seen them since Christmas. The long distance thing didn’t bother me so much before I had my daughter, but now I really want them around more and more. They’re coming to visit next week and staying for 10 days. If I had my way, they’d move to Atlanta permanently. I’m so excited that they’re visiting!

Needing – My newest obsession is the FX show “The Americans.” If you haven’t seen it, you really should. It’s set in the 1980s, and it’s about two KGB agents who are posing as Americans to spy for the Soviet Union. It’s a really good drama with very interesting characters, and my husband and I have jammed through all of season 1 and most of season 2. Of course, because my eyes automatically close at 10pm, I fell asleep through an episode last night, and I have to catch up today so we can finish the season together tonight. Summer vacation can be so rough!

Summer Bucket List – I have lots of goals for the summer, but no “must do” tasks. So here are my three:
1. Read fiction – I’m terrible with this throughout the year, especially now that I’m back in grad school, too. I’d really love to read a couple books each week just for the fun of it. I miss doing that!
2. Finish projects – this is broad and includes a lot of areas — school projects, home projects, knitting projects, organizing projects, etc. I love starting projects, but I’m not always the best at finishing them in a timely manner. I’d like to wrap up a few of those this summer so I’m starting fresh in the fall.
3. Relax! Juggling full-time teaching and part-time PhD work was really intense. I don’t think I appreciated how hard I’d been working until the semester ended, and I realized how much more free time I had. Since everything starts up again in the fall, I’d like to just relax and take it easy this summer. No pressure to tackle everything on my possible to do list or anything like that. Less school work and more manicures, I say! That sounds like a great summer plan to me.

Of course, while the summer will be full of relaxation, I’m also planning to blog a lot more. I’ve had a big pile of posts banked up for a while now, and since I finally have my own schedule, I’ll be back here pretty regularly. I hope that you’ll stick around and leave me comments! I’m also going to be starting my summer book clubs tomorrow, so stay tuned for the first post about When Writing with Technology Matters!

Sprouts Benefits For Health Body


Sprouts Benefits For Health Body – Sprouts and bean sprouts are one type of vegetable that is often taken to be used as side dishes and vegetables food. The food menu is also referred to as sprouts have special content that is like the antioxidant content, and phytochemical compounds, vitamins A, C and E. are so many nutrients in a small side dish menu small.
Sprouts Benefits For Health Body - 1
Benefits sprouts (bean) for Health
These sprouts are often used for processed vegetable that could be considered versatile, such as the processing of vegetable soup, and for vegetables pecel, until pan with some other menus, eg tofu and tempeh. Consuming bean sprouts are not only good for the body, but also provides efficacy needed for the body, whether it be health side to beauty.
As well as the seven benefits of sprouts following:

  • Can Keeping To Stay Young
Shown with a youthful appearance is one of the goals by the women, although age has not young anymore. In order to obtain youthful side can be obtained by eating sprouts due to increased crude that has been washed clean. Because, in this sprouts stored in antioxidants that also plays a role in slowing the aging of the existing period. Of the elements which amounted to more makes protection to the body from free radicals, so it is not only beautiful but also healthy obtained for natural beauty.

  • Benefits For Beauty For Women
For you women who always want to look beautiful naturally, bean sprouts are one of the ingredients that should be used. Because these sprouts can be used for several things, such as can eliminate acne and scars, nourish and maintain healthy hair, smooth the skin and hands and rejuvenate the skin.

  • Can Improve Fertility
Fertile state in men and also women make it easier for her to have children. Just as there is the role of Vitamin E in this sprouts capable of giving better fertility for men and women. In addition, bean sprouts can help women who are experiencing problems during menstruation, and pre-menstrual, menopausal and premenopausal.
Sprouts Benefits For Health Body - 2

  • Can Maintain Normal Levels Of Stomach Acid
Acid in the stomach that is too excessive risks that could cause even worse, which can spread the damage in other organ systems. Even in such circumstances make one’s diet can not make the more freely because of irritation in the stomach whenever one meal. Under these conditions, you can consume the bean sprouts as a neutralizing acid in the stomach. The content is owned by sprouts is able to maintain normal levels of stomach acid up and always balanced.

  • Lowers Levels Of Bad Cholesterol In The Body
Sprouts have an element called saponin, which in substance that this one can be used as a destroyer of bad cholesterol and good cholesterol without being intrusive. In that sense, the sprouts were able to destroy the excess fat in the body is called bad cholesterol. In addition, as this fat destroyer, bean sprouts can be utilized as an intake program menu for your healthy diet.

  • Can Maintain Bone Health
These sprouts have a compound called natural estrogen, which this element will contribute to a process of synthesis of natural and without side effects. Also, the estrogen can be used as a substance that can strengthen the bones and making them remain solid and healthy. By Eating sprouts is also suitable for you who wish to avoid osteoporosis and bone loss. Can also be used as a natural herb for this risk in order to recover and without side effects.

Okay, that was it some benefit of bean sprouts and bean sprouts for health. So, do not look at one eye to these foods even though it looks small. Hopefully article Sprouts Benefits For Health Bodywe share today can be beneficial for you. Thank You.

Rick Fairless and Allstate launch motorcycle safety program

It’s well-known that riders tend to listen more closely when it’s one of their own bringing the message. Who better to bring up the hot topic of motorcycle safety than a rider known worldwide for his custom motorcycles, television appearances and owner of Strokers Dallas, a little slice of motorcycle heaven in Texas.

Clutch and Chrome caught up with custom bike builder and motorcycle celebrity Rick Fairless at Sturgis on Thursday to discuss his work with Allstate Insurance Company and their newest initiative under its Rider Protection Project portfolio, a series of programs all focused on making the roads a safer place to ride.

The latest initiative is the Allstate Good Ride Grant contest which looks to the riding community for their ideas on advancing motorcycle safety and awareness. Good Ride Grants joins Rider Risk Map, Once is Never Enough (O.N.E.) and other rider advocacy initiatives, all part of Allstate’s commitment to protecting riders.

Putting money where their heart is Allstate Insurance Company’s Good Ride Grants will award a combined total of $25,000 to contest winners with the best ideas. Now through Aug. 31, 2013, contest applicants may submit their Good Ride Grant submissions through the designated tab on Allstate Motorcycle’s Facebook page. Entries are welcome from anyone, including local governments, dealerships, rider clubs and individuals.

“Riding a motorcycle presents a feeling of freedom, adventure and camaraderie with fellow riders, but we also know the risks that come along with it,” said Keith Rutman, vice president of Allstate’s Powersports unit. “The Good Ride Grant program allows Allstate to continue our mission of protecting riders while also keeping an open ear to the riding community and what they feel is important.”

The first 1,000 contest entries to be submitted before Aug. 31 will be reviewed and finalists will be chosen by a six-person judging committee, comprising of representatives from Allstate and a diverse collection of motorcycle industry professionals, including custom motorcycle builder Rick Fairless.

“I’m proud to partner with Allstate on an issue that has always been top of mind for me, and I think that the Good Ride Grant program is a great way to empower our riding community to help each other protect what is a lifestyle for so many of us by making it as safe as possible,” said Fairless.

“There are lots of people out there that ride and lots of ideas,” Rick says,’ Give’em to me. What’s the ideas, we’re going to take the idea’s and whittle them down.”

Joining Fairless on the judging committee is Keith Rutman, vice president of Allstate’s Powersports unit; Rusty Creed, Allstate agency owner; Rod Krois, Indian Motorcycle’s Marketing Director; Bryan Harley, Motorcycle USA Editor; and Don Becklin, Motorcycle Superstore / Motorcycle USA founder and Motorsport Aftermarket Group’s retail group president.

Both Allstate Insurance Company and Rick obviously enjoy working together, the two are on their third year of bringing similar programs and initiatives to the riding community.

In September, the judges will determine the top 15 finalists. The finalists will then be featured on the Allstate Motorcycle Facebook page, where fans can vote for their favorite ideas. The five finalists with the highest overall contest scores by Oct. 31 will each receive a $5,000 grant to help put their ideas into action.

Complete details on the Allstate Good Ride Grant contest and details on how to submit an idea, visit and click on the Good Ride Grant tab icon.

During the interview, it’s clear that Rick is riding what he’s promoting, motorcycle safety and awareness.

“It’s not only how I’m riding but how I’m trying to get my children to ride,” Rick explains, “My daughter Lena is up here with me and she rides with me. I’m staying out of the blind spots and when I’m turning the corner I’m looking to see if there’s gravel or oil along the road.”

“When I’m going down the road I’m watching what’s going behind me as well as all around me,” he explains further.

Motorcycle safety education is obviously key according to the current initiative as well as the legendary bike builder.

“You have to teach the young people how to ride,” he explains “I had to teach my daughter to look behind her when she stops at a stop sign to make sure that jack behind you is putting on his brakes too!”

“It’s awareness and education and that’s the kind of stuff we’re trying to do [with Allstate Insurance Company] and I’m doing more [of this] now than I did ten years ago,” he says.

And Rick is a firm believer of motorcycle safety courses. He noted that in the state of Texas new riders are required to take a motorcycle safety course to qualify for a motorcycle endorsement on their license.

“I was big behind that requirement,” Rick proudly says, “You’ve got to get an official trainer to show you those things.”

Thursday was the first day of the Allstate Good Ride Grant contest and the reaction has been great according to Fairless.

“Everybody that rides wants it to be safer. Now bikers who sit around and say those ‘sure wishes’ can take them and turn the ‘sure wishes’ into a reality with the Good Ride Grant program,” he says.

“Just don’t sit around talking about it,” Rick continues taking on a slightly sterner tone, “let’s do something about it!”

Source: Clutch and Chrome (AP, 8/09)

great old Lincoln with a rarely seen running board mounted search/spot light, 2nd windscreen, and fatman / tiltlock steering wheel

2005 YAMAHA YZFR6 Motorcycle pictures, specification

2005 YAMAHA YZFR6 Motorcycle pictures, specification

Free download motorcycle wallpaper, here we provide some of wallpaper on motorcycle, as well asmotorcycle image and motorcycle Picture.

Please click the wallpaper and save it to your computer.

You can see details about motorcycle image in the description below:

TITLE: 2005 YAMAHA YZFR6 Motorcycle pictures, specification
IMAGE SIZE: 221130 B Bs

Related Images with 2005 YAMAHA YZFR6 Motorcycle pictures, specification

motorcycle review new motorcycles

motorcycle review  new motorcycles

2004 SUZUKI GStrider Concept motorcycle desktop wallpaper

2004 SUZUKI GStrider Concept motorcycle desktop wallpaper

2012 KAWASAKI Z1000 motorcycle desktop wallpaper

2012 KAWASAKI Z1000 motorcycle desktop wallpaper

Motorcycle Insurance in Kentucky Murphy Insurance Group

Motorcycle Insurance in Kentucky  Murphy Insurance Group

Bay Leaf Benefits For Health


Bay Leaf Benefits For Health – Benefits of Bay Leaf Very Friendly For Healthy, bay leaves often used for cooking that delicious eaten food so much. Apparently, behind it, there are benefits that are friendly to our health. Various benefits are unfortunately often overlooked by most people. In fact, with these benefits can be an intermediary for the healing of disease we are suffering.
Usefulness bay leaves can help cure some diseases below. Of course this is good news especially for the anti with too many chemical drugs. But of course not all diseases can be eradicated with bay leaves. Therefore, we need to watch and observe what any kind of disease that could use the leaves as a healing medium. Here below are some diseases that can benefit the bay leaves and keeping aids healing of this disease:
Bay Leaf Benefits For Health - 1
Efficacy And Benefit Bay Leaf
1) Lowering cholesterol and cure
Who is not afraid of the cholesterol that is guaranteed to make a variety of diseases aftershocks dating and undermine our health? Bay leaf turns effective to help lower cholesterol, you know. Bay leaves can be used by boiling. Water boiled using 3 cups of boiled water up to 1 cup water alone. The number of leaves that are used between 10 to 15 sheets. Drink decoction of leaves is 2 times a day. Undoubtedly cholesterol disease would run out of our lives.
2) Benefits leaves for Preventing diabetes
Diabetes is a disease of the opening of diabetes. Or it could be a new diabete. Diseases due to sugar intake could have turned out to be muted with bay leaves. The trick is to drink a decoction of bay leaves regularly.
3) Treat sore eyes
The eye is the lamp of life. Many people are very careful with the subject’s eyes. Various diseases of the eye can be very disturbing to us. One of them is an eye sore. For those of us who already diseased eye pain, could try to cure him by way of greeting leaf decoction rubbed into our eyes. Continue to do this until the eye back to normal alias recovered.
4) Lowering of uric acid
Gout is a disease which is so painful. In addition to taste the pain, the disease can also disrupt our daily work because of the pain. How to reduce it is to lower uric acid levels in our bodies. It can be easily turned out with bay leaves. Dried bay leaves quite a number of 10 pieces boiled with 10 cups of water. Boil some water until reduced to seven glasses and drank regularly only 2 times a day.
Bay Leaf Benefits For Health - 2
5) Relieves acute ulcer
Bags of rice alias ulcer disease can be very tolerable nuisance. Acute gastritis can disrupt daily activities and even hospitalization can wait us! How powerful enough to ease it is to boil 15-20 bay leaves to 1/2 liter of water. Wait until the water is reduced, then add the palm sugar. The addition of palm sugar does not reduce the efficacy of bay leaves. So, fortunately there is sweetness in the stew is made. Then, decoction of leaves ready to be drunk. Potation regularly. Gradually, acute ulcer will subside.
6) Cure indigestion
Digestion is very important to the process of obtaining energy in our daily life. Indigestion mean disruption of cider absorption of nutrients. It could be that the error comes from the food itself. Indigestion include: constipation and diarrhea. Both are very excruciating. But not when drinking the decoction of leaves. Decoction of leaves that have been given a bit of salt shrinkage. Afterwards, drink during diarrhea or constipation attacking our digestion. Undoubtedly digestion will be better and the disease gradually disappear as well.
7) Benefits of bay leaf for Lowering high blood pressure (hypertension)
High blood pressure (hypertension) is a dangerous disease because of diet, activity, and also the emotions must be strictly maintained.
Unfortunately, all that just care for daily life alone, but nothing could be significant. As a result, many people turn to drinking diverse chemical concoctions that are not necessarily good for health in the long term. The use of bay leaves can be applied. The trick is to drink a decoction of bay leaves. Bay leaf decoction is used by mixing 7 to 10 bay leaves with 3 cups of water. Shrink water to 1 cup only. Then, drink 1/2 cup at a time. Perform 2 times daily routines in this drinking boiled leaves.
Use of leaves above average by boiling and drinking boiled water after the cooking water is quite cold. Another way is by rubbing the cooking water. How this way is very natural and easy to apply. How? Many are also the benefits of bay leaves for our health. It’s all unfortunately many do not know and ignore it.
Most people only focus using the benefits of bay leaves for cooking only. This is certainly not wrong. But if with a little knowledge and understanding, bay leaves can be effectively replaces the traditional medicine against drug dependence
chemical. Can also be used as a kind of combo to crush all, some, or one out of seven of the above diseases. Bay leaf prices are also relatively very cheap. Detailed seasoning in the market was ready to give some bay leaves.
Thus articles about Bay Leaf Benefits For Health. Hopefully this article about Bay Leaf Benefits For Health that we share today can be beneficial for you. Thank You.


This year the BMW Hp nine-T bike design will be unveiled by BMW Motorrad Netherlands at the bikeshow at Rosmalen. BMW was surprised to hear I was already building the actual design for the BMW Soul fuel challenge myself in the garage. They were immediately enthusiastic about my other project bikes after seeing them in real life and felt confident about this build.


My Trip to Dhaka Bangladesh

I arrived in Dhaka, Bangladesh on the 24th of March for my next assignment on Financial Management Systems. The organization contracting me has some issues with its financial management system and has received recommendation from the auditors to fix these issues. Further they want to conform to the South Asian Federation of Accountants Standards. So my task is simple. Document the existing practices at the organization and get agreement on the current practices and then recommend changes and improvements to the system.

Well even though it is simple there can be quite a few things that can pose a challenge to this type of assignment. I already encountered one on the first day of my assignment (25th); which is, in a group of around 20 finance staff it was quite difficult to plot the current financial practices using flow chart symbols as non of them knew the current system in its entirety. It is still work in progress and I hope to have it pinned down during the next working day which is Saturday (Bangladesh uses the Islamic calendar); where the staff have agreed to come to work.

The last time I was in Bangladesh was way back in January of 2008; so it was good to come back to Bangladesh and to see how things are. I must say that the only thing that looked to have changed is in fact the increase in motor traffic. It takes for ever to commute on Dhaka roads. I am staying at the Ambrosia guest house in Dhanmondi where I stayed during my earlier visits to Dhaka. It felt good to be here where the staff recognize and remember you after a long absence; it really does feel like home when you are greeted by familiar faces.

Looking forward to the next few days of the assignment; it is scheduled to end in early April and then I have another assignment lined up in the Philippines.

Gwent – Playable By All Now As It Enters Public Beta Phase [Notification]

Update: Added Bugs Personally Found – 20170525, Ongoing
Update: Added Example of Patch Notes – 20170526
Update: Embedded The Gwent Cinematic Trailer ‘jussferfun’ – 20170527

Just a quick notification that Gwent, the Free-To-Play online card game based on The Witcher series, is now playable by all, as it enters the Public Beta phase (Open Beta).

Stress-Test the servers!
Find bugs and improve the game!
Have fun!

From the Store Page:

“GWENT: The Witcher Card Game is currently in public beta. The game requires an online connection to play and offers optional in-game purchases. Single player campaign will be added at a later date.”

 Example of Changes, Patch Notes by CDprojektRED:

Example of the informative Patch Notes, Updated Regularly by CDprojektRED
(Click to see Full Size)

Here is the Gwent Cinematic Trailer by CDprojektRED:

A First Impressions post on it… Soon™

Possible Bugs I Personally Found/Experienced So Far:

– There is no explanation of the ‘red eye icon with the silver arrows above and below it’ on some cards (it was not mentioned in the Tutorial and does not have a pop-up information panel for it)
– Some cards do not have an image (Loading Screens, not sure if this is per-screen basis (card assigned to that screen) or the image just does not show/process at random times)
– PASSING once results in continuous PASSING forever (resulting in the loss of the round) [This is Intended perhaps, OnePassToPassThemAll]
– Sometimes, the AI will play a card that is supposed to DEPLOY other cards (as an ability of the card), but the ‘other cards’ will not show up. Then, later in the same game, it will play those ‘other cards’ as single cards. (Not sure if this is my misunderstanding of the mechanic, but I have seen the special DEPLOY cards work and DEPLOY the ‘other cards’ all at one time, which is how it appears that it is intended to work)
– Cannot seem to play Multiplayer with a Friend (Friends List in GOG Galaxy, the client GOG is attaching to the game), clicking on FRIEND MATCH just results in the game ‘freezing’ for a bit, unable to click on anything
– There seems to be a possible Exploit that is potentially occurring concerning Desynchronization issues (opponents will be losing and cause ‘lag spikes’ or other communication interference, resulting in the game seeing a difference of information on their Servers and ending the game as a defense mechanism, which causes you to end up “Defeated” automatically)

Bugs/Feedback submitted – enjoying the game otherwise [Single Player is fun, there’s tons to learn and look at, the Art is awesome, the Music is awesome, so far this game is GREAT]!

[Note: Trying it out myself, it looks like it needs a (formerly Good Old Games) Account to play… I already had an account with them, but wanted to add that I am not affiliated with or CDprojektRED in any way and am not receiving any compensation of any kind to mention them here (look at the link above, it does not have any ‘affiliate tags’ or extra information in it). I am merely a Customer of (sometimes they have good deals on their DRM-free catalog) and merely seems to be affiliated with CDprojektRED and the release of Gwent.]

Currently May & Life Updates (aka Why I’ve been a Bad Blogger)

How could it possibly be May 5th already? And how could I have possibly neglected my blog for a week shy of a month??? Yikes! Things have been super busy in Eberopolis lately, and to start that big update and get back in the swing of things, I’m like the 400th person to link up with Farley’s Currently over at Oh’ Boy 4th Grade.

Listening: It has been raining the past two weekends. The weather has been great on the weekdays, but it’s practically monsoon season once Saturday arrives. Given that I’m trying to start a vegetable garden, the rain is a bit inconvenient. Today I finally gave up on waiting, put on some rain boots, and went and gardened in the mud. My raised plant beds are now all set up, and I’m anxious to see how successful I’ll be with my first garden. Thank you, Pinterest, for inspiring yet another project that I may or may not have time for! 🙂
Loving: Wrapping up the end of the school year is always so hard, especially once we hit this stretch after standardized tests when the weather is fantastic and the schedule is constantly interrupted with end of year events. I’m loving that the end is finally in sight with only three more weeks to go! (My students are done on the Friday before Memorial Day; I have two post-planning days the following week.)
Thinking: This year has just whirred by me! I’ve absolutely loved this group of students, and we’ve accomplished so much this year. It’s hard to believe that we’re in that final stretch.
Wanting: My classroom is, for lack of a better description, a bit of a mess. I’ve stashed all sorts of things in cupboards and storage units, and I really need to declutter. I want it all to be very well organized and accessible when I return in July. (Yes, July…the flip-side of finishing before Memorial Day is that the students will report on August 1, which means teachers report in late July…) The fact that I’m moving toward a paperless set up is helping, but there’s still a lot to organize.
Needing: My summer wardrobe is so blah, and I’ve gained a few pounds this year, which makes my need to go shopping more necessary and less appealing. If I can just get through these next few weeks, I think I’ll be able to go through my closet and get a better handle on things.
Summer Bucket List: I need to finish making my transition to going paperless, which means I’ll need to consolidate and reorganize some files and break out the scanner for some of my paper files. I can tell already that this is going to be worth it in the end. I’ve emptied out an entire filing cabinet in my classroom already, and that alone has created a ton of possible storage space that I never had before. It’s glorious.

I have several blog posts in the works for the next few days — I think my blog hiatus is over, but I did want to share a bit about what’s been going on that’s left me MIA lately.
1. We became a 1:1 iPad school. April 15th was the day that all of the 4th and 5th graders in my school received iPads, and it’s been very exciting. I’ve changed up a lot of how I do things to accommodate the full-time access to iPads, and I’m really happy with the results. It has also meant that I’ve spent a lot of my time troubleshooting and exploring possibilities and coaching my colleagues as they try out the iPads with their students for the first time.
2. I got accepted into a doctoral program! Starting this fall, I’ll be working on my EdD at University of Georgia in Educational Leadership. I don’t particularly want to be a principal or anything like that, but I would like to do more in curriculum leadership and teacher professional development, so this is the next step. I’m really excited about the program, but I’m a bit terrified over the time commitment — especially with a toddler and all that I’m already doing at work. If I don’t do it now, though, I probably won’t get around to it until the little one gets MUCH older, so here we go!
3. We did standardized testing. Is there anything more boring and unnecessarily stressful than administering those tests?! I know my students were well-prepared, and yet, I have nightmares about those $*(@ tests every year. They really wiped me out this year for some reason.
4. Lots of long term projects got wrapped up. Between writing committee reports and finishing assignments for my math endorsement, I’ve had very little free time. In fact, I’m already three episodes behind in this season of Mad Men, and usually very little can stand between me and Don Draper! Things seem to be calming down a bit, so I’m hopeful that I’ll be able to get back into a good routine and back to blogging more regularly. I’ve missed the blogosphere a bunch, and I have so many blogs I need to visit and catch up on!

So that’s where May finds me. I hope all of you are doing well, and happy Teacher Appreciation Week! (I WILL be participating in the TpT sale, btw!)

Have a great week!


Suzuki V-Strom 650 ABS

If you were going to Alaska, you’d want the V-Strom. Its torquey V-Twin runs dead-smooth at 5500 rpm and 80 mph. Its reasonably quiet windscreen provides the most protection, its seat is the most comfy. And judging from its stately highway ride, you’d never guess it’s the next-to-lightest bike here, at just 442 pounds. That’ll come in handy when you’re axle deep in the spring thaw in Moose Jaw or wherever.

• Feels most substantial under way
• Smooth, revvable powerplant
• A few battle scars will only improve its looks
• It doesn’t feel cheap, but it looks it
• ABS is great; bummer you can’t switch it off
• Why do I have to pay for the lower seat?

At 48 mpg, the V-Strom comes closest to the Honda at squeezing out miles, and its 5.3-gallon tank gives it true 250-mile range. Its trick instrumentation serves up all kinds of useful information including air temp, rate of fuel burn, freeze warning—also a big digital gear indicator. What’s wrong with the V-Strom is almost nothing at all. Two items, though: If you do wind up in the dirt, you can’t switch off the ABS (not on the Honda, either), and if you’re short, its seat is the tallest (optional taller and shorter seats are available for around $200).

Other than that, it’s really against our code to disrespect motorcycles for aesthetic reasons, but we don’t picture Peter Egan lovingly contemplating the graceful countours of any of these bikes while sipping a beer in his garage. Like the other machines here, the poor Strom looks like it’s designed to travel in space, where there is no atmosphere, and its Sputnik interior and cheap black heat-tile plastics make it impossible to escape the fact that you married for convenience. Then again, if you’re already equipped with a happy spouse who likes to ride on back, the V-Strom is most likely to keep the peace, with the most comfortable back seat.

It’s easy to see how guys who pile on tons of miles and wear socks with sandals love this bike.

Kawasaki Versys

The Versys is the yapping lap dog of the group. It’s the lightest bike here and serves up the tautest ride. Its 55.8-inch wheelbase is 4.7 inches shorter than the next-shortest Honda’s, and its tallish seat, long-travel suspension and 17-inch tires make it the preferred mount for wheelies, stoppies and late-night yard crossings—things its ABS and traction control won’t interfere with, since it doesn’t have them.

• It’s the most “exciting” bike here
• Lightest and most nimbleous
• 5.0-gallon fuel tank

• Not the slickest gearbox
• Not the smoothest running
• There’s nothing else not to like

As for power, it’s slightly down vs. the V-Strom and the BMW, with a peakier, buzzier and more rambunctious feel that’ll have you shifting more and giving the tachometer needle a bigger workout. For all those reasons, the Versys is the best sportbike of the group—but those characteristics render it slightly hyperactive for everyday and long-haul use.
Having said that, any of the four 
bikes here are so superior in such a 
wide range of environments and 
usages—compared to a Panigale or a Tuono or a V-Rod—that it’s sometimes hard to remember they all fall under the genus “motorcycle.” The Versys is just as capable of a late-night high-speed San Diego-to-L.A. freeway run as it is wheelying through Forest Lawn or dropping off your mom at yoga.
If you’re young enough at heart to like its bike-of-the-future looks, chances are you’ll like how the Versys rides. A 5.0-
gallon fuel tank and mileage in the low 40s is pretty dang good. And Kawasaki is, of course, standing by with all sorts of accessories for its bike also. (Grip Heater Kit: $229.95. Always our first stop.)


With this one, BMW does its best to provide access to the GS line for short people and, dare we say, chicks. Replacing the front 21-inch wheel with a 19-incher and shortening the suspension gets the seat down to 33.4 in., and it’s possible to go all the way down to 30.1. The seat in question is hewn from BMW’s excellent, fleshy-feeling foam and provides superb long-range support for riders on the shorter side of 5-foot-8. Some, not all, on the taller side complain that the bolster the short folks love restricts them and pushes them forward into the gas tank. You can’t please everybody, especially Don Canet.

• Most powerful
• Sweetest gearbox
• Short people love its ergos and seat

• Kind of appliance-like
• Loses a lot of the 800’s rugged adventurey look
• Are we really seeing so many BMWs on the road?!

The ESA option allows toggling among Comfort, Normal or Sport settings on the fly via a handlebar switch. This adjusts 
only the rear rebound damping, and there’s a notable difference between Comfort and Sport. Overall, the GS combines light steering with good stability and a generally well-planted feel.
That short flyscreen means there’s no turbulence at all, since your head is above its shadow. On a hot day, that’s a good thing. On a cold day, shut up and enjoy your heated grips. This engine may have “reduced” peak horsepower that’s left it neck and neck with a 650, but that displacement advantage results in the torquiest motor of the group and an engine that’s already making 45 foot-pounds at just over 2000 rpm and 52 ft.-lb. at peak; none of the other three engines here ever even gets to 45 ft.-lb.
The six-speed gearbox and clutch are likewise low-effort and silky-smooth. Speaking of smooth, there’s still a bit of handlebar buzz, but it’s much more subdued than on some BMWs that use this engine (F800R, for example). Brakes are powerful and tactile (the second front disc was added this year), and, as on all BMWs, ABS is standard.
Everything’s nicely finished, buttoned-down and bolted together. The clocks and dash are comprehensive and modern. Too bad the parallel-Twin looks so industrial down there. Makes us pine for the smaller Boxers of yore.
Overall, you’re left with the impression that even though the BMW’s the most expensive bike here, it’s worth it.

Honda NC700X DCT ABS

The Honda NC700X DCT ABS is not perfect; it won’t wheelie. But it will do tremendous smoky burnouts, so it is a legit motorcycle you could ride to Sturgis or Daytona, turning over a steady 4000 rpm and easily getting 60-plus mpg the whole way. It’s way down on horsepower: We can’t run our DCT on the dyno (the bike’s ECU won’t let it), but the manual NC we tested for the November issue made just 48 horsepower at 6140 rpm.
What makes the NC so rideable anyway is the area under the torque curve. Like the BMW, the NC is already up and working hard producing torque at just above 2500 rpm. Unlike the BMW, it doesn’t rev on to make 62 hp on top. Strangely enough, though, it hardly seems to matter. That’s because in everyday use, you almost never rev the BMW to its 8500-rpm redline. Or the V-Strom to its 10,000-rpm max. Or the Versys to its 10,500 max.

• Built-in stowage
• Eager beaver tree-chewer fuel-efficient engine
• Clean, crisp styling that doesn’t look cheap

• Maybe hold off on DCT ’til next year
• 1000 more rpm wouldn’t be a bad thing
• ABS should be its own option

In the real world, it’s all about grunting away from stops and right-now midrange—and the Honda has that covered. Accelerating from zero is a hoot; whether you’re in Drive or Sport (the right-thumb switch lets you toggle between them instantly), DCT knows you’re in a hurry if you whack the throttle open and spits you away like Shirley Muldowney in slow-mo, grabbing instant upshifts at the perfect time every time.

What DCT is less good at is deceleration; once below about 20 mph and coming to a stop, there’s enough jerkiness to induce helmet tapping with your passenger as the gearbox shifts to second then first and you wish there were a clutch to pull in. And you don’t want to be going balls-out around big, fast sweepers in Sport mode: Halfway round, you will get an unwanted upshift that will widen your trajectory. (No worries: Use the other right-bar button to go from “AT” to “MT.” Then use the thumb/trigger shift paddles on the left bar.) It all works great, but with the brain cell you use to master all that, you could learn to use a clutch and save yourself $2000. On top of that, the DCT ABS model (replete with our added long-term gear) gains 51 lb. compared to the base model. At 502 lb., it’s the porkiest bike here by a big margin.

Just as with the base model, though, the NC doesn’t feel that heavy when you need to push it around or zip through a gap in traffic. At the same time, it has a nice hefty stability when you’re cruising at 80, on suspension that’s soft enough for a smooth ride while being stiff enough for reasonably serious sport riding under a wide size range of riders. All four of the bikes here provide stellar ergonomics; the Honda’s firmish seat and slightly more rearset pegs move it just a smidge to the sportier side of the dial, but it’s still a motorcycle you can do long days on,
 provided you stand up once in a while.

Source: Cycle World (Allen, 12/31)

How to U-Turn a Motorcycle

It may look easy, but a smoothly executed u-turn on a motorcycle is more challenging than you might guess.

How do you perform a u-turn that looks effortless? Consider these tips and practice them in the safety of an empty parking lot, and you’ll find yourself more easily turning your bike around on the street:

It’s All in the Eyes

The old adage “You’ll go where you’re looking” holds especially true when it comes to u-turns. That said, don’t look down, and keep your line of vision going through the turn, constantly focusing your eyes ahead, where you want to go, rather than towards the pavement below.

Ride Within the Friction Zone

The friction zone is the area where your clutch is slipping enough to transmit some, but not all power from the engine to the rear wheel. Don’t try to u-turn in neutral, and don’t do with a gear fully engaged, either; riding within the friction zone will give you more control over the bike through the throttle, which helps modulate the motorcycles’s lean angle through subtle adjustments.

Drag the Rear Brake

Avoid using the front brakes during u-turns, as the forks are more sensitive to diving at low speeds. Gentle dragging of the rear brake creates stability, enabling better control while you’re maneuvering your bike through the turn.

Keep Your Weight Mass Centralized

There’s a natural tendency to stick your leg out when you turn (making it ready to break a fall), but your motorcycle will be more manageable when peripheral mass (ie, you!) is closer to the bike. Keep your feet on the pegs; if necessary, you might be helped by putting some weight on the outside peg, in a similar but more subtle way than you would while riding offroad.

Practice Turning Both Ways

For whatever reason, most people find it much easier to make tight left turns than right turns. To develop a more balanced u-turn skill set, practice doing figure 8s in an empty parking lot. The drill will build your muscle memory for both sides of your body. Similarly, try riding in a wide circle and narrowing your path so you’re forming an ever-narrowing spiral; once you can’t turn any more tightly, exit and try it again the other way. Remember to keep looking where you want to go, especially when you’re changing directions.

Source: About (Wasef, 1/19)

Blind woman becomes first to travel globe

Cathy with husband Bernard

55 YEAR-old Cathy Birchall from Warrington, riding pilion with her husband Bernard, has become the first blind woman to circumvent the globe on a motorcycle.

Cathy suffers with retinitis pigmentosa and has been blind for much of her life. She met husband Bernard Smith seven years ago, while he was working as a teacher for the Royal National Institute of Blind People and she for charity Action For Blind People. She had never been on a motorcycle before she met Bernard, who, long harbouring a desire to travel the world on his 1990 BMW R100RT, convinced her to take a year-long sabbatical.

Their journey began in August 2008, but now, with the release of their book ‘Touching The World: A Blind Woman, Two Wheels and 25,000 miles’, her extraordinary story is coming to light.

The couple’s travels encompassed Europe, Asia, Australia, South America and North America and took a year. In Peru, Cathy also became the first blind woman to climb Huayana Pichu, Machu Pichu’s sister mountain.

Cathy recorded her experiences on a tape recorder as she went, describing the pair’s experiences. Using an intercom system, Bernard would describe the scenery through which they passed. Speaking to Manchester Evening News, Cathy described her experience of the journey:

‘I could smell the heat of the deserts, the cool from the mountains. I could hear the silence when you are up in the mountains. I could hear the hustle and bustle as we were going through street markets. I could feel the temperature. All the other senses kicked in and gave me a full picture.

“And I spoke to people – the everyday people we came across. That made the trip.’

Sadly, six weeks after their return from the trip, Cathy was diagnosed with breast cancer for which she is still being treated. Writing the book, she says, has given her focus throughout the treatment.

In publishing the book, Bernard and Cathy hope to get visual impairment literature ‘into the mainstream in a positive way.’

Source: VisorDown (Dodd,9/19)

The Italian Job party bus

inside, it has a Mini bar

12 Days of Fitness with WORKOUT ANYTIME

12 Days of Fitness with WORKOUT ANYTIME

Are you in need of a little inspiration to hit the gym this holiday season? Here’s a great workout routine to give a try this holiday season provided by the experts at WORKOUT ANYTIME. Enjoy! 

Week 1

4 days of exercise

2 days of INTERVAL Walking/Jogging – 20 min of cardio exercise at moderate pace, first 10 min walk or do cardio at a moderate pace. The second 10 min will have five 30 second bursts of high intensity mixed with moderate intensity (on min 10,12,14,16, and 18). This boosts metabolic rate. 
2 days of body weight or weight training for 12 min per day
Complete two rounds of the following each consisting of 40 seconds of work followed by 20 seconds of rest:

Walking Lunges
Jumping Jacks
Ab half roll backs (seated position, roll half way back, come up and exhale)

Week 2 

4 days of exercise

2 days of INTERVAL Walking/Jogging – 20 min of cardio exercise at moderate pace, first 10 min walk or do cardio at a moderate pace. The second 10 min will have five 30 second bursts of high intensity mixed with their moderate intensity (on min 10,12,14,16, and 18). This boosts metabolic rate. 

2 days of body weight or weight training for 12 min per day
Complete two rounds of the following each consisting of 40 seconds of work followed by 20 seconds of rest:

Pop Squats
Push-ups w/alt knee
Forward Lunges with bicep curl
Plank Jacks
Mountain Climbers
Ab full roll up (lying position, roll all the way up, and exhale)

Week 3

4 days of exercise

2 days of INTERVAL Walking/Jogging – 20 min of cardio exercise at moderate pace, first 10 min walk or do cardio at a moderate pace. The second 10 min will have five 30 second bursts of high intensity mixed with moderate intensity (on min 10,12,14,16, and 18). This boosts metabolic rate. 

2 days of body weight or weight training for 12 min per day
Complete two rounds of the following each consisting of 40 seconds of work followed by 20 seconds of rest:

Squat swing with overhead tricep press
Spider-Man Push-ups 
Reverse Lunge with bicep curl
High Knees
Shoulder push-ups
Navy Seals (Ab exercise)

It’s Not Just You ™ – Heroes Of The Storm ‘Screen Shake’ = ‘Motion Sickness’ (Dizzy, Nausea, Headache) [Notification]

Just a quick post to let others know that – if you are experiencing this phenomenon – getting dizzy or even nauseous while playing Heroes Of The Storm lately: It’s Not Just You™… I even whipped up an Example of the effect, for those that aren’t quite noticing it:

Example of ‘the screen shake effect’ I made, in GIF format
(Click to see slightly larger Full Size)

I first came across this in the Official Heroes Of The Storm Forums at Battle.Net. It was originally posted by “Phoenix” a couple of weeks ago, here. Although I have seen it personally in-game (noticed it), I have not suffered the nauseating effects that many may/do suffer with this Special Effect the game offers – even though I have experienced ‘game motion sickness’ from other games. [I did notice when testing and creating the above Example, that it made me slightly queasy however..]. Mainly, I have ‘been lucky’ with not experiencing it because I do not normally play the Heroes that have/produce this effect (the ‘screen shake’ effect). Here is a list of all the Heroes and Spells that can produce this effect, thanks to a helpful post by “Hatsoz” on the Official Forums:

Spells with Screen Shake
Zagara – Nydus Network (R)
Genji – Swift Strike (E)
Sgt. Hammer – Concussive Blast (W), Blunt Force Gun (R), Napalm Strike (R)
Gazlowe – Deth Lazor (W)
Lucio – Soundwave (Q), Sound Barrier (R)
Valeera – Blade Flurry (W)
Zul’jin – Twin Cleave (W), Guillotine (R)
Ragnaros – Sulfuras Smash (R)
Alarak – Lightning Surge (E)
Cho – Upheaval (R)
Karazhim – Radiant Dash (Q) (Only with Volley of Blows Talent Lv. 16), Seven-Sided Strike (R)
Anub’arak – Burrow Charge (E) (Upon resurface)
Li Li – Water Dragon (R)
Diablo – Shadow Charge (Q), Fire Stomp (W), Overpower (E)
E.T.C. – Face Melt (W), Stage Dive (R) (Landing only)
Falstad – Hinterland Blast (R)
Kerrigan – Impaling Blades (W)
Muradin – Thunder Clap (W), Dwarf Toss (E), Haymaker (R)
Sonya – Ancient Spear (Q) (On Hit), Leap (R)
Stitches – Slam (W)
Tyrael – El’druin’s Might (Q) (On sword landing), Angelic Flash (Q) (Teleport to sword), Judgment (R)
Uther – Hammer of Justic (E), Divine Storm (R)

Heroes with No Screen Shake
Lt. Morales
The Butcher
The Lost Vikings

I experimented with every single Graphic Setting available in the game (eventually running it on the Lowest Possible Settings) and could not find a Setting that disabled this effect…. I first tried Physics, then other effects-affecting settings, such as Shader level, and more, until everything was at the lowest possible Settings and still the effect appears in-game.

I even looked through the game directories (folders) for some sort of editable configuration file, but the only ones present were ‘protected’ by Blizzard, by being compressed or encrypted in their own proprietary encapsulation of some sort (which renders the files not easily readable or editable by normal means – this is understandable, as they do not want their game easily ‘hacked’ or negatively affected by end users).

So, for now – unfortunately – there is no solution for this, for sufferers of this effect. The only recourse, until Blizzard puts in an option to Disable Screen Shake, is to avoid the Heroes that produce this visual effect.

Just letting Sufferers know: It’s Not Just You™!
[I will try to remember to return to this Post and Update it once Blizzard adds this option – or a workaround is found]

Five for Friday – Winter Break Edition

Today is the FIRST time that I’ve ever linked up Kacey and the Five for Friday Linky Party even though it’s one of my favorites. I love seeing pictures of what all of my teacher friends are up to each week, and in the spirit of getting back to my blog–let’s do this!


Usually my winter breaks are a little over a week long, but this year, I got two full weeks — one with my family in Michigan, and one at home with my favorite three-year-old. We had all sorts of adventures hanging out together this week, but one of my favorites was having a “pajamas and hot chocolate day” together. She is becoming such an awesome little person, and I’m proud to be her mommy. I cherish these days of hugs and laughter together.


We started implementing a “family game night” tradition this week, and it has been a lot of fun! Sydney is finally old enough to start to understand board games, so we used her holiday gift cards to build up her stash. We start out the night with some of her choices (The Sneaky Snacky Squirrel is a particular favorite!), and then after her bedtime, we move on to the grown-up games like Ticket to Ride and Dominion. I’ve always loved playing games, so I’m excited to build this into our routines.


I go back to work on Monday, but it’s going to be a staff development day. I’ll see the kids on Tuesday. I’ve finally reached the “acceptance” stage of my break where I’m accepting that I have to go back to work and need to get going on grades and lesson plans. I pulled out the Tuesday bucket today so I can start to tackle that. Wish me luck!


As much as I enjoy the holidays, I was a little happy that they’re over so I can take a break from the holiday-themed Jamberry wraps and try some of the other ones I’ve been hoarding. This is my latest manicure — Mixed Signals matte. I love it. Speaking of the hoard…


I’m hosting a Jamberry open house tomorrow for my friends who want to try Jamberry. I recently became a Jamberry consultant because I love the wraps so much and wanted to cut my expenses a bit. I’m so glad that I did–it’s been a lot of fun, and it has helped push me out of my comfort zone. Plus my nails always look good now. 🙂 If you’d like to try a free sample, you can fill out my form at

Have a great week!

Know the Right Portions of Your Favorite Healthy Foods

Know the Right Portions of Your Favorite Healthy Foods

by Laura Marie Meyers
Some of the healthiest foods are high in calories, so it’s important to learn the correct serving sizes before you go overboard. Can’t resist extra guacamole? Love to munch on spoonfuls of nut butter? Check out the recommended portions and try to tweak your habits accordingly:
  • Avocado: Sure, avocado is full of good-for-you fats, but you should stick to eating just half of the fruit (114 calories) to avoid overload. Quick tip: cut avocados width-wise (pictured here) so that when you store the second half, there’s less surface area exposed that might brown.
  • Whole-grain pasta: When it comes to carbohydrates, complex is certainly the way to go. With extra fiber, protein, and vitamins, they’re a crucial part of any diet. But a full plate of whole-grain pasta? Not your best bet. Learn what serving sizes look like so that you can eyeball it on your own, and keep in mind that a half cup of dry whole-grain pasta is around 200 calories.
  • Energy bars: Although they shouldn’t replace meals too often, that’s what most energy bars are meant to do — a single bar can contain up to 300 calories, after all. They’re convenient and usually healthy, but it’s smart to study labels and scrutinize ingredients. That way, you’ll recognize which bars are healthy snacks vs. those that should be eaten as meal replacements.
  • Yogurt: Creamy yogurt packs a great protein punch, plus a healthy serving of calcium. Not so nutritious? The ones with lots of added sugars. Stick to one cup of yogurt to keep sugar intake in check and calories right around 150.
  • Wine: Yes, red wine has health benefits, but that doesn’t mean you should empty an entire bottle; one glass of the heart-healthy drink will set you back about 123 calories. To reap the benefits without hurting your health, pour carefully and steer clear of giant goblets.
  • Nut butters: Packed with protein and healthy fats, nut butters are a great topping for fruits or sandwiches, but a little goes a long way — just two tablespoons equals200 calories! Can’t resist that extra spoonful? Buy individual servings, like Barney Butter Almond Butter Squeeze Packs to control your portions.
  • Spreads: It’s easy to overdo it with tasty spreads like hummus, pesto, or cream cheese, and even though they can be a great source of protein and healthy fats, they can run upwards of 100 calories. Be sure to check labels and measure portion sizes.
  • Eggs: If vitamin-rich eggs are your main dish, two will provide plenty of protein and only set you back about 160 calories. Adding them as a salad topper? Chop just one to keep the calories to a minimum.
  • Cereal: A morning bowl of cereal is the perfect way to get your whole grains, but stand by the two-cup serving size (on average, 200 calories) so that you don’t consume too much sugar. Round out your bowl with milk and fresh fruit.
  • All-fruit smoothie: A smoothie is a vitamin-packed way to sneak in extra nutrients, but the high sugar content means they shouldn’t be part of every meal. Drink one for breakfast or as an afternoon snack to keep your servings in check, and be sure to add greens and protein to make it more of a complete meal.

The Health Benefits of Watermelon


The Health Benefits of WatermelonWatermelon fruit which in English is called the watermelon (because it looks like a melon, but it contains more water) is a plant that comes from desert regions of central Africa. Watermelon is still allied with pumpkins, melons and cucumbers.
Watermelon fruit has a sweet taste, contains many well as a cooling effect. So very fit when eating watermelon on a scorching afternoon because it would be very refreshing.
The Health Benefits of Watermelon - 1
Benefits of Watermelon
Watermelon is indeed the price is less, but the content of nutrients and health benefits can not be taken lightly. Please see the data as well in order to determine the nutrient content in watermelon.
In addition to its fruit can be used for consumption, watermelon is also often used as an alternative medicine to cure various diseases. Some diseases that can be treated wore watermelon is as follows:
Leather watermelon can treat swelling because hoard liquid on kidney disease, diabetes (diabetes mellitus), itching caused by poison ivy, pain on waking in the morning by drinking alcohol (hangover), migraine, can prevent hair loss, and also smooth the skin and eliminate black spots on the face, rough skin, burns, and sunburn.
Meat on a watermelon is used for the treatment of: fainting because hot air (heatstroke), fatigue, fever, thirst and accompanied by dry mouth, bad breath, urine color is dark, dark yellow, pain during urination, flatulence because a lot of gas, it’s hard to bowel (constipation), sore throat, mouth ulcers, hepatitis and high blood pressure (hypertension), erectile dysfunction (impotence), can also increase male fertility, alcohol intoxication (alcoholism), high uric acid, as well as remove wrinkles on the face.
Meanwhile watermelon seeds commonly used as a remedy for constipation during pregnancy and old age, liver inflammation, and inflammation of the intestinal mucous membrane, infection of the bladder, anemia (anemia), eradicate intestinal worms, as well as malnutrition.
The Health Benefits of Watermelon - 2
Benefits of Watermelon Fruit for Beauty
Besides used as a traditional medicine, watermelon can also be used for beauty treatments. Especially for skin care and facial.
Can Rejuvenate skin to rejuvenate the skin, take 100 grams of watermelon, then destroy. Apply a watermelon as a mask to the face so that the face is going to be cold, fresh and moist. This watermelon mask effects can also clean up the dust and dirt into the pores, the natural and safe way.
Can Soften the Skin
To soften the skin, take 100 grams of watermelon, mixed with 1 tablespoon yogurt. Apply to the face and neck and leave on for up to 10 minutes. Rinse with cold water. Watermelon fruit here restores skin moisture, while yogurt can soften it with a greater reach in aid because watermelon. Skin become softer and shine.
Can Overcome wrinkles on the face because it is rich in antioxidant content, watermelon can help prevent damage to the skin and overcome the wrinkles on the face as a sign of premature aging. The trick is to mix 100 grams of watermelon with crushed avocado. Stir until evenly and apply on the face as a mask. Let sit and relax your face for 20 minutes. Rinse with warm water, then finish by compressing faces using ice cubes.
Can Eliminate the black spots on the face as a scrub, watermelon can also effectively addressing a black stain on the face.
You do this by mixing 100 grams of watermelon with 2 tablespoons of salt. Then scrub and massage in a circular motion.
Allow about 15 minutes before rinsing, and feel the skin clean and shining.

That he was the health benefits of watermelon, a fruit that can prevent dehydration because the water content is abundant. Hopefully this article The Health Benefits of Watermelonwe share today can be beneficial for you. Do not forget to always been in and find more health articles. Thank You.

Harley-Davidson RR350

Harley-Davidson RR350

The Harley-Davidson RR350 is the enlarged version of the RR250, a motorcycle built from the ground up by the Italians that was essentially a Harley-Davidson in name only (Harley took a majority stake in the Italian manufacturer in 1974). The men from Milwaukee were facing increased competition from light, fast Japanese bikes and the first investment into Aermacchi in 1960 was designed to combat this and introduce some fresh engineering talent to the company.
The success of the Aermacchi racing program reached its peak in the mid-1970s when the Harley-Davidson RR250 took the world championship for the ’74, ’75 and ’76 seasons with championship wins in 1976 in both the 250cc and 350cc classes thanks to the model you see pictured here.
It’s unusual to think of Harley-Davidson dominating a road racing championship and we haven’t seen the marque seriously contend any major road-based Grand Prix championship since the sale of Aermacchi in 1978, which seems like a shame as it could have done the marque a world of good from an engineering perspective.
The RR350 (and RR250) is widely considered one of the most beautiful racing motorcycle designs from the 1970s and I’d personally go so far as to say it’s one of the most stunning race bikes ever made. The Italian design cues are clearly apparent and it leaves you wondering what direction Harley-Davidson might have taken if they hadn’t sold Aermacchi on to Cagiva in 1978.
The stunning, restored Harley-Davidson RR350 you see here is due to be sold at The Las Vegas Auction on the 8th of January 2015 by Bonhams, its estimated value is between $25,000 and $30,000 – which actually doesn’t seem like a whole lot considering the fact that only about 26 RR350s were ever made.
If you’d like to bid or read more about this particular motorcycle’s history you can click here to visit Bonhams.
Harley Davidson RR350 3 1480x684 Harley Davidson RR350
Harley Davidson RR350 1 1480x1318 Harley Davidson RR350
Harley Davidson RR350 6 1480x683 Harley Davidson RR350
Harley Davidson RR350 2 1480x1155 Harley Davidson RR350
Harley Davidson RR350 5 1480x1399 Harley Davidson RR350
Harley Davidson RR350 4 1480x964 Harley Davidson RR350 First read in

in the beginning of passenger car tires… they weren’t vulcanized, they weren’t even made with tread designs…. but this 1919 ad has a general progression

Thanks Bruce!

Game Tip – Hitman: Absolution – The Axe item in the level “A Personal Contract”

Just a quick tip for Hitman: Absolution and finding the ‘seemingly-not-as-easy-as-everything-else’ Axe item in the First Mission/Tutorial, for those who don’t know where it is already. It is found outside, in the Gardens area, before you actually get into the main mansion – before you even get to the Greenhouse. It is near the very beginning of entering the grounds. It can be found stuck vertically into a shortened, cut tree. My Agent47 got ticked off walking around the level backwards using Instinct off and on, looking for it until he finally found it (for 100% completion of the level):

Affordable Arizona Auto Insurance Quote

What can a car driver do to get affordable Arizona auto insurance quote? Do cheap auto insurance quotes really exist? After reading this post you will get all the necessary ideas and information to find Arizona auto insurance quotes that are affordable.

Arizona Auto Insurance Law
Like every other state Arizona has own set of laws which include that you must have a license for your car, you have the financial ability to run the car and you have to have minimum state required coverage. If you have caught without having state required minimum coverage, you have to compensate $250 to $750 and you may lose your car registration and your driving license if you get caught in an accident without having a basic liability policy. The state’s minimum coverage is 15/30/10 which means minimum $15,000 per individual, minimum $30,000 for an accident and minimum $10,000 for property damage.

Though Arizona State has required minimum coverage many insurance experts in Arizona suggest to have more than these coverage, because you have to bear the expenses beyond the minimum coverage out of your pocket.

How To Get The Affordable Arizona Auto Insurance Quotes?
You can get auto insurance quotes in Arizona in two ways; you can visit individual auto insurance companies available in Arizona or find third party websites which provide auto insurance quotes from different auto insurance companies. It is easy to get insurance quotes from third party websites rather going to insurance companies website individually. To get quotes you have to provide your personal information, your driving license number, zip code and vehicle model and type. They have own database and within 15 minutes you will get your requested car insurance companies quotes. Compare car insurance quotes online and choose the cheap one within your budget.

Where Can You Get The Best Arizona  Auto Insurance Quote?
You can find the best Arizona auto insurance quote on your profile if you compare as many car insurance companies as possible. To get the best one make sure your selected auto insurance company has the license to provide services in Arizona and also listed Arizona department of insurance.
After selecting company visit to its website to confirm your appropriate coverage and customer satisfaction. You should also check how many complaints it has from customers and what other policy holders of this company say about its service quality.

Tips To Get Lower Arizona Auto Insurance Quote
By raising deductibles you can save money on auto insurance policy. Just make sure you can cover the deductible amount.

You can lower your insurance rates by avoiding unnecessary coverage. Auto insurance companies set the insurance coverage as a package and sometimes drivers have to pay extra money for nothing.

Many auto insurance companies provide discounts if the drivers attend driver’s safety courses. Ask your agent whether the company offers discounts on safety courses or not. The Arizona National Safety Council offers AZ residents courses in defensive driving. Taking such courses can save you a handsome money.

Install few safety devices in your car which may reduce the insurance prices. Also mentioning the occupation to insurance companies in Arizona will help to get lower auto insurance quotes.

Getting an Arizona auto insurance quote that is cheaper from top auto insurance companies can be easy if car drivers follow these ideas.

The Saint Kawasaki W800

Deus Ex Machina are continuing to expand their footprint by opening flagship stores around the globe. Since their first store appeared in Camperdown, Sydney in 2006 they’ve opened 6 other international locations and although apparel may have become the biggest sector of the Deus business they’ve never lost sight of their beginnings as a custom workshop. Each store has its own team of talented builders who continue to produce great looking custom motorcycles while still retaining that unmistakable Deus style. Out of the Dues Milan premises, otherwise known as “The Portal of Possibilities” comes this latest custom build they’ve coined ‘The Saint’.

The Kawasaki W series is an old favourite of Deus ex Machina. The 650 version of Kawasaki’s ultra reliable, parallel twin was the subject of many of their first builds and they’ve done everything with it from hardtailed Bobbers to Cafe Racers. When the W800 was released a few years ago I felt that some of the W soul had been lost with the move to Efi and the removal of the kickstarter, but despite this The Saint has a timeless appeal to it. Looking like a bike that would have been at home in Bruce Brown’s original ‘On Any Sunday’ the team at the Milan based Deus have put together a custom that any classic bike lover could appreciate.

The Saint was built for one of the heads of the Deus Milan store, Santiago, who despite being a long time bike lover and rider was yet to own a custom. Looking back over the Deus portfolio it was the blacked out,  “Le Gicleur Noire” that appealed to him the most so it was decided this would be the template for the build, however it would need modifications to suit Santiago’s personal style.

The build began with the customary removal of superfluous parts to start the custom work on a blank canvas. Next step was to slim the bike down by adapting an original Yamaha SR tank, positioning it on the backbone of the frame to follow the curve of the cylinder heads and fuel pump was integrated to work with the bikes fuel system. To keep the handlebars looking clean a Daytona Velona speedometer was then mounted where the SR oil filler would usually sit at the top of the tank tunnel. A set of clubman style bars came next with with classic Beston style grips and a single low slung clubman mirror.

With the factory 2-into-2, chrome exhaust system gone a new, blacked out, 2-into-1 unit from SC-Project was added along with a set of new black rims wrapped in chunky rubber. To continue the  Tracker styling the bulbous airbox covers were replaced by hand shaped alloy plates with indents to allow the fitment of K&N pod filters. High mount fenders were also added to clear the rubber and all new lighting added to the front and rear.

The Saint was finished with the addition of a custom made seat and a slick paintjob by Kaos Design in Milan. If you happen to pass by ‘The Portal of Possibilities” chances are you’ll spot it parked out the front where Santiago admires it from his desk.


First published by

WORKOUT ANYTIME in the Jacksonville Daily Record

WORKOUT ANYTIME in the Jacksonville Daily Record

WORKOUT ANYTIME was recently featured in the Jacksonville Daily Record. The article talks about the new WORKOUT ANYTIME that opened up Monday, October 6. The article talks about how the Levitt family looks to open 15 WORKOUT ANYTIME locations in the next 5 years in the Jacksonville area. 
View the full article here. 

How To Report Players in Star Wars Battlefront 2 …(Or Any EA Games) [Tutorial via Screenshots, Short and Long Versions]

Recently, I’ve been seeing a lot of people asking how to report players in the Official Star Wars Battlefront II Forums (via Electronic Arts). To summarize, for those who may not know, there is an issue with players in the newly-released game, “exploiting” how the in-game currency is given out. It seems that many players realized that they could end up with ‘Credits’ at the end of a match/round, by not doing anything at all and/or jumping in one spot (known as “AFK’ing”, which comes from the acronym ‘Away From Keyboard’). Deeming these actions unfair and having a negative effect on the game experience of other players, many having been wanting to know how to ‘report’ these people who are doing this, to EA Game Administrators.

In response to seeing this asked so much [not just in EA Forums], I wanted to make a ‘Quick Tip style’ post on how to do just that. There was mention of a system in-game (ie. within SWBF2 itself), where you can click on a players’ name in the Scoreboard – but I have not been able to get this working, personally – therefore, I wanted to share a more ‘universal’ way of reporting players that may be going against the conduct/terms of [any EA] games.

As a Reminder, a Community Manager recently re-posted information about Rules in SWBF2 on the Star Wars Battlefront II Forum:  

The steps to Report A Player (In Any EA Game) will be presented in two versions, Short and Long:

Short Version:

  1. Search for the player’s name in the Origin Client or at the Origin Website.
  2. Click on the arrow next to Send Friend Request and submit a Report 
  3. Don’t forget to mention the reason for the Report and include Evidence if possible
  • Xbox Live: Find the player name in the Recent Players list, click File Complaint, then Cheating, then Submit.
  • PlayStation Network: Use the PlayStation Network’s “Report Inappropriate Content” form

Long Version:

For any EA game at all, if you wish to report a player for doing something negative in a game (Cheating, Hacking, not contributing at all to the game (aka. “going AFK”), making RealLife™ threats, etc): you can go to the Search for Players, via the Origin Website [Note: These steps look the same in the Origin Client as well]. The area to Search for other Players looks like this, below:

In the Search Field (where you type, usually indicated with a Magnifying Glass), simply type the players’ name or portion of it and hit ENTER (or click on the Magnifying Glass) to begin a Search for the name/ID. Soon, a set of results should come up for the player(s) found. An example of what a Result looks like, is below:

Clicking on the player will open up their Player Profile, which shows their Avatar (image they chose) and some information about them (Achievements and other Details may possibly be Hidden by the Player). Next to the large orange button in the upper-right corner/area, there should be a small circle with a downward-facing chevron in it (looking like a “<“). Where this is located and how it looks can be seen, below:

Clicking on the small icon will open a pull-down menu with the choice “Report User” within it. What this small menu looks like, when opened, can be seen below:

Some details should be filled in, such as what exactly happened and when; to assist EA Administrators in isolating/tracking the occurrence. Give as much information as you can. Include any Links to Videos or Media that you can, even if it is just a Screenshot. The fields to fill in, can be seen below:

Even a Screenshot alone, will give a lot of weight to the complaint you are submitting. Without it, it is more work for EA Admins to track down what happened and what occurred and the overall process will take much longer. It really helps if you can submit anything at all to assist with your case.

If you are unsure of how to share Links to your media you’d like to share… Here is a small list of a few places you can Upload your Screenshots (copying the Link/Address/URL to the image, to paste into the Report): (requires free account to upload images to share)

[Note that the above list is not a complete list, there are many places that allow you to Upload your images, to share/link to others]

Lastly, you can also Report Cheaters/Hackers/etc through Customer Support service via the EA main website:

[Note that the above Link will forward you to the Contact Page for EA related to Star Wars Battlefront 2 – but the reference can be easily changed, if you are Reporting a Player from a different game (simply click on “Change Game”)]

Although the stimulus for this posting was originally ‘Reporting AFK Players in Star Wars Battlefront II’ – the steps above can be followed to Report a Player for any EA game. I hope this helps make things easier for others to help ‘clean up the community’!

Update – 2017.12.14:

In the latest Patch for SWBFII  (Patch 1.0, Dec.13/17) there is a line in the Patch Notes that states:

  • ” Made improvements to the idle-kick logic that detects players who aren’t participating in the match”
So it is nice to see that they are making efforts towards alleviating this issue. Way to go, EA/Dice!

See You In The Game!

Coaching Proper Running form and Mechanics

Many people chose running as their favorite or only form of conditioning, and 85% of runners say they have been injured while running. Running injuries can be prevented, and “barefoot” running is often presented as a solution to running injuires.  The fact is that proper running is first and foremost NOT just about wearing shoes or not wearing shoes, and simply changing shoes will not correct running mechanics!  
The good news is that there is a highly evolved, easy to understand, and comprehensive approach to understanding, analyzing and coaching proper running that anyone can learn known as the Pose Method.    This system is based on the scientific inquiries of Dr. Nicholas Romanov.   Interestingly despite being the person who developed this approach, which was the impetus for the entire “barefoot running movement”, Dr. Romanov and the Pose Method are not as well-known as some of his followers such as Chris McDougal who wrote the incredibly popular “Born to Run”.  
Dr. Romanov developed the Pose Method based on the painstaking frame by frame video analysis of thousands of runners, and from this analysis he was able to separate running mechanics into two discrete elements:  variable and non-variable.    Non-variable elements are elements that we see EVERY runner use, and in fact there is no running without these elements!   Variable elements are seen in many runners that are not necessary.
Variable elements are not only unnecessary they are the root of the three challenges all runners seek to overcome:   injury, inefficiency (lack of running endurance), and slow running speed (inability to run as fast as you would like).      So one of the keys to proper running is eliminating all the variable elements and improving perception and control of each of the three non-variable elements of running!
The three non-variable elements of running are:  Pose, Fall, and Pull.   When done properly they will prevent injury, helpf people run longer, and help them run faster!  

Pose refers to the stance that occurs while you are supporting yourself on one leg right before you fall from support as your center of gravity moves forward ahead of your base of support.      As stated EVERYONE moves through the Pose stance when they run – the only real question is how they get there?

Heel strikers (about 75 percent of all runners!) land on the heel which is ahead of the center of gravity of the body then have to roll forward to get to the ball of the foot to get to the Pose stance.   This creates several issues including the fact that the natural muscle-tendon elasticity cannot be used to absorb forces so there are 3 times the impact forces travelling through the ankle, knee, hip and back and this is the key reason for the vast majority of running injures!    In addition, heel striking involves braking with every step taken so you are literally fighting your momentum and slowing yourself down with each step by having to overcome this braking action!  
“Fall” is exactly what it sounds like falling forward by shifting your center of gravity forward ahead of your stance leg to the point that you fall forward and must catch yourself by dropping the other foot to the ground.      Falling properly is the basis of all human movement including running, and the angle of your fall is the accelerator and brake for running speed!   The fastest athletes in the world are capable of maintaining the highest fall angle of up to 21.5 degrees for runners like Usain Bolt.
Proper falling is a full-body lean.  Many runners reach/bend their upper body forward ahead of their waist – which is unproductive because it forces the legs to play “catch-up” instead of being synchronized with their Center of Mass/Gravity Movement.   Learning to precisely feel and control body lean is the definitive skill in refining running technique! 
“Pull” refers to pulling your foot from the ground by pulling your heel directly under your hips as you fall forward and let the other foot drop to support.
The timing of this motion within the running cycle is crucial – too late and you postpone your next “fall” from support.   The goal is to minimize the amount of time the foot stays in contact with the ground.   This view of running clarifies two common concerns in running: stride length and cadence.   Both of these concepts are rooted in the notion that running is a leg driven activity involving “pushing” into the ground.  But, in fact, neither determines how fast you run – cadence and stride length are both by-products of how fast you are going which is controlled by your fall angle!

One of the keys to coaching running is to understand that the focus should not be on the act of landing, but on the act of removing the foot from the ground.   Landing is going to happen automatically requiring no focus – you just let the foot drop to the ground after the pull.   The pull is a very simple movement – the hamstrings contract and pulls the foot straight up under the hips, positioning it to drop directly under the center of mass/gravity.  There is no forward movement, no reaching, no driving into the ground.   Done properly there is almost zero vertical oscillation – the head, shoulders and waist should be travelling in a straight line parallel to the ground, not bobbing up and down!
Although having an understanding of the mechanics of running is helpful – it will do little to improve actual running.   The key to improving running form is increasing perception of the Pose, Fall, and Pull, and perception is heightened by doing specific drills for each element.      Also the coach and runner need to have an objective system for evaluating each element over time to insure and document progress.
This is where the Pose Method can be so powerful because it provides a complete system for ongoing evaluation along with drills to refine perception and performance of each phase of running to insure success!  In addition there is a body of research supporting the fact that the Pose Method can and does improve running by increasing running speed, running efficiency, running endurance and most importantly preventing injuries!
Using treadmill can actually exacerbate running problems.   If you take the time to watch people run on treadmills you will find that treadmill runners almost always do three things:   stand fully upright with zero forward lean; land on the heel; land with the heel in front of the body rather than under the hips.    This occurs because the belt moves at the person so to avoid having their feet swept from under them they stand upright and land on heel in front of the body to slow down the movement of the belt.  So we are teaching people to run with improper mechanics proven to create injuries and decrease running performance!
Bottom line: find a Pose Certified Coach to work with you on your running form and spend time focusing on form which is NOT the same thing as just running!   Also an occasional treadmill run is no big deal, but if you want to learn to run you have to run outside or in a space large enough to allow you to Pose, Fall, and Pull!

Men’s Body Click Diet part 2

What I’m giving you here is a chance to climb the ship’s mast with me so that from its top we can see far over the horizon of medicine. The view from the masthead is based not so much on my daily activities as a practicing physician but on my mission to search the seascape of scientific research for courses that can help prevent my patients from developing prostate trouble. What I see from the top of the mast is a body of evidence that is solid enough to support these simple changes in behavior, especially considering that there’s zero risk in consuming flaxseed and soy protein.

The best evidence is based on studies done in a couple of places in the world, where prostate troubles are rare. Solid epidemiological studies that show a lower incidence of prostate cancer in men consuming foods popular among Finns and Chinese — rye bread for Finns and soy for Chinese.2 And he has carried out elaborate chemical analyses and experiments to show which substances in these foods provide the protection.

For years before his research was done, it was assumed that the Finns’ genetic history accounted for their lower incidence of prostate cancer. Most modern Finns come from a small number of people who migrated to that part of the world many years ago, so they are a rather distinct linguistic, racial and genetic group. It turns out, however, that it’s not their genes but their diet that protects them against certain cancers. And the dietary factor that is most significant is a sourdough rye bread that is eaten by people consuming a traditional Finnish diet. This whole-grain, heavy- duty bread is made out of ground whole rye seeds without anything removed. The leavening is provided by lactobacillus (acidophilus) instead of yeast, which is used to leaven almost all bread consumed in other parts of the world. What’s key is that the rye fiber contains lignans that modulate hormone chemistry and reduce the risk of reproductive cancers.

Diet Start

Eastern Europeans have traditionally used flaxseeds as a source of food and medicine. Flaxseed oil, which makes up about one-third of the weight of the seeds, has extremely healthy properties that also provide particular benefits for the prostate gland. But here we’re talking about the fiber in the flaxseed. The best way to use the seeds is to grind them in a coffee mill. You can then consume the fine, fluffy powder as part of a shake or add it to a variety of other foods. Your aim is to eat a heaping tablespoon per day.

Besides rye and flaxseed, there are other foods that contain lignans. Some of the best sources include legumes (especially lentils, kidney, fava and navy beans), seeds (like sunflower seeds), seaweed, cereal brans and whole grains.

There is also a solid body of evidence supporting the role of soy protein in reducing the risk of prostate cancer. For example, research has shown that isoflavones, substances contained in soybeans, modify testosterone metabolism, decreasing the risk for both benign prostatic hypertrophy and prostate cancer.3 Incorporating soy protein in your diet doesn’t require you to change what you eat, although it’s fine to eat more tofu, miso and other soy products if you enjoy them. The simplest, quickest way to consume soy protein is by stirring soy protein isolate, a relatively tasteless substance, into some of the food you are already eating.

Foods like soybeans, flaxseed and rye contain information derived from phytonutrients, which keep animals in synchrony with the rhythm of the seasons and which have profound effects on our own reproductive systems.

Prostate Inflammation or Nonspecific Prostatitis

Your prostate gland usually doesn’t speak to you until it’s in some advanced state of trouble. When it does, it has only two voices. One is expressed through pain or difficulty with urination and the other is just plain pain, which is almost invariably felt in the midline of your body. The spectrum of difficulties includes inflammation, enlargement and cancer. While there are more or less pure representations of each one, the lines between them are often blurred. All three, but particularly enlargement and cancer, are addressed by the preventive measures included in the Body Clock Diet.

Let’s start with inflammation, which is the medical term for some combination of redness, pain, swelling and heat that almost always accompanies infection but may also represent your body’s reaction to noninfectious irritants or allergens. The flame of prostate inflammation is experienced as burning with urination. This is as much a result of inflammation of the tube through which the urine passes out of the penis (the urethra) as it is due to inflammation of the prostate, per se, which lies astride this tube, just beneath the bladder. Germs that infect the urethra, such as the gonorrhea germ, may ascend it and get into the prostate gland. There, the alkaline environment and blood supply, which are conducive to bacterial growth, make it much harder to treat the infection with antibiotics than, say, a sore throat, a boil or an uncomplicated pneumonia. Because the germs that infect the prostate are difficult to extract from apatient for a culture it has become a common practice for doctors to treat symptoms of prostate inflammation with antibiotics without knowing what germ, if any, might be there.

The diagnosis in this situation is ‘nonspecific’ prostatitis, which is a well- accepted medical term. But when you stop to think about it, it’s peculiar. According to medical principles, when there is an infection, the perpetrator is almost always a particular germ. The prostate, like all internal tissues, is not likely to be infected by more than one germ at a time. The implication is that if there’s an infection, it’s quite specific. How then do we come up with the diagnosis ‘nonspecific’ prostatitis? It’s a result of several factors; efforts to recover a germ are to no avail, the prostate acts as if there’s an inflammation — with swelling, pain, difficulty urinating and sometimes cloudy or pussy urine — and antibiotics are at least temporarily soothing. But after antibiotic treatment, this problem recurs more often than other infections.

Buell M2 Cherry-Salt

The Buell M2 Cherry-Salt is the ultimate go-fast machine, built to race on the 1/8 mile at the 2015 Glemseck 101.  Here all the work in progress. As with previous years the event of 2015, which has been hailed as one of the biggest custom and classic motorcycle gatherings in Europe, was on September 4th, 5th and 6th in Leonberg, Germany and was huge. This years 1/8th mile ‘Sprint’ race competitors started to surface around the web and although it’s not quite complete, I couldn’t wait any longer to feature this beast of a bike from Italian workshop Plan B Motorcycles. Inspired by the Lucky Cat Garage Sprintbeemer and determined to give them a run for their money this is the Buell M2 “Cherry Salt”.

Cherry Salt started out life as a ’99 Buell M2 Cyclone that had undergone a few performance “tweaks” during it’s lifetime. Although the Buell’s frame and engine set up didn’t offer up the easiest base for a build of this kind, Plan B owner Christian Moretti saw the bikes potential and was prepared to invest the time and effort to achieve the desired result. “I was deeply in love with the Lucky Cat’s SprintBeemer, so I started wondering if it would be possible to build something good enough to race against it.”

With the Lucky Cat Sprintbeemer sucking down nitrous oxide Christian needed to look at ways of getting the most out of the Buells 1203cc, 93bhp (stock) engine. Reducing weight was the top priority so Aluminium was used to fabricate the bikes custom fuel tank. Sitting low on the frame the tank has a 12 litre capacity and features a large top recess and a narrow profile to allow its rider to tuck in around it to reduce wind resistance.

Hidden beneath the fairing you’ll find a set of Suzuki GSX-R forks wearing 4 pot radial calipers with ample twin 320mm floating discs. It’s almost too much braking power for a straight line racer, but there’s a valid reason for it. As Christian explained “The quite unusual inverted Buell monoshock setup left me enough room to add a trick suspension system that’s quite elaborate, but easy at the same time. An electric actuator changes the position of the monoshock letting you decide, with the flick of a switch, the overall height of the bike. This changes the center of mass, the rake angle and the trail at the front. So you can have it slammed down for racing on the straight, or rise it up for some corners on the road.” As for cornering that’s not really this bikes main concern, it’s grip that’s a priority. To limit traction loss Christian has fit a “big fat slick” tire from drag greats Hoosier on the back wheel adding plenty of additional grip and loads of visual attitude.

So what does it take to race against a lucky cat? How about an angry dog?

“Fitting a “universal” dustbin style fairing to the Buell was the huge challenge. I started working on the fiberglass fairing by cutting, stretching and slimming it down. I then redesigned the front upper section from scratch shaping it to resemble a Bull Terriers head…yes, it will be a true cats vs dogs race!”

the LA & Orange Country Dodge Dealers exhibition Daytona with a Keith Black hemi

and it’s still around. Hasn’t had any magazine coverage in forever though. It’s mentioned online that it ran at Bonneville in 1969

First Impressions – Google Play App: “Screen Recorder” by Kimcy929 [App Mini-Review]

This article has been initially posted as Text-Only at this time, to speed up publishing, focusing on a certain issue. I will return to this posting and add more data on Quality and Performance, Screenshots and then eventually Share it on Twitter/Google+/etc… Soon™

[This past Christmas, my father gave me a neat little tablet to play on – Thanks, Dad! I have been enjoying the heck out of it, learning what it does (cough how to use a tablet cough), what applications it can run (I can write a Blog Post laying down!) and of course, what games I can play on it, heh. I hope to give some Tutorials/Walkthroughs and Reviews on Games and Apps from it sometime… Oh wait, here’s one now! haha]

The Google Store page for the app, with the ‘Play’ button removed [I felt it was a bit distracting, making people think there might be a ‘video to play’ here at The Blog], replaced with The Blog’s ‘G’ brevity logo version.
The Google Play logo in the upper-left will be used to denote images that come ‘directly’ from the Google Play website/page for the app for these types of App Reviews/Posts (Unedited other than logos or helpful arrows/etc added).

Google Play App – Screen Recorder by Kimcy929

Straight to it: while this app did in fact ‘record the screen’, it could not record the game sounds themselves (‘internal’ gameplay audio), it only recorded microphone sounds (‘external’ audio outside the device). While this is useful for some, especially Vloggers, I was personally looking for a screen recorder for my tablet that recorded gameplay and the audio from the game, for Tutorials, Walkthroughs, etc.**

Also, an issue arose where ANY video I viewed after installing this app (even videos I had on my device BEFORE installing it) only came up as a black screen, with the message:

“…Video Is Playing On External Display…”

Now, I had not enabled any such option, nor did I connect any External Displays…

I did some research online and found many people running into this issue with various apps and devices (tablets, phones, etc). Looking at the App configuration in the Settings of my tablet for Screen Recorder, I found this app giving itself the ability to ‘draw over other apps’ (which it can do to create on-screen writing, or arrows, which it advertises that it can do on the Google Play Store page for the app).

This is fine and these features are no doubt useful; however, I could no longer view any videos with the built-in Video Player (“complete action using > Video”) – I literally could no longer view any videos I had on my device, at all. [Even with third-party Media Players, such as VLC Media Player, simply viewing any videos was now ‘broken’…]

Video playing of the Video portion of Videos on the Video Player that
plays Videos was like, really broken now

Even after disabling this option that it gave itself without prior warning (found in Settings > Apps > ScreenRecorder > DrawOverOtherApps), all videos still came up with just a black screen and that message – that is, just Disabling the Setting did not ‘undo’ the inability to no longer watch videos in the Video Player. Disabling this setting, then Uninstalling this app, then Restarting the Tablet, fixed the issue [in my case, the only way it was fixed].

While this app does record the screen, allows for microphone use, doesn’t seem to affect gameplay performance very much, and seems to have a decent selection of Resolutions and Bitrates (eg. 1280×720, 8000kbps), also having some additional helpful things like drawing arrows on the screen, etc; it does not record ‘built-in’ gameplay audio – which I personally was looking for** – and it gave itself a power which interfered with normal tablet video viewing afterward… Not only that, but it only recorded a few videos before no longer working, with a message just repeatedly showing up stating, “Unfortunately, Screen Recorder has stopped”.

No changing of Settings (of my tablet or the app itself) was able to remedy this or get past it [the message coming up and no video being recorded]. Reinstalling the app made it work again, but after a few recordings, only that message repeating on the screen was the result, once again. Therefore, considering all of the above [but including the fact that the app must have worked for other people, that is, those not running into this ‘Screen Recorder has stopped’ message problem], this app earned Three Stars at Google Play from me, as of the time of this writing.

Being ‘completely free’ (No Fee and No Ads), and having a nice selection of ‘standards’ like Resolution and Bitrate choices, and having ‘extras’ like being able to draw on the screen; perhaps with some improvements to bugfixing, enhancements to how it handles itself (asking/warning what would happen before utilizing the “Draw Over Other Apps” ability would be helpful to users that might run into a problem with it) and adding the ability to record internal gameplay audio**, Screen Recorder could potentially be a very capable and ‘feature-rich’ screen recording application.

3/5 Stars

This app (and a shortened version of the above Review by The Blog (to fit on Google Play’s Review area)) can be found on Google Play, at:

Screen Recorder by Kimcy929

[Note: I am not affiliated with Screen Recorder or Kimcy929 in any way, and I have not and will not be compensated by them for writing about them here. I am merely a user of their application and like to help others with helpful information, when I can. The information in this post was obtained on an LG G Pad IV, and therefore might vary slightly from your own experience (Settings, Menus, Performance, Problems, etc) – but I hope that it was still found useful in some way.]

** More on this later… I have recently found out that Google has taken away the ability [temporarily?] to record game output AND game audio at the same time (“internal audio”) in the latest Android versions – save for a small number of possibilities on LG and Samsung devices. But, I’ll cover this at a later time, when I find out more solid details…

7 How to Shrink Pores Naturally


7 How to Shrink Pores Naturally Who would want her face appearing with large pores are very annoying? Surely no one wants is not it? In fact, probably almost everyone aspires face looked beautiful glow without large pores, acne, oily face dull, dry etc.
7 How to Shrink Pores Naturally - 1
Just imagine if the pores in your face has a fairly large size, of course, the appearance will feel disturbed not? Besides being able to disrupt the perfection of the appearance and beauty of a person, the pores are already too big results in the buildup remains of cosmetics, dust and other impurities in the area of ​​your face, dirt buildup is what can lead to dull dry your face later.
Actually what is the cause of enlarged facial pores? One trigger enlarged facial pores are too frequent use of cosmetics and in its use was also excessive, lack of attention to facial care either way naturally or with the aid of soap facials, facial acne and oily skin.
It is undeniable that the pores faces that have been already enlarged at the same time can not be diminished, but if you do a facial care routine, enlarged pores that can seem smaller, and can enhance your appearance.
Well if you’re one of the many people who want to try a natural skin care, so that the pores can seem to shrink again, you can try the following tips, these tips are not too hard, but you also need to do it carefully and diligently.
7 How to Shrink Pores Naturally - 2
How to shrink pores naturally face:
  • Using Ice cubes

Ice cubes have a cool and soothing properties of your skin, facial care which one is also considered to be very simple, just wrap ice cubes in a clean cloth or cotton, then you can rub it gently and slowly over the face. The function of this treatment is to help you to tighten facial pores naturally. If you are interested in trying to do these tips regularly every morning.
  • Using Scrub

This scrub function itself was to help the face to get rid of dead skin cells that accumulate on the face, doing the routine use of scrub on the face of at least once a week. You can get a scrub in cosmetic shops nearby but remember if you use cosmetic ingredients look who is already getting a recommendation safe to use, if you are still worried about the harmful ingredients in cosmetics, you can make a scrub yourself at home by mixing salt with olive oil.
  • Using White Eggs

The egg white is one ingredient that is no stranger to the world of beauty, because many articles that explain the benefits of egg white. Actually, what the benefits of the egg white? The egg whites were able to absorb and reduce excessive oil glands on the face or the face, can shrink pores and tighten skin. Actually a lot of egg whites benefits for skin care, if you want to read please sign in Benefits of egg whites to face.
How to apply of egg white:
– Prepare an egg (especially chicken eggs)
– Then separate the yolk from the white, white download only.
– Mix the egg whites with the yolk with a little separated pure honey (1 teaspoon).
– Stir both ingredients until blended and transformed into cream.
– Apply a mixture of egg white cream with olive oil had to face up evenly.
– Do not be washed out (wait until the mask dries).
– The final step rinse or wash your face using cold water.
  • Tomato fruit

Tomato fruit is one of the fruits that contain potassium and vitamin C which is good for keeping and maintaining the skin beauty. You are interested in doing facials with tomatoes? If he. Try to find organic tomatoes so that the result is more optimal.
How to apply of Tomato:
– Then cut the tomatoes are already preparing, and add enough water.
– Puree tomatoes in a blender.
– After a smooth lift and apply to the area of ​​your face evenly (Spread thinly only).
– Allow the tomatoes on the face mask attached approximately 15-20 minutes.
– Rinse your face clean water.
– Tap pat your face with a soft towel to dry.
  • Using Lime

How to applyof Lime:
– Wash the face first (Clean the face of dirt beforehand).
– Prepare a lemon.
– Then cut lemon, round Stick thin lemon slices had to face up to the face covered all the pieces of lemon.
– Wait and let the pieces of lemon stuck to approximately 15-20 minutes.
– Rinse your face with warm water and dry your face with a soft towel.
  • Mixture of honey, sugar and olive oil

How to apply:
– Combine equally between olive oil, sugar, and pure honey about 1 teaspoon.
– Mix all the ingredients that have been mixed until blended and turned into cream.
– Apply cream had to face thinly and evenly.
– Press the face and massage gently with the rules of play.
– When finished massaging first let stand about 10 minutes mask attached.
– Rinse face with cold water and dry.
  • Cucumber Fruit with Apples

How to apply:
– Prepare a fresh cucumbers and apples.
– Blend the ingredients until completely crushed and refined.
– Apply the material that has been refined to an area of ​​your face evenly and thinly.
– Do not wait for a mask attached washed 15 minutes.
– Rinse face with cold water until clean.
Well that’s a little bit how to shrink pores naturally, select the way that you easily practiced at home, respectively.
Additional note: if you’ve done way above ways you can apply a moisturizer made from naturally into your face so that results can be felt up.

Hopefully article 7 How to Shrink Pores Naturally we can share this day can be beneficial for you. Do not forget to always visit the website to seek other health articles. Thank You.

Avocado Fruit Benefits For Health


Avocado Fruit Benefits For Health – The fruit is sometimes known by the name of fruit avocado or if in the Great Dictionary of Indonesian fruit is called by “Avokat”, and in Latin avocado was named Persea american, it is because of this one fruit is the fruit originating from the American continent, more precisely from Mexico and Central America and is now widely cultivated in South America and Central America as a crop monoculture and as garden plants in areas where other tropical world, including Indonesia which is now a lot of the cultivated fruit this one, this is certainly due to the potential that owned an avocado that is timeless, always got the high market demand especially for a restaurant or at home eating an avocado is usually always need this.
Avocado Fruit Benefits For Health - 1
myself included people who like fruit of this one, but if this one fruit juice made in, yup avocado juice is always to make people want to continue drinking until exhausted, are you with me in terms of consuming avocado juice? of course you can answer that yourself, hehe
if we had lengthy talks about the avocado, then it is not complete if we do not discuss the properties of avocado fruit is, of course still a few people who wondered what the hell the benefits of the fruit of this one, all right we’ll discuss it here, please just see benefits below.
Maintain and Improve the Health of the Heart Organ
This is because, avocado contains a source of monounsaturated oleic acid, vitamin E, folate, potassium, phytosterols as well as an important source of fiber. All these nutrients play a major role on cardiovascular health are increasing.
Complete Nutrition to the Skin
This is because, avocados contain monounsaturated fats, omega-9 fatty acids, antioxidants, vitamin E, vitamin C and collagen. All of these nutrients help nourish your skin from time to time.
Avocado Fruit Benefits For Health - 2
Weight Control Service
By eating an avocado will make the stomach is in a state of satiety is longer. Will also automatically suppress excessive appetite you have.
Preventing Diabetes
content of monounsaturated fats and potassium in avocados can improve the function of insulin and glucose levels in the blood neutralize you.
Reduce Inflammation in Your Joints
avocado contains monounsaturated fat, vitamin E, vitamin C and phytosterols that help reduce various types of inflammation in your body.
Enhance Immune Function Or Immunity On Body
This is because, the avocado is a source of vitamin C. Vitamin C will make one’s body is not susceptible to disease seasonal or unpredictable weather changes.
Abatement Stroke Effective Enough
This is because, avocado contains vitamin E which serves to lower the oxidation of cholesterol that will prevent someone exposed to the deadly stroke.

Who would have thought behind it tastes good turns avocado also contains highly beneficial for the health of our bodies, now matter how beneficial fruits that are all around us, it would be useless if we can not utilize it as much as you, therefore make use of what is there around you as best as possible, hopefully article Avocado Fruit Benefits for Health can we share today, can be beneficial for you. Thank You.




Small bathrooms are a great challenge to use and decorate. Some bathrooms have the ability to feel bigger, while others may require small renovation projects to improve the square footage. Depending on your particular bathroom, the choices can be easy. Decide what your budget, then follow these design ideas for great little bathroom.

Vanity area: Your sink and how much space can be avoided, is crucial in the use of your bathroom. Determine your specific needs of their sink. If you are someone who has lots of toiletries, accessories and much need storage? Use a small vanity that has cabinet doors under the counter, and add shelves and drawers inside the cabinet organization. Do not have a lot of storage needs, but want it to look decorative? Consider using a pedestal sink, sink or under a decorative wall shelves. If you do not have room for one or the other, are also wells that fit the corner of two walls. This well has a record of 90 degrees and the heat sink is tucked away between the walls to give maximum space.

TOILET: Most people enjoy a lot of space around the toilet, although this is not always a realistic option for small bathrooms today. If you can get out of the toilet, come from a smaller size, occupying less space, and give more space around them. If you can not change the toilet, to minimize the elements of the floor, such as ladders, garbage cans, and a laundry hamper in the bathroom. The more space you can see and use, the better it feels.

Bath / shower: In most small bathrooms or you have a bathtub with shower inside, or you only have a shower. If your budget allows, losing the shower curtain and add a glass door cabinet. Glass will create the illusion of a large bathroom, and when you use the shower, it feels too. Consider using shower curtains or light a lighter color if you install a glass door is not an option. If you have high ceilings, installing shower curtain with a height over the head to extend the feeling of space.

LIGHT: Dark colors make the room feel smaller and lighter color makes the room feel larger. If you have the luxury of natural light to pour a bath, it feels much larger. Mimic natural feeling of neutral tones and sunny feel warm and inviting. Replace light bulbs and those which emit a warmer light. Incandescent lamps have an important role in how you see yourself in the mirror. I hate you to the bathroom, if you hate how you look in the mirror!

Even if your bathroom is small, you can still love his potential. Use these design ideas and love your new bathroom.





Steve McQueen’s Indian Sport Scout

Steve McQueen owned an extraordinary array of vehicles including a 1931 Pitcairn PA-8 biplane, a Ferrari 250 GT Lusso, a Jaguar XKSS, a Ford GT40 and a number of motorcycles – including the 1934 Indian Sport Scout you see here.
Although he’s perhaps more famous for his association with Triumph and Husqvarna, McQueen’s love of American motorcycles was never in doubt. His first bike was a Harley-Davidson that was so oily and smoky that it cost him the affection of the girl he had been dating, he also owned a number of Indians including an old custom chopper, a Chief and of course, a Sport Scout.
Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 6In some respects, the Indian Sport Scout was a return to the roots of the Scout model line. The first two generations of the model had been very popular and favoured for their ability on race tracks, at hill climbs and in endurance events.
In 1932 Indian introduced the third generation Scout, it had been developed with cost cutting in mind – and as is often the case when the bean counters get involved, it resulted in a lot of disappointment. The plan was to develop a single frame design and then use it as the base of the Scout, the Chief, and the Four. The issue was that the frame was heavy and cumbersome. This was a major drawback for a nimble, sporting motorcycle like the Scout.
Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 5The public reaction to the new Scout was almost entirely unfavourable and Indian set about trying to rectify the situation as quickly as possible. Two years later they released the new Sport Scout, it had a lighter frame, girder forks, improved carburation and alloy cylinder heads – it addressed the concerns that the pubic had raised with the third generation model and it returned the Scout to its winning ways on the race tracks of North America. A modified Indian Sport Scout would go on to win the first Daytona 200 in 1937, as well as hundreds of less famous races across the continent.
The history of the 1934 Sport Scout wouldn’t have been lost on McQueen, he was an avid motorcycle racer who funded his early acting career by winning local races and living on the prize purses. This Indian was sold from his collection in 2006 to a buyer in London who rode it sparingly and displayed it in his office. It’s now being offered for sale with an estimated value of between £55,000 and £65,000, if you’d like to read more or register to bid you can click here.

Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 7

Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 4

Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 3

Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 2

Steve McQueen's Indian Sport Scout 1 
Firts published by

Wheel Jockey® a Handy Tool for Safer Motorcycle Rides

The anticipation of a well planned ride almost always makes the ride more enjoyable. The riding season arrived early in the Carolinas and I looked forward to getting my gear on and heading out into the chilly morning air—away from the traffic for some fun in the “twistys” just outside our little town. Tank is full of gas… tire pressure checked…heart racing just a bit… all is good! While rounding the first left hand bend, the rear end of my old BMW suddenly wants to be in front! The dreaded “tank-slapper” makes my heart rate jump instantly. Thanks to no cars coming from the opposite direction, we stay upright and head for the shoulder. A sheet metal screw buried in the tread close to the tire’s edge is found to be the culprit.

Virtually every motorcycle rider has had a close call—a close call that might have put them on the pavement with little or no warning. With motorcycles having only two wheels, both of them need to be in proper working order if the bike is to maintain an upright position on the road. A flat tire leaves only half of your wheels functioning properly and decreases the odds of keeping control, avoiding disaster. Suddenly, the riding gear you (and your passenger) are wearing may be the only thing to prevent an ugly injury…or worse.

Flat tires on motorcycles usually come from road debris—nails, glass, screws, staples etc. This is the same kind of debris that flattens car tires. An underinflated tire can also cause an unanticipated loss of control. Every motorcycle manufacturer recommends that the tire pressure be checked before each ride. When the air pressure is checked, it does give the rider a quick look at the tire while getting the valve stem in place. However, unless the bike has a center stand that elevates a wheel so it can be rotated, it is extremely difficult to do a full tire inspection. To make matters worse, the fenders on many bikes can cover up to 75% of the tire. That means having to stand up and roll the bike slightly forward 6 or 7 times to expose another small section of the tire. Needless to say, this is a hassle and keeps most people from doing a proper inspection very often—if ever.

Wheel Jockey is a compact portable tool that many riders carry with them when traveling. It allows them to easily get the wheels slightly off the ground on ball bearing rollers so that the wheel can be turned for checking air pressure, cleaning, and maybe most important of all, inspecting the tire for hazardous debris; debris that could be forced into the tire while leaning into a curve, puncturing the tire and leaving the rider in a serious bike control situation.

Cleaning the chain, inspecting the tires, and even checking the air pressure is, to many riders, like cleaning toilets or windows. You do it when you have to—not one minute sooner. Whether a bike is brand new or ten years old, if it does not have a factory installed center stand, (the vast majority don’t), the compact, patented design of Wheel Jockey Sport and Big Boy models take a painstaking, but risk reducing, job and make it easy for men and women riders of all ages and experience.

Wheel Jockey’s owner, Bill Kniegge, shares that while leading a private tour of German enthusiasts for ( ), a casual look at the rear tire of a guest’s bike while lubing the chain revealed that a large staple had pushed its way almost clear through the tire. “I was just spinning the wheel around several times, checking both sides and the middle, when it jumped right out at me. A freshly installed Stop & Go ( ) plug and an occasional check of the air pressure turned what may have been a bad day into a great day. Several of our Wheel Jockey customers have shared similar instances that also, turned out fine.”

Source: Motorcycling (AP, 1/10)


Your room is one of the most important room in the house, and most people spend much time in their room. A room is not only a space that welcomes you to relax and visitors, but also serves as a hub and serves as a showcase for the entire house. In simple terms, is the centerpiece of a home show and a place that will bring comfort and joy to all its inhabitants. Now we all know that when we have a guest room is usually the first room that your guests see, and I think we must be careful at this point is creating something that will reflect our own style. There are many decorating styles that you can choose and the most popular are traditional, country, contemporary and transitional provisions. Personally, I prefer the modern style, and for those of you who are looking for a little inspiration on contemporary works of living here are six images that can inspire you.









Do You Really Need to Drink Eight Glasses of Water Each Day?

Everyone knows you need 8 glasses of water each day to stay healthy right?    Wrong!   Of course, drinking water is essential and the best way to get the water you need is by drinking water (not soda, juice, or sports drinks), but it is a misconception that you need to drink 8 glasses per day and that more is always better.    
The National Academy of Sciences recently concluded that most Americans are adequately hydrated.   Direct Quote “The vast majority of healthy people adequately meet their daily hydration needs by letting thirst be their guide.”
Typically, about 80% of your total water intake comes from water and other beverages with about 20% from the food you eat.
Another associated myth is that if you wait until you are thirsty it is too late because you are already dehydrated.   For the vast majority of people your physiological thirst mechanism is triggered before you become dehydrated.
Another myth is that if your urine is yellow or deep yellow you are dehydrated.     This could indicate dehydration but urine color is also strongly affected by other factors including intake of certain vitamins and other chemicals we take in from food and drinks.
Dangers of too much water intake

There is a very real danger from excessive water intake and the number of people affected by this is growing – particularly in sports.   This may all stem from a paper published by the US Military stating that soldier should drink 64 ounces of water per hour in order to improve performance.  It was and still is widely embraced although there is not scientific support for this advice.  Even the American College of Sports Medicine recommends “…drinking ahead of thirst.”   The problem is this can be taken too far and in fact excess water impairs performance and actually can kill someone if it is excessive enough.   It is important to note that data demonstrates mild degrees of dehydration do not impair performance.
Excessive water intake coupled with exercise can result in exercise-associated hyponatremia (EAH).   EAH is also commonly referred to as “Water Intoxication.”   In EAH, the body’s cells, including those in the brain, swell with too much water, which can be fatal.    When the body has too much water relative to its salt level, the salt level in the blood drops too low which leads to significant problems.
The Right Strategy for Water Intake

The easy answer to proper hydration is to pay attention to your thirst and drink accordingly.     This applies to sports drinks as well.   Also it goes without saying that not getting enough water is not advisable.  When you do not drink enough water it puts you at a much higher risk for kidney stones and this is one of the most painful conditions there is!   Dehydration can also negatively impact cognitive function and mood.
Dehydration is more common in children and the elderly, and risks of dehydration get higher as the temperature and humidity rise.   During hot humid weather the body sweats profusely but because of the humidity sweat does not evaporate so cooling is not nearly as effective and the body just keeps sweating without much effect on body temperature.   Dehydration is also much more common in extremely cold temperatures below freezing because the air becomes extremely dry and with each breath moisture is lost.     In addition, in cold temperature the thirst mechanism can fail to kick in.     The end result is that dehydration is a very serious risk in prolonged exposure and exercise in cold environments!
So How Much Water Do You Need?

While you probably do not need 8 glasses of water per day – it probably is not going to hurt you in most cases.    Actual fluid intake and needs will vary from individual to individual depending on their size, activity level, and the amount of water present in the foods they eat each day.
However, the take home message is simple – pay attention to thirst and drink when you are thirsty and try to stick with good ole H20 rather than juice or soda.      It is what your body needs without all the extra calories!

How to Get More from Lunges!

Lunges are a staple exercise for most gym-goers, and there are many different varieties of lunges.    Most of us have been taught to keep the torso upright when we lunge.  While this is not wrong per say – there is another way to perform the lunge that can place more emphasis on the glutes and hamstrings.
When you keep your torso fully upright you tend to place more load on the knees and quads – particularly if you allow your front knee to track forward over your toes.   Instead try hip hinging slightly as you lunge allowing the torso to angle forward over the front thigh.  
Keep the shoulders back and down.   Your upper body should not slump – we want to hinge from the hip.    When using dumbbells allow them to come forward ahead of the knees more.    By keep hips and knees back while moving weight forward more of the load is placed directly on the glutes, and at the same time you are putting the glutes in a stretched position.    Done properly there is more emphasis on the glutes and they go through a great range of motion without stressing the knees. 
It is important to keep a straight line from your tailbone through the top of your head – hip hinge but do not let the spine flex or bend.

To get a good feel for the form check out this video:


This is not the first post in furniture modern living room ideas. If you look at the end of this post, you can see the space for living ideas that we posted in the past. Today I wanted to add a new article with some new inspirations for the exhibition of the company’s Italian design furniture Tumidei, offering fantastic options for your living room. clean lines add a sense of serenity and calm to the furniture in beige, brown and black. Simple and elegant, furniture Tumidei lot about your style and preferences. Add to that a carpet of bright color or a lamp and the room comes alive with its own personality.











15 Things Nobody Tells You About Losing Weight

15 Things Nobody Tells You About Losing Weight

All the weird, wonderful, and sometimes frustrating ways that dropping pounds changes your life.
by Amanda MacMillan

Credit: Getty Images

Unexpected effects of weight loss

Losing weight does more than give you an excuse to buy new clothes. Dropping just 5 to 10% of your body weight can improve your overall health and reduce your risk for chronic conditions like heart disease and diabetes. But shedding unwanted pounds can also have less-obvious effects, and not always for the better, says Adam Tsai, MD, a physician at Kaiser Permanente Colorado and a spokesperson for the Obesity Society. Here are the good things—and the bad—that you don’t normally hear about losing weight.

Your energy levels will skyrocket

A big energy boost is often the first thing people notice when they start dropping weight. Why? When you’re carrying around fewer pounds, you use less energy to simply go about your day, says Dr. Tsai. Weight loss also improves oxygen efficiency, so you won’t find yourself out of breath so easily when climbing stairs or hustling to catch the bus.

Your memory may improve

In a 2013 Swedish study, older women scored better on memory tests after six months of following a weight-loss plan. Brain scans showed more activity during the encoding process (when memories are formed) and less activity during memory retrieval, suggesting greater recall efficiency. “The altered brain activity after weight loss suggests that the brain becomes more active while storing new memories and therefore needs fewer brain resources to recollect stored information,” said study author Andreas Pettersson, MD, in a press release. Previous research has also linked obesity to poor memory, especially in pear-shaped women who carry extra pounds around their hips.

Your relationship will be tested

Losing weight can make you feel sexier, but your slimmed-down body—and that newfound confidence—won’t necessarily strengthen your bond with your spouse. In a 2013 study from North Carolina State University, researchers found that although dropping 60 pounds or more in two years or less usually improved couples’ relationships, occasionally a dieter’s partner felt jealous or threatened. Why? Your body transformation may force your significant other to consider his or her own health choices, says Gail Saltz, MD, Health‘s contributing psychology editor. Another problem: Your partner may worry about how your personality might change. “You feeling great, sexy, or confident could shift the balance of the relationship,” Dr. Saltz says. “They fear losing the identity of the more confident one or losing the upper hand.” Many of these challenges could apply to friendships, too.

Your risk of cancer will be lower

You know that smoking, sun exposure, and radiation can cause cancer, but obesity has been linked to several types of cancers as well, says Dr. Tsai. Being overweight causes inflammation that triggers cell changes within the body. Dangerous levels of inflammation can be lowered, however, by losing just 5% of your body weight, according to a 2012 study on post-menopausal women published in the journal Cancer Research. And a 2014 study published in Obesity Research found that morbidly obese men who underwent bariatric surgery reduced their cancer risk over the following years to roughly that of normal-weight people.

If you were depressed before, that may not change

Does being overweight make you depressed—or does being depressed lead to weight gain? It’s not always possible to tell what comes first, says Dr. Tsai. And while most people feel happier after they’ve lost weight, it’s not a cure-all. “For a smaller percentage of people, mood will not improve even after they lose 100 pounds,” he says. That may be because weight loss doesn’t address any underlying problems you may have, says Dr. Saltz.

Foods may taste different

Losing a lot of weight in a small amount of time may alter your taste buds. A recent Stanford University study revealed that after bariatric surgery, 87% of patients reported a change in their sense of taste. About half said food tasted sharper, while the other half said food tasted duller. The upshot: those who tasted food less intensely after surgery lost 20% more weight over three months than those who said foods tasted stronger. The study authors say more research is needed to determine why the change in taste occurs, but another recent study did have similar findings. The study, from Leicester Royal Infirmary in the United Kingdom, found that three quarters of weight loss surgery patients developed a dislike for certain foods after their operations, most often meat and dairy products.

Working out will be more fun

When you’re carrying around extra pounds, exercising can make your joints hurt and lungs burn more than someone who’s at a normal weight, says Dr. Tsai. Once you start to slim down, exercise will start to feel less like a chore and more like the fun, energizing experience that it should be. Plus, being lighter can also make you faster and stronger. Take running, for example: It’s generally believed that for every pound lost, an athlete can shave two seconds off the time it takes to run a mile.

Your bones may change

Ever heard that losing weight weakens your bones? While it’s true that weight loss is associated with bone loss, it’s only a big concern if you become underweight or follow an unhealthy diet, and the National Osteoporosis Foundation says that the benefits of weight loss usually outweigh the risks. Extra weight can make your bones stronger (they have to be, to carry the extra pounds) but it also damages joints. And new research suggests that visceral fat around the belly is particularly bad for bones, for both men and women. Losing weight can help, as well as reduce arthritis symptoms, according to a 2013 review published in the Journal of the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons.

You’ll probably spend less on health care

Normal-weight people spend less money on medical bills and expenses than their overweight peers, according to a 2009 study published in the journal Health Affairs. Specifically, researchers found obese people spent $1,429 more—that’s 42% higher—than their normal-weight peers, most of which went toward prescription medications needed to manage chronic conditions. And a 2014 report on Michigan residents found that annual health care costs for people who were extremely obese were a whopping 90% higher than those of normal-weight individuals.

In related sad-but-true news, you might notice something else when you lose weight, as well: Doctors (whose bias against obese patients has been well documented) may treat you better, too.

You may get a raise

It’s not just doctors who may treat you better after losing weight; your employer might, too. Studies have shown that obese people make less money than normal-weight workers, especially among women. In fact, a 2004 study published in Health Economics found that the average paycheck for an obese worker was about 2.5% lower than that of a thinner employee. Dropping down to a healthy weight may also get you more job offers, according to a 2014 British study.

You may get a raise

It’s not just doctors who may treat you better after losing weight; your employer might, too. Studies have shown that obese people make less money than normal-weight workers, especially among women. In fact, a 2004 study published in Health Economics found that the average paycheck for an obese worker was about 2.5% lower than that of a thinner employee. Dropping down to a healthy weight may also get you more job offers, according to a 2014 British study.

Your skin may sag

One thing many people aren’t prepared for after a dramatic weight loss is the loose, sagging skin. It won’t go away overnight—or perhaps ever—and it may leave you feeling disappointed with your new body. Some opt for body contouring procedures like a facelift, breast lift, or tummy tuck, but any surgery carries risks, and in most cases insurance will not cover these cosmetic surgeries.

You’ll catch more zzz’s

People who lost at least 5% of their body weight over a six-month period slept an average of 22 minutes longer than they had previously in a 2014 University of Pennsylvania study. And earlier in the year, Finnish researchers reported that modest weight loss significantly improved symptoms of sleep apnea.

“Losing weight usually means there’s less there to physically constrict your breathing and less soft tissue to block the upper airways,” says Dr. Tsai. Better sleep also helps your body burn fat more efficiently, so getting a good night’s sleep means you’ll be more likely to keep those pounds off.

You could boost your chances of having a baby

If you’ve been trying to get pregnant, losing a few pounds may help. A 2009 study published in Fertility and Sterility found that obesity in women is associated with infertility and polycystic ovary syndrome, and that the younger a woman is when she becomes obese, the harder it could be for her to get pregnant.

Slimming down can also help ensure that you have a healthy pregnancy and a healthy baby, since a mom’s weight during (and even before) has been linked to all sorts of health outcomes for her kids.

Your eye health will improve

Matthew McConaughey told interviewers that his rapid weight-loss in preparation for his role as an AIDS victim in Dallas Buyers Club caused him to start losing his eyesight. That may be the result of extreme calorie restriction or nutritional deficiencies—but for most people, weight loss can actually protect their vision from obesity-related conditions like type 2 diabetes.

A 2013 University of Georgia study, for example, found that higher body fat percentage was associated with lower levels of the antioxidants lutien and zeaxanthin in retinal tissue. “The results indicate that adiposity may affect the nutritional state of the retina,” the authors wrote. “Such links may be one of the reasons that obesity promotes age-related degenerative conditions.”


Benefits Eggplant Netherlands For Healthy Body


Benefits Eggplant Netherlands For Healthy Body – Dutch aubergine often enjoyed lately for fresh juices and also delicious. Indeed, the benefits to the health of the eggplant is not so pronounced when you took it only once, but for who frequently consume Dutch eggplant you will feel the enormity of the health benefits of eggplant. Dutch eggplant can be grown in tropical regions namely in the area with a temperature of about 20 to 27 degrees Celsius. Growing at an altitude of 500 to 1000 meters above sea level.
Benefits Eggplant Netherlands For Healthy Body - 1
The benefits of eggplant Netherlands is not separated from the womb, such as vitamin A is good for eye health. Contains vitamin C to increase the body’s immunity, Dutch eggplant also contains fiber which is high enough place to constipation as well as create a healthy digestive tract will always be, the benefits provided are also almost the same as the benefits of eggplant purple in general.
Benefit from Dutch eggplant to health can be obtained by juiced as the drink is fresh, not to be eaten immediately because it tastes sour. Young eggplant can be eaten as pickles, and also made syrups and ice cream toppings. etc
Recipes juicing Dutch eggplant

Benefits Eggplant Netherlands For Healthy Body - Juice
Raw material is :
1) 100 grams of eggplant Netherlands
2) 100 grams of red wine
3) 100 grams of yogurt
4) sweetened condensed milk, syrup and honey
5) Shaved ice
How to make :
1) Take all the ingredients and fill the blender, then puree. Leave some red wine as a decoration to drink juice.
2) Enter in the glass dish. Then her glass garnished with grapes, honey, sweetened condensed milk, and syrup.
That is the way to make Dutch eggplant juice. Are you interested to try it. Please just because we This recipe will make you hooked and can enjoy the pleasure of Dutch aubergine. Good luck to make juice from Dutch eggplant that has many health benefits for the body.
Hopefully Articles Benefits Eggplant Netherlands For Healthy Body we share today can be beneficial for you.

It’s Not Just You™ – GTAV Launcher Crashing Right After Starting? Here’s What Worked For Me… [Notification]

Just a quick notification about GTAV (Grand Theft Auto Five) and how it seems to be crashing after the Launcher downloads an Update of some sort (and after looking it up a bit online, it looks like it’s not just me). I’ll quickly share some Tips I found from others and which one worked for me in the end – if your GTAV Launcher is crashing every time you try to play the game – don’t worry, It’s Not Just You™…

The thing that was happening…. oh I don’t know maybe

Things I tried:

  1. Rebooting
  2. Copying d3d9.dll (eventually trying all of the d3d Libraries, copied to the game folder)
  3. Updating GPU Drivers and Windows Updates (all was Latest already)
  4. Updating RTSS (Rivatuner Statistics Server to Version 7.0.0 (Beta), part of MSI Afterburner)
  5. Download latest Social Club installer and (Re)Install (to the same Location I had it already)

I had to go all the way to Number 5 to Stay Alive… [wow that’s like a chance to do a triple-layer reference]

What the heck, I couldn’t find a video that just has Number 5 saying, “Number Five IS ALIVE”
(meh, sometimes I try to be entertaining, with ‘references’ and “jokes”)
(No, it usually doesn’t work out, like this)

Anyway, I saw a couple of helpful Tips out there, by various people at the Official Rockstar (GTAV) Forum – so I tried those as well (they are Numbers 3 and 4 in the list above). I even tried steps from the “official troubleshooting list” from Rockstar themselves via a Link at their Website (things like Disabling Anti-Virus (since it was an Update and was accessing System Files, this could actually help, if that’s all it needed to work)) [isn’t it funny that those ‘first official steps to try’ that companies put out or say in Forums, trying to be helpful, never work for anyone? lol Isn’t that the way**…].
So, what eventually worked for me was the last step above [of course] – I went to the website below and downloaded the latest Social Club client (which is associated with, and updates, the Launcher as well, so it makes sense it might help) and Installed it:
(A download Link directly to the Social Club Client from Rockstar, this Link above will immediately try Downloading the file. As I always say, feel free to Scan the file with your Anti-Virus before running it or use an Online Scanner, such as , if you desire)
Remember, if you try this step of re-installing the Social Club; when it asks for a location to put GTAV, choose the exact same location that your GTAV is installed to already (if you have it installed on your computer previously) – that way, it won’t re-Download the entire game! [Thanks Rockstar, for putting in that ‘files present checking’ capability!] It will also do some other things, like refresh/reinstall DirectX and the Visual C++ Libraries on the system [which I personally think might be solving the issue, just like how ‘copying the directx9 library to the game folder’ works for so many people].
If you’re nice to her, she will install the game for you
(lol not enough room LIKE ALWAYS)
Try out all of the steps above, as some people got things working just from Number 2, even though it took me all the way to Step 5 to get it solved – give the steps a shot – maybe they will work for you, too. Good Luck and if you having this issue with the Launcher, I hope you can get back to playing GTAV soon… Even though I’m playing a lot of Fallout 4 at the moment, if I happen to pop in to GTAonline sometime – See You In The Game!
[**Note: As a Certified Computer Service Technician, with past experience doing Technical Support as well (for multiple companies, such as AT&T and others), I must state that these ‘first steps that companies say to try’, like “Turning It Off And On Again”( lol ITcrowd) IS actually helpful (or at least, is meant to be). These steps, usually including things like “Restarting” and “Updating Drivers” and so on, DO actually solve a lot of problems that can occur. Although many jokes are written at their expense, these ‘first steps’ are actually intended to solve a potential majority of issues at hand, before more qualified staff need to be assigned to problems to Troubleshoot further. My point? Don’t be scared to try these ‘first suggestions’ that many people parrot at you, even though they seem silly. Heh.]

Accurate Description – Kawasaki Vulcan Cafe Racer

The Vulcan S ABS Café is Kawasaki’s “learner approved” cruiser. It’s styling is typical of all cruisers that follow in Harley’s footsteps with its laid back riding position, wide handlebars and over inflated bodywork (in my humble opinion). However, at it’s heart is an engine that uses the same configuration as some of the first motorcycles to ever be used for Cafe Racer conversions, a parallel twin. Granted the liquid cooled, Kawasaki 650 may not have the same aesthetic appeal as a pre-unit Bonneville, but to a romanticist the Vulcan engine is, in a roundabout way, a hommage to the legend. At least that’s how Mário of MRS Oficina felt about it when he was given the opportunity to customise one himself.

The project began when Mário was approached by Kawasaki France to undertake a commissioned project in 2015. They had recently released the ‘Vulcan S ABS Café’ and wanted to see what Mário could make of it. Knowing that Kawasaki’s claim to have been influenced by cafe racer styling when designing the Vulcan S was a bit of a stretch, he decided to follow their lead and build a bike worthy of the cafe racer moniker.

Despite being the lightest of the bunch in Kawasaki’s cruiser range, the Vulcan S is no feather weight tipping the scales at a hefty 498 pounds (226kg). Mário was going to have to shed some serious pounds from the Kwaka if it was ever going to perform to his expectations. The weight reduction regime began by discarding the bikes fuel tank, seat and fenders. This was followed by the removal of the rear half of the frame, the cast wheels and any components that complimented the cruiser configuration such as the handlebars and forward control footpegs.

Stance was the next challenge to overcome. The Vulcan needed a less slouched, more aggressive posture if it was to have the geometry of a cafe racer. This required raising the rear significantly using a single, custom made shock absorber from Ohlins and modifying the swingarm to suit. The triple trees were then slid 20mm lower on the fork tubes and stiffer springs installed for optimum handling. A set of classically styled, laced rims with slick rubber donated by Pirelli were then bolted in place.

Mário wasted no time discarding the Vulcan’s highly adjustable riding system, which Kawasaki had no doubt spent millions developing. In it’s place he installed a single piece tank and tail that floats above the rear wheel and mounted the quintessential cafe racer control configuration of clip on bars and rear set footpegs. To continue to enhance the cafe styling the triangle headlight was also replaced with a yellow lensed Bates style unit, colour matched to the new bodywork and Ohlins shock reservoir. A slimmer custom front fender was also bolted in place for everyday riding practicality.

Reverse megaphone mufflers were the obvious choice for the exhaust system, mounting 2 of them using a custom made pair of stainless steel headers. Finishing touches were then mounted such as the cross stitched leather seat, the matching white faced Motogadget dials, Beringer brake reservoir assembly, Monza style filler cap and frame mounted, custom made indicators. 

Being a Kawasaki the obvious colour choice was always going to be green and Mário has smashed it out of the ballpark with a two toned, metallic scheme. Amazingly this entire build was packed into 4 short months leading up to the 2015 ‘Salon de la Moto Paris’ where punters were lining up to place their deposits. Alas, much like Kawasaki Italy’s 40th anniversary Z1000 from 2013, this bike will remain a one off, but here’s hoping this won’t be the last time we see the green team commission a build of this calibre.

MRS Oficina
Photography by Antoine Sayn

first read on

Shelby’s car company woes… after 1999

After the initial hype about an all-new Shelby died down, magazines of the day grew impatient when denied access to prototypes for testing. When Road and Track was granted access to a Series 1 for review, it declared the car too unfinished to test, saying that readers wouldn’t want to hear what the magazine would have to write about it.

Over at Car and Driver, Brock Yates was less kind, savaging the Series 1 when two separate prototypes failed during attempted testing.

 Despite the drop in performance and delays to market, the price of the Series 1 climbed almost unchecked.

When Motor Trend successfully tested a prototype in November 1998 (posting a 0-60 time of 4.4 seconds and a quarter-mile run of 12.8 seconds at 110 mph), the price had risen to $108,000, but this would later climb to $135,000, then $165,000, and then $175,000.

For that money, buyers received a car that borrowed seats, switchgear, HVAC controls, and an audio system from the GM corporate parts bin, which probably didn’t sit well with those who’d put down (sizeable) deposits sight unseen.

It was powered by a 4.0-liter Oldsmobile Aurora and rated at 320 horsepower and 290 pound-feet of torque.

The Series 1 received a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards certificate for the 1999 model year, and production began. These rules were revised for 2000, so instead of going through the expense of redesigning the car for compliance and re-certifying it, Shelby kept producing the Series 1 into the ’00s as a 1999 model.

During the car’s production run, Shelby American was sold to the Venture Corporation, which itself went out of business in 2004.

Under the name Shelby Automobiles, Inc., Carroll Shelby was able to repurchase the remains of his former company for a fraction of the original selling price.

 Unable to continue building the Series 1 as a turnkey automobile, Shelby sold continuation cars (with seven-digit VINs instead of the original 17-digit numbers) without drivelines, employing the same tactic used to sell continuation Cobras. As late as 2005, buyers could still procure a “new” Shelby Series 1, as long as they were willing to install the engine and transaxle themselves.

Traffic in the Honolulu metropolitan area is the second worst in the country, second only to Los Angeles

Nuts – Ideal Health Food compatible with any Dietary Approach

While there are many areas of nutrition and diet rife with controversy there are certain foods that just about any dietary approach agrees are highly beneficial.   One of these foods is nuts!
Nuts come in many varieties and if properly prepared are a good fit for any dietary approach regardless if it is low carb, high carb, or any other variation.    Of course nuts are NOT a good idea for those with food allergies to nuts!

In a review of 29 published studies, scientists recently revealed that, in comparison with people who don’t eat many nuts, those who eat just 20 grams — as little as a handful a day — lower their risk of several serious conditions by astounding percentages:
Heart Disease – 29%
Cardiovascular Disease – 21%
Cancer – 15%
Respiratory Disease – 52%
Diabetes – 39%
Infectious Disease – 75%

The ideal amount to eat is an average of about two dozen almonds or 15 pecan halves per day; and there was not any increased benefit from eating more than that.

What is a nut anyway?

As per Spice Inc.:

“A true nut, botanically speaking, is a hard-shelled pod that contains both the fruit and seed of the plant, where the fruit does not open to release the seed to the world. Some examples of botanical nuts are chestnuts, hazelnuts and acorns.”

Peanuts are actually a legume. Drupes are a type of fruit with an outer part and a single seed inside, like a peach or cherry, but almonds, pecans and walnuts also drupes. The difference is, the seed is eaten rather than the outside.

Culinary nuts can be fruits, seeds or actual botanical nuts, used as a stand-alone snack or in a recipe. 
Gymnosperm and angiosperm seeds are also nuts.  Gymnosperm seeds are unprotected by an outer shell — such as ginkgo and pine nuts. Examples of an angiosperm are Brazil and Macadamia nuts.

The Research is Clear:  Nut Consumption can Increase Lifespan

In a study looking at 819,000 participants from different regions, sexes and backgrounds, and with different risk factors, nut consumption proved to reduce their disease risk in most cases.   The researchers concluded:

“In 2013, an estimated 4.4 million deaths may be attributable to a nut intake below 20 grams per day in North and South America, Europe, Southeast Asia, and the Western Pacific. These findings support dietary recommendations to increase nut consumption to reduce chronic disease risk and mortality.”

Nuts – High in Beneficial Fats and Fiber

Although there is still disagreement about whether certain fats are “good” or “bad” there is a high consensus that the fats is nuts may improve overall health.  

The exact nutrients in nuts vary considerably. An ounce of almonds contains 3.4 grams of fiber, while cashews have only 0.9 grams. Almonds have the most protein with 6 grams, while macadamias have 2.2 grams.

Cashews contain 157 calories and 8.6 grams of carbohydrates, while the same amount of macadamia nuts have 204 calories and 3.9 grams of carbs; Brazil nuts have the least number of carbs at 3.5 grams.

Most of the fat in nuts is monounsaturated fat, including omega-6s and omega-3s. Macadamia nuts have the highest amount of monounsaturated fats — 16.7 grams — compared to 2.5 grams in walnuts, and Brazil nuts contain the most saturated fat with 4.3 grams.

For the record the myth that eating saturated fats is bad for you and will cause heart problems, as so many health professionals keep saying, is not true and has been soundly disproven.

More Benefits of Nut Consumption

People who eat a lot of nuts don’t tend to experience significant weight gain, or weight loss, either, according to another meta-analysis of 33 studies done in 2013.

Other studies show that eating more nuts may decrease your risk of other chronic conditions and diseases including high blood sugar, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer and pancreatic cancer.
Micronutrient Content of Nuts

Almonds are an excellent source of vitamin E as well as riboflavin, magnesium and manganese, and are high in fiber.

Eating a handful a day may help to improve your health; help people who are overweight achieve their weight loss goals and lower blood pressure; and can help people with Diabetes.

Pistachios also contain high amounts of fiber (3 grams per ounce), and they are also a good source of vitamin E and magnesium. Besides helping to optimize your cholesterol, they can help improve several aspects of heart health.

Brazil nuts are a fantastic source of selenium which is critical for the production of key anti-oxidants and supports detoxification and is directly linked with 24% reduction in cancers of all types with even more potent protection for certain cancers including breast, colon, prostate, and thyroid cancer.  In addition, as many as 1 billion people worldwide may be deficient.

•  Walnuts are a great source of omega-3 fatty acids, making them beneficial for the prevention of coronary heart disease. They help improve blood flow, and are also linked to increased deductive reasoning.

Peanuts, being a legume, may come with large amounts of extra oils that are not good for you. This is particularly true in peanut butter, with the unnecessary addition of sugar or worse, so always make sure your nuts and nut butters are free of these.

How to Prepare and Eat Nuts

While nuts can help improve your health the key is not to overeat them – you only need a small amount — say one-third cup per day.    Also, it is important to see what is added to nuts and how they are prepared.   

Try to avoid added oils which is often the case with nuts – in most cases these decrease the benefits of the naturally occurring fats in nuts.   Added sugars such as honey (honey roasted) also decrease the benefits. 

If you like roasted vs raw the best option is to roast them yourself, but if that is out of the question stick with “dry-roasted” to avoid those extra added fats.   To roast your own pre-heat the oven to 350 degrees and place the nuts on a sheet and bake for 5 – 10 minutes then allow them to cool.
As with ALL foods organic is always the best choice to minimize your exposure to pesticides, chemicals and other toxins.

Slaves to Speed

We are fetishists. We worship speed. We adore motorcycles.
We like fashion and style. And of course, we love women.

Just like with our clothing, our motorcycle design was inspired by the feeling of the 60s’ and 70s. The technology used at the time is beautiful, but sadly will not satisfy our craving for one hell of a ride. So we decided to keep the best styles decisions from the past and add some cutting edge modern technology. We chose the frame, engine, wheels and brakes from Triumph Speed Triple R as the perfect foundation. Then we found a chunk of aluminum for the tank, undersaddle and mudguards. We custom made the exhaust system and advanced electronic control unit. The LED lights system are just cherry on top.
Kalup means speed. We are .

The Kalup Slaves After years of riding and testing different bikes we realized what is the right thing for us. Three cylinders. That meant only one option – Triumph. After new, slightly modded Street Triples (called for their good service Slave One and Two), we fell for the culture of coffee racing. We like to ride fast and sometimes venture to a racetrack, so we wanted machines that respect the 60’s and 70’s style, but respect our racing fancy. And look good. Because nobody could offer us that, we started to build our own bikes and at the same time created a new brand of bike fashion called Kalup. So we decided to build real top end custom bikes, that will also communicate the values of our new brand. We already had our sights set on Triumph, so the only question was which model to use as a base. We chose the best that Triumph offers in naked bikes – Triumph Speed Triple R. We took off everything unnecessary, sharpened our pencils and started to sketch our new bikes. Thanks to a friendship with a Triumph garage called DK Moto Company, we knew where to start. The owner at first was a bit apprehensive, but when he saw our passion for the project, he put together a group of people who dived right in with us.

We started with a great base of a bike, we kept the best things – the Öhlins suspension, chassis with the PVM aluminium wheels, the Brembo brakes and the engine. To reach our desired design and to lower the weight, we decided to make everything else out of aluminum. One of the top Czech aluminum specialists created the shape of the tank and the seat base. In two months the prototype was born. First we reupholstered the seating to accommodate the new fuel tank and seat base. Next, we created a brand new exhaust system from stainless steel. We got rid of the superfluous electronics like ABS. The biggest problem was to stove the cables, electronics and new racing gel battery under the seat. After another month of designing holders, switches and other gismos we reached Apple-like perfection. We then created a new triple clamps on CNC mill, moved the starter box to the side, ordered the LED head/front lights and turn signals from Revival Cycles, racing handlebars, Posh grips and Rizoma mirrors. We took the air box out of the engine, put in K&N open filters and added the power commander. The last quest was to sync the electronics with the new multifunction Trans Logic display.

The final long awaited sound of starting bike followed after another two months. Sadly, the fuel level indicator is still sketchy to this day. So the Slave Three and Four were born.
The only final touch was the new coat. Actually, six layers of it. We took the untested machines to Wheels and Waves meet and rode about 120 miles through the Pyrenees. We looked a bit exotic next to the old machines, but the bikes rode the way we like it. Behind the Alps, the season is over, and so we focus on our Kalup apparel. If you want to check it out, go to and ride with us!

first appeared in


Bedroom Inspiration Design

Bedroom Inspiration series today, I decided to post some new designs that room I found in my daily online surfing. Here are the last 5 new chamber design that come in our bedroom inspiration series, now at number 7 If you want more inspiration room, you can start from here and keep the links in these posts.

Bedroom Inspiration Style

Bedroom Inspiration Modif

Bedroom Inspiration Awutan

Bedroom Inspiration Mantrap

WTH ? How do both front tires blow up simultaneously?

for the original version, click though on the video below, which will only play on youtube itself

After a review, the team discovered a suspension arm defect led to the entire right front upright collapse, which snapped the wheel tethers and created the dramatic effect

Black Magic: Bunker’s bobber-style Triumph Speed Twin

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

Modern Triumph customs are ubiquitous. And with the new Bonnevilles hitting the market, the trend shows no signs of slowing down.We’ve got a sweet tooth for vintage Triumphs though. Especially when they’re as beautiful as this liquorice-flavored bobber from Turkey’s Bunker Custom Cycles.

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

It’s based on a 1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA, a machine infamous for its bulbuous ‘bathtub’ rear fairing. But builders Mert and Can Uzer had a different look in mind, and it’s a huge improvement.They’ve completely redesigned the back half of the Triumph’s frame. At a glance, it looks like the rear end is rigid—but it’s actually a soft-tail, with a pair of Burly Brand shocks. The front end has been radically revised too: It’s now set lower thanks to Suzuki T500 Titan forks.

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

The Suzuki’s front disc brake was brought across too, for extra stopping power. New rims tweak the stance, with a 19F/18R combo replacing the stock 18F/17R setup.Bunker have also fabricated a tight rear fender from aluminum, capping it off with a brass tail light from Dime City Cycles. It’s neatly integrated into the mounting bracket.

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

The Speed Twin’s tank is stock—along with the period-correct badges—but the solo seat is new, complete with brass springs. Other brass details have been tastefully sprinkled throughout the build—like the oil tank cap, and the adjusting screws on the controls.Bunker have done well to mix original Triumph parts with carefully selected aftermarket bits. The headlight’s off-the-shelf, but the bucket’s been modified to better suit the bike. Behind it is a set of Biltwell Inc. bars, sporting upgraded controls and a stainless steel brake line.

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

Mods aside, the little 500’s had its fair share of restoration work done too.
Highlights include a full engine rebuild (with new, high-comp pistons), tweaks to the wiring, and a full blast and re-coat of the frame.

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

There’s also new oil tank, a small oil cooler, and a pair of stubby mufflers. And the ignition and kill-switch have been relocated to under the seat—just below the choke.

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

The result is a compact, well-balanced bobber, finished in a glossy ‘sparkle black’ hue.And doesn’t it wear it well?

First published on

 | Images by Eren Göktürk and Kaan Eryürek

1961 Triumph Speed Twin 5TA given the bobber treatment by Bunker Custom Cycles.

Full Size

one impressive last lap, with a bad flat spot on a front tire, at 130 mph

Trove – Early Access Closed Beta Key Code Giveaway (With Unlimited Uses!)

For those who missed the recent Open Beta Test Weekend for Trove, here is an Unlimited Use Closed Beta Key Code for Early Access!

I am currently working on a ‘First Impressions’ article, as well as a ‘First Tips And Helpful Hints’ post, to put up here at the blog – but you don’t have to wait for those to arrive – you can take this code right now and Apply it to your account at the Trion Worlds website (and share it with your closest friends) to start testing out the game that many people are already beginning to call “their current favourite”..and now you can find out why… So get the code, get in there, by yourself or with some friends – and See You In The Game!

4 Detox Ingredients You Should Be Adding to Your Water

4 Detox Ingredients You Should Be Adding to Your Water

by Leta Shy 

When you’re trying to get your health back on track, there are many ways to detox your way to feeling better. The best way to flush out toxins, however, is simple: lots and lots of water. But you don’t have to drink it plain; you can add a little flavour as well with these delicious (and detoxifying) additions. Add all of these to a large jug or bottle full of ice and water and drink throughout the next day for an effective way to detox! It helps to let these pieces soak overnight in your fridge to let the flavours mingle.
  • Lemon: Lemon water makes for a powerful detox drink; lemon juice helps to cleanse and alkalise the body. Add one thinly sliced lemon to a large pitcher, or squeeze fresh lemon juice into your glass.
  • Mint: Mint adds a touch of sweetness without the sugar to your water, and it also helps settle your stomach and aids in digestion as well.
  • Cucumber: Cucumber water isn’t just for spas. Adding a few slices of cucumber to your water makes for excellent rehydration, and cucumber also contains anti-inflammatory properties.
  • Ginger: The spicy root helps cleanse out your system, aids in digestion, and settles your stomach. A little goes a long way, so start with a few thin slices or grate a tiny piece into your water and taste before adding more as necessary.
To make one serving of detox water, add three to five slices of cucumber, half a lemon, and a few sprigs of mint leaves to 700ml ounces of ice-cold water. You can also add sliced peeled ginger (about a one-inch piece of ginger root, or to taste) for a spicy kick.

How to Outsource Your Running Records

Running records are the bane of my existence.

Ok. Maybe that statement is a little too strong. I really value the information that comes from conducting a running record, but my school requires that I conduct them every 6-12 weeks (depending on the student’s reading level), and when I have to test 28 students, that takes a LONG time. Listening, recording, analyzing. Ugh. I can pretty much forget about teaching reading that week, unless I give some feedback after the students read (and then it takes 2 weeks to get through them all).

And then I went to ISTE and heard about Literably.

Literably is a service that audio records students reading Fountas and Pinnell leveled texts (A through Z) and sends you a complete running record within 24 hours. You set up your classroom, assign the level each student reads, and the student just hits “record” when he or she is ready to start. All that’s needed is a microphone. Once the student has read for a minute, it automatically sends the recording off for analysis.

The analysis that comes back has all of the miscues, substitutions, and omissions labeled and analyzed for meaning, syntax, and visual errors. It also includes the rate in words per minute and the accuracy percentage. You’ll also receive the audio file so you can share it with parents and listen to it yourself.

A free account includes 15 running records each month. If the audio quality is too poor for scoring, it won’t count towards your 15. A premium account includes unlimited running records for one class and costs $19/month.

I will definitely be trying out this service. It will give me all of the assessment data I need while freeing me up to work with small groups and confer with students about the books they’re reading. Talk about win-win.

Are there any apps or online services you use for reading assessments in your classroom? I’d love to hear about them in the comments!

Workout Anytime Featured in Franchise Times

Workout Anytime was recently featured in the Franchise Timesin an article titled, “Nest Eggs: Done right, a rollover of retirement funds can be smart option”.

The article is a trend piece on franchisees using their 401(k) to purchase their business. John Heifner, Workout Anytime franchisee, gives great insight into how he went about purchasing his Workout Anytime with the use of his 401(k). He went on to say “Starting our third year, I can start thinking about funding a retirement again instead of keeping my money more fluid for cash flow.”

Click HERE for the full article or begin reading below:

Nest Eggs

Done right, a rollover of retirement funds can be smart option

By: Jeffrey McKinney
More franchisees are using their 401(k) retirement funds to finance the purchase of a franchise. Who should consider the move? Experts explain the do’s and don’ts, including warnings about strict IRS rules.

Jeremy Turner’s decision to pretty much tap out his retirement funds to buy a Lawn Doctor franchise was very clear: He calls it the best option he had after banks would not lend him the money.
Turner withdrew $70,000 from his 401(k) plan and another $30,000 he and his wife had in savings to start the lawn care business in St. Louis in 2010. Turner says he discovered companies charge around $5,000 to help complete the financing process. “I would not suggest that someone try to do this on their own because of tax and other risks involved,” he says.

Franchisee Profile: Marc Flame

Franchisee Profile: Marc Flame

Marc Flame is originally from the Bronx in New York, specifically Riverdale. Growing up, Marc spent every summer on Long Island at his grandmother’s beach house and loves the outdoors. After graduating from JFK Highschool, Marc’s parents moved to South America where Marc learned to speak basic Portuguese. After living in Brazil for a while, Marc moved back to New York where he attended New York University. He graduated in 1981 with a degree in Economics and International Business. Upon graduation, Marc spent much of his time on Wall Street starting his career Bankers Trust Company. Marc eventually became Chief Financial Officer at the banks Technology subsidiary. During Marcs’ tenure he established a successful record of improving operational efficiency and profitability. After fourteen years at BTCo, Marc left and joined Citigroup. Marc spent ten years within the Finance Organization of Citigroup. He then joined the CBS Corporation where he served as CFO of the CBS Technology organization.

After doing some traveling, Marc decided to relocate from Chicago to Atlanta where he began researching franchises to invest in. After much research Marc decided that Workout Anytime was where he wanted to be. Not even three weeks after watching the Workout Anytime franchise video, Marc signed for his first franchise. He now owns the first Workout Anytime located on the South side of Atlanta.
How did you learn about the brand? 
I was researching different franchises and was heavily focused on the fast-food industry when I came across Workout Anytime. I watched the franchise video and was immediately hooked. I knew right then that was what I wanted to invest in. Not even three weeks after seeing the video I met with Randy the entire senior WOAT team. It felt like a family and I signed with Workout Anytime after that meeting.
Why did you choose an opportunity with Workout Anytime? 
I’ve always wanted to own my own business. I worked at a Baskin Robbins in high school and it was some of the best times I’ve ever had. I have always enjoyed doing my own thing which is why I started looking into franchises. I chose Workout Anytime because I am very interested in the Workout Anytime model and I really wanted to do a franchise in a market that really needed it. 
Do you have any development/extension plans? Add units? Timeframe? 
I would like to eventually expand. I do not have a multi-unit sign at the moment, but the goal is to have 3-4 locations within 4-5 years. I am trying to open one every year and a half. Currently, I am working to be the most successful location rather than building out more units. When you talk about franchises people have glass ceiling expectations with what you can achieve with any one location. The Workout Anytime model allows me to push the boundaries, and ensure the opportunity for many members to enjoy all the advantages provided to Workout Anytime members.
Are you involved in any charities or involved in the community in any way? 
I am learning more about the Riverdale area each day and would love to work with charities and get involved with the community once I get to know it better.
Do you have any other interesting hobbies or passions?
I love spending time outdoors. Anything outdoors such as going to the horse stables with my daughter, 
watch my son dirt bike on the trails, and go to the beach as often as possible.

Training Biceps and Triceps with Fat Circular Bands

If you want to take your guns to the next level consider adding in band training.    Those flat circular bands you see in the MX4 Area of the club are serious training tools!    These bands provide the advantage of increasing resistance throughout the range of motion to challenge your muscles in a different, yet complimentary way to free weights or machines.

There are a number of ways to trains biceps with bands from the most simple which is just standing on the band with feet spread and holding the upper loop of the band on both or one and handing and curling up and down.      You can also stand  with one or two feet in the center of a band and grap the two looped ends and curl the end/ends up to pump up those biceps.       Another option is to attach band handles to the band to allow you to use even more resistance.     Standing on one foot in the enter of the band will give less resistance than standing with two feet spread apart.

You can also attach a band to an immovable object like a post or even a door using a door holder (see to purchase one of these.  Another option to create more length is to attach a band low and behind you and then loop another band through this band and attach handles to the band on both ends.      With your back to the anchor grasp the handles and step forward to create some level of tension in the band keep your fee in a split stance and head-up.   Do a bicep curl  with the handles and as you fatigue take small steps back to do drop sets.   This exercise emphasizes the stretched position of the bicep comapred with the single band bicep curl described above.

You can also get an incredible tricep workout using bands using the set-up described above with handles attached to the bands.    In this case turn your back to the anchor grasping the handles with elbows held high by the sides of your heads.   Brace the core while in a split stance and keep the elbows high and motionless then extend your elbows – wow does that create a pump and burn!

To see exactly how to set-up and perform these incredible bicep and tricep exercises using flat circular bands and handles check out this video from


Glemseck 101 is just around the corner. Set in southern German town of Leonberg, it’s a two-wheeled celebration of gasoline and good taste.
It also attracts some of the most outrageous customs on the planet. We’ve seen everything from turbocharged boxers to fire-breathing Yamaha XJRs. But a 350cc Jawa with a steampunk vibe? Now das ist different.

This is what Berlin-based Urban Motor have built for their entry into Glemseck’s inaugural Essenza sprint.
Sixteen teams will compete—a mixed bag of manufacturers and custom builders. The bikes are limited to two cylinders and a 1200cc maximum.

But it’s as much about style as it is about speed. A panel of judges—and a public vote—will determine the best-designed bike, to be crowned alongside the fastest.
No prizes for guessing which category Urban Motor are gunning for. With a whopping 18 horsepower on tap, this little 1964 Jawa 350 will be racing against 21st century machinery like the BMW R nineT and Triumph Thruxton R.

Shop boss Peter Dannenberg’s hardly fazed: “Those who sprint slowly are seen longer!”
We love the elegant minimalism at play here, which belies the inordinate amount of work that went into the build. Everything wrapped around the Jawa’s two-stroke mill is—quite obviously—completely custom-made.

“If essence is the key, then we want to do it right,” says Peter. “We want to make a statement.”
Urban Motor tossed all but the engine, before building a whole new chassis from steel tubing. The design of the alloy bodywork was a collaboration with Marven Diehl of KRT Framework, who fashioned the metal himself.

Marven was also responsible for the Jawa’s quirky front suspension design, with its integrated handlebars. And no, we don’t know how it works.
Everything’s book-ended by two skinny, 23” alloy SM Pro rims. A solitary drum brake (at the back) handles the stopping duties.

On the engine side, Urban Motor have installed a Jikov carb, and fabricated a pair of short, graceful exhausts. With no need for lights or turn signals, the wiring’s been stripped down to the bare essentials.
The Jawa now weighs a svelte 90kg, with finishes as tasteful as its silhouette. Sven van den Brandt handled the only paint on the project: a touch of matte gold on the forks and swingarm.

The grips are wrapped in leather from Red Wing, and the seat was made to spec by C. Benda. There are some smaller details to digest too: from the exposed throttle assembly, to the direct-mount rear sets.
Urban Motor have given their build an appropriately quirky name: ‘EASY (…like Sunday morning).’

“We are not dogmatic about competitions and rules,” explains Peter. “We like to see the big picture and enjoy divergence with humor, fun and the winking of an eye.”

Will it win the races? Probably not, but you can bet it’ll win hearts.
Urban Motor | Facebook | Instagram | Images by Tim Adler | Essenza [In German]
 first published by

FHA and VA Loans – Charging Notary Fees

We need some assistance regarding our ability as a lender to charge the borrower notary fees on FHA and VA loans when it is an employee of the lender who is acting as the notary. Can you please provide some guidance?
With respect to a VA loan, the lender may not charge the borrower a separate itemized notary fee, regardless if the notary is an employee or not. All such fees are intended to be covered by the 1% flat fee charge. 
[VA Lender’s Handbook Ch. 8.2-d]
With respect to an FHA loan, the current handbook provides that the lender may charge the borrower “reasonable and customary fees that do not exceed the actual cost of the service provided”. 
[HUD Handbook 4000.1.II.A.6.a.x(A)] 

The italicized section of the previous sentence implies that a lender may not charge for services provided by its employees as the lender did not incur any costs, as the employee’s salary is part of the lender’s overhead.
A prior version of the HUD handbook specifically delineated allowable fees which included a notary fee if notarization is required by the state and the notarization is performed by a notary who is not employed by the lender.  
[HUD 4000.2 Rev-3 Ch. 5-2(O)]  

HUD Handbook 4000.2 Rev-3 was superseded by Handbook 4155.2 which did away with the specific categories but stated that the cost for any item charged must not exceed the cost paid by the lender or charged to the lender by the service provider, thus making it impermissible to charge for services provided by the lender’s employees. Handbook 4155.2 has been superseded by Handbook 4000.1 discussed above.
Pertinent sections of the Handbooks cited above are set forth below.  
HUD Handbook 4000.1.II.A.6.a.x(A)
x. Closing Costs and Fees
The Mortgagee must ensure that all fees charged to the Borrower comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and disclosure requirements.
The Mortgagee is not permitted to use closing costs to help the Borrower meet the Minimum Required Investment (MRI).
(A) Collecting Customary and Reasonable Fees. The Mortgagee may charge the Borrower reasonable and customary fees that do not exceed the actual cost of the service provided. The Mortgagee must ensure that the aggregate charges do not violate FHA’s Tiered Pricing rules.
HUD Handbook 4155.2 6.A.3.a Collecting Customary and Reasonable Fees

The lender may only collect fair, reasonable, and customary fees and charges from the borrower for all origination services. FHA will monitor to ensure that borrowers are not overcharged. Furthermore, the FHA Commissioner retains the authority to set limits on the amount of any fees that a lender may charge a borrower(s) for obtaining an FHA loan.
Aggregate charges may not violate FHA’s tiered pricing rules, per ML 94-16.
Additionally, FHA does not allow “mark-ups.” The cost for any item charged to the borrower must not exceed the cost paid by the lender, or charged to the lender by the service provider.
Only the actual cost for the service may be charged to the borrower.
HUD Handbook 4000.2 Rev-3 Ch. 5-2(O)
Listed below are the customary and reasonable fees and charges that may be collected from the borrower by the lender and used to meet the minimum investment requirement for purchases and added to the existing indebtedness for refinances. The cost for any item charged to the borrower must not exceed the cost paid by the lender or charged to the lender by the service provider.
* * *
O. Courier/Wire/Notary Fees. Courier fees and wire fees may be charged only on refinances and only for delivery of the mortgage payoff statement to the lien holder and for closing documents to the settlement agent. The borrower must agree in writing to pay for the courier and wire fees, prior to loan closing. Notary fees may be charged if notarization is required by state law and is performed by a notary who is not employed by the lender.
VA Lender’s Handbook Ch. 8, 2-d: Lender’s One Percent Flat Charge (11/08/12)

In addition to the “itemized fees and charges,” the lender may charge the veteran a flat charge not to exceed one percent of the loan amount.
Calculate the one percent on the principal amount after adding the funding fee to the loan, if the funding fee is paid from loan proceeds (except Interest Rate Reduction Refinancing Loans (IRRRLs).
Note: For IRRRLs, use VA Form 26-8923, IRRRL Worksheet, for the calculation.
The lender’s flat charge is intended to cover all of the lender’s costs and services which are not reimbursable as “itemized fees and charges.”
The following list provides examples of items that cannot be charged to the veteran as “itemized fees and charges.” Instead, the lender must cover any cost of these items out of its flat fee:

  • notary fees

Joyce Wilkins Pollison
Director/Legal & Regulatory Compliance
Lenders Compliance Group

And More: Is Now Shut Down [Note]’s final message to everyone
Just a quick note and Moment Of Silence for – for those of you who were streaming your gameplay, personal life and/or finger puppet theatre there – it has now shut down forever…. If you were utilizing, there is a lot that is unfortunately not being carried over automagically, such as Followers, Facebook Accounts and more. You can still request to have your account transferred to Twitch until September 5th, 2014 though. For more information, visit the and websites. If you wish to continue to share your gameplay/life experiences with the world, don’t worry, there are still many websites out there that offer Live Streaming and Video Hosting, such as [Justin’s Bigger Brother] Twitch, Livestream, Vaughnlive (gamers are directed to and many more.

Benefits of Kiwi Fruit for Women’s Health


Benefits of Kiwi Fruit for Women’s Health – Pregnant women should always maintain their health so that her fetus is healthy and was always healthy. One of the natural fruit is good for consumption by pregnant women and pregnant women is kiwi fruit. Kiwi fruit in general did have health benefits outstanding.
However, the benefits of kiwi fruit for pregnant women is because the content of vitamins and minerals in kiwi fruit great for keeping the fetus in the womb in order to remain healthy. There are several possibilities such as Alzheimer’s disease can also reduce the risk by consuming kiwifruit. Alzheimer’s is a dangerous disease that attacks the nervous system and the brain is potentially occur in pregnant women. To minimize this risk, pregnant women can consume kiwi fruit many vitamins and minerals prevention of Alzheimer’s.
Benefits of Kiwi Fruit for Women's Health - 1
Kiwi fruit benefits to a woman’s fertility
For women who want to get pregnant and want fertile then with kiwi fruit consumption could also be an alternative to eating mango is beneficial for women’s health as well. For women who want to get married or have been married but have not been blessed with the baby, it is better you should try to consume two kinds of this fruit is kiwi fruit and mango.
After pregnancy up to you, you should still have to consume kiwi fruit regularly, so that the infant nutrition remain to be fulfilled in addition to continue to consume more healthy foods.
Kiwi fruit tasted a bit sour and tasty and give a lot of fluid in the body, so it is also good for consumption by pregnant women were dominant in desperate need of a lot of body fluids.
Benefits of Kiwi Fruit for Women's Health - 2
Kiwi fruit benefits for pregnant women
Kiwi fruit consumption should also be continued during pregnancy. Because the nutritional content of kiwi fruit is needed by the fetus. In order to obtain the benefits of kiwi fruityou simply consume as much as 3 times in one week. Given that kiwi fruit has a fairly expensive price. Kiwi fruit is a fruit commonly cultivated in Australia and America, so Indonesia including the importing of fruit is nutritious health. So by eating three times a week we have been able to get the benefits.
One of the benefits of kiwi fruitremarkable is able to keep the baby’s brain development in a healthy and normal and can prevent neural defects in the baby’s brain, because it is none other than vitamins and minerals in this hairy green fruit.
Then, kiwi fruit consumption can also generate benefits in the form of unavoidable eye defects in the fetus, because the kiwi fruit also contains a substance called folic acid. So, if the fruit is there and you get an easy, soon to consume for the sake of your health as well as the fetus you are carrying.
Beside that also, there are a number of other benefits of consuming kiwi fruit. So in this short article we suggest that the fruit became one of the family’s favorite fruit. Hopefully this article Benefits of Kiwi Fruit for Women’s Healththat we share today can be beneficial for you. Thank You.

Ardent Featherbed – Harley Sportster Cafe Racer

As any artist will tell you, composition is everything. Over his 30 year career as an artist Curtis Miller has fashioned custom furniture, worked as an animator and had his paintings and photographs sold in galleries. Now at 59 years young he’s begun applying his skills to custom motorcycle building and as you would expect they are bona fide works of art, but in terms of composition, it’s how his bikes are put together that really makes them special…

“As an artist, I love beautiful things. I also love making things. When I get passionate about something, it’s only a matter of time before I want to start making them. I’ve built classical and electric guitars, a wooden kayak and many radio controlled gliders. Now I make motorcycles.

My history with motorcycles is actually quite short. I only started riding four years ago, at the advanced age of 55. I started on a Harley Sportster and moved up to a Softail Slim so I could travel longer distances with my partner. Within a year I had started customizing my bikes. The following year I started my first full custom build and since then I’ve been building full time. I had absolutely no mechanical background when I started out. I knew how to use tools of course, but hadn’t even performed an oil change on a motorcycle before.”

“I started teaching myself how to work metal and weld, how to use an English wheel and a mallet and shot bag. Before long, I got to the point where I needed help and advice. I found an excellent motorcycle program at a local Community College. The first course I did taught me the mechanics of motorcycles. I then took welding, machining and metal shaping classes and I’m now a certified mechanic and I’m still taking advanced classes in engine building, Dyno operations and tuning.

My first build was a classic chopper with a raked springer front end and a hard tail. You have to remember that I came from the Harley-Davidson world. It was awful to ride. Harsh on the backside and almost unmanageable at the front end. When I finished and rode the thing, I decided right away that the next motorcycle I built would be something with real, working suspension that handled well. I loved the clean, compact, elegant lines of Cafe Racer styled bikes so that’s where I started. I decided to build a modified featherbed style frame and built everything around a 2009 Sportster engine I bought from Ebay.”

“I built the bike entirely by myself and it took me a full six months to complete. I used no outside services other than getting the logos 3D printed. When I bent and welded the frame on my jig I carefully checked the rake and trail to make sure the handling would be correct. I made the engine mounts and I fabricated all of the aluminium bodywork by hand then welded, sanded and polished them. I built the electrical box from aluminium sheet and even welded up the swingarm from flat stock. I painted the frame and electrical box (under the seat) and even masked off the graphics. I also wired the bike, starting with a Sportster wiring harness, cutting it to pieces and reassembling it. I made the gas and oil caps, the timing cover, the rearsets, everything. Although I suppose I need to also mention my neighbour Jeff, who sometimes came over and held something while I tack welded it!”

“Even the caps for the brake reservoirs were hand made, as were the bar end fittings and the cap for the steering neck. I’ve since replaced the plastic reservoirs with commercially made ones that were cleaner and more compact. I even made the license plate holder, though the one in these pictures has been replaced with a more compact, simpler and stronger one.

Commercially purchased parts included the engine, a complete CBR1000rr front end and rear shocks, the wheels, the brake rotors and tires. The headlight is from Dime City Cycles and I used LED lighting for the turn signals and the tail light.”

“I’m most proud of the way the overall build hangs together. I think it works as well as it does because of its proportions. The way the electrical box fits under the seat, the size and shape of the gas and oil tanks, the rough and ready looking swingarm and exhaust pipes. Best of all it rides and handles great.

Due to the incredible reaction I got from people when I rolled this bike out of my workshop I decided to start building bikes commercially. To help fund Ardent Motorcycles next build my featherbed Sportster is for sale.”

If owning a work of art that actually rides interests, you can reach Curtis by clicking the link below…

First read on /www.returnofthecaferacers



salad with chickpeas and avocado

Sure, every body and everybody’s diet is different. But if you’re a time-strapped dieter trying to lose weight, you’re bound to eat a lot of salad.
And as long as you stay away from fatty add-ons like bacon bits and crispy noodles, your strategy is sure to pay off–eventually. The road to weight loss success can be slow going, but by throwing ingredients in your bowl that scientists say rev metabolism, bust hunger or burn belly fat, your daily bowl of greens can become an effective vehicle in helping you reach your goals even faster—without sacrificing flavor. Whether you’re whipping something up at home or grabbing a make-your-own variety from the corner deli, our delicious topping picks will deliver the results you’re looking for at lighting-speed. Plus, they’re super tasty, too—especially when eaten with the suggested salad pairing we’ve provided for each.


red bell peppers
You may already know that hot peppers can rev your metabolism, but did you know that their sweet-tasting, bell-shaped cousins have similar effects? It’s all thanks to their metabolism-boosting compound called dihydrocapsiate. In one study, participants who consumed dihydrocapsiate experienced a metabolic boost that was nearly double that of the placebo group! But that’s not all: Sweet red and green bell peppers are also rich in vitamin C—a nutrient that fights back against stress hormones that trigger fat storage in the stomach.
Pair it with: Romaine + avocado + onion + black beans + tomato + balsamic vinegar + fresh pepper

Want to save cash, improve your health and lose weight in one fell swoop? Add eggs to your greens in lieu of more expensive protein sources like chicken. In addition to the hunger-quelling effects of the whites, the yellow center is an abundant source of a fat-fighting nutrient called choline. It works by suppressing levels of the hunger-stoking hormone leptin, which fuels between-meal cravings. Yolks also increase your body’s absorption of heart-protecting, cancer-fighting antioxidants called carotenoids, found in popular salad veggies like broccoli, Brussels sprouts, kale, carrots and sweet potato.
Pair it with: Kale + sautéed Brussels sprouts + carrots + mushroom + red wine vinegar + extra-virgin olive oil + fresh pepper


We’ve got some berry good news: According to two recent animal studies, consuming a diet rich in polyphenols–a naturally occurring chemical found abundantly in strawberries, blueberries and raspberries–can decrease the formation of fat cells by up to 73 percent! While we can’t be certain the same will hold true in humans, the sweet fruits are also filled with water and fiber—two nutrients that help ward off hunger—so there are proven benefits to adding them to your plate of greens.
Pair it with: Mixed greens + Gorgonzola + pecans + onions + grilled chicken + balsamic vinaigrette


sliced peaches
Trying to lose the last few pounds before hitting the beach this season? Throw slices of a delicious, juicy peach into your greens. According to Texas A&M University researchers, the stone fruit contains phenolic compounds that modulate different expressions of genes to ward off obesity, high cholesterol, inflammation and diabetes—now that’s something to feel just peachy about!
Pair it with: Arugula + red onion + tomatoes + feta + grilled shrimp + poppy seed dressing


salad with chickpeas
From time to time it’s beneficial to replace animal proteins with plant-based sources of the nutrient in your diet—doing so can reduce your risk of chronic conditions like cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes and obesity. In one Spanish study, study participants who ate a calorie-restricted diet that included four weekly servings of legumes lost more weight than those on a calorie-equivalent diet that didn’t include beans—likely due to their belly-filling fiber content. A study published in the journal Obesity backs that assumption: The researchers found that eating 160 grams—or a little more than a half cup—of legumes led people to feel 31% fuller. It doesn’t matter what types of beans you eat (so long as they aren’t re-fried), just be sure to work them into your diet to reap the benefits.
Pair it with: Romaine + radish + orange + scallions + feta + citrus dressing


sliced onions
Pick up a pack of breath mints and ask the deli clerk to pile on the onions. The flavorful, low-cal veggie (a quarter-cup has just 16 calories) breathes new life into bland beds of lettuce, while simultaneously boosting endurance (which can help you burn extra calories at the gym) and torching body fat. The onion’s diverse skill set comes from a powerful flavonoid called quercetin that increases blood flow and mimics the effects of exercise by enhancing the production the energy-producing units in our cells.
Pair it with: Romaine + cucumber + tomato + carrots + chickpeas + red wine vinegar
canned tuna
Sick of grilled chicken? Add some chicken of the sea to your greens. Sure, ounce-for-ounce it has two fewer grams of protein than the classic bird, but its nutritional profile more than makes it for it. Tuna is a primo source of docosahexaenoic acid, a powerful omega-3 fat that can shrink—and eventually kill off—young fat cells in the belly, according to Journal of Nutrition research. Worried about the mercury? Canned tuna is considered a “low mercury fish” and can safely be enjoyed two to three times a week, according to the FDA’s most recent guidelines.
Pair it with: Spinach + tomato + green pepper + cucumber + onion + feta + Greek dressing

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor

As of late, Royal Enfield has been in the news for all the good reasons. The Indian owned British-marque is grabbing the limelight and chewing into newsprint for their massive expansion plans, and of course, for their exciting launches up ahead. However, now we have got a hold of a piece of news that speaks of an all-original 1A Interceptor bike from the 1960’s.

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0007

To the uninitiated, the Interceptor was made by Royal Enfield from 1960 to 1970 and during that period they even tinkered with the powerplant—kicking it up to a 750cc unit. The 1A Interceptor was launched back in 1967 and is still a rare piece of classic bike machinery to obtain. Those who succeed in finding one will always be inclined to restore it to its previous glory.
READ MORE: Royal Enfield Now Sells More Bikes Than H-D | RideApart
So when Charlie Giordano, who owns Tailgunner Exhausts, found one such 1A Interceptor in desperate need of some tender love and care, everyone hoped to see the bike getting a thorough restoration job. Well…it did get a new lease of life, but it wasn’t what everyone expected to see. The result was mind-blowing.

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0006

Giordano chose to get a fresh sheet of paper and start from scratch in terms of the styling. It did have to feature one of the finest of his Gatling Gun-inspired rotating exhaust systems, which we think is the one of the most ridiculously awesome things that can be retrofitted on to a motorbike. It’s more like Pacific Rim – dumb, but rad!
READ MORE: 8 Signs You’re a Biker N00B | RideApart
But the sheer lunacy of this 1A Interceptor doesn’t end with its tailpipe that will surely make the cars behind you swerve off the lane. Giordano has borrowed cues from England during that era where this bike belonged once. Sample this: It has a wax-sealed “Boston” liniment bottle attached to the fork leg—filled to the brim with “a sailor’s daily ration of rum” per old Royal Navy Tradition.

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0005

The battery box is made from wood cigar boxes and embellished with hand-hammered copper strips. It also has a pedestrian slicer on the front number plate. This bike has café racer genes written all over it—from the fender devoid wheels to the Manx-style fuel tank. And that gorgeous tail section! All of it was crafted using old techniques with the help of hand tools.
When asked about choosing to go all-out mental with this build instead of doing a more composed restoration, Giordano said, “I felt like a politician: No matter which way I vote, I’m going to displease about half the constituency.”
We are the half that is very pleased.

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0004

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0003

Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0002 
Royal Enfield Tailgunner Interceptor0001
 First published in

Planetside 2 – Video Tutorial: How To Attack and Defend a Facility – Amp Station (Subtitled) [Long Version]

In this Tutorial focused on New Players to Planetside 2, I present concepts to attacking and defending a large facility with multiple objectives, such as:

  • capture points
  • shields
  • generators
  • spawn rooms
  • terminals
and more…
In the video below, I am playing the Engineer CLASS, on the Terran Republic FACTION. I start out covering basic actions such as choosing your CLASS, EQUIPMENT and DEPLOYMENT into battle. I CAPITALIZE full words that are either important structures and names to remember, or are important concepts to learn for battle.
Upon arrival at a large base, I show how to use your HUD (Head Up Display) to locate OBJECTIVES, what icons on the screen represent, where things are and how to locate different areas and aspects of a shielded base.

Although I arrive at and successfully attack and defend an Amp Station, many of the concepts presented in the tutorial will carry over to battles at other large facilities, such as Biological Labs and Technological Plants.
[A separate tutorial for a Bio Lab can be found here:]

With subtitles over this ‘one take’ battle that stretched on ‘overnight’, I go over some concepts a few times, just to make sure they set in for New Recruits.
I do say less and less over time however and hopefully by the end, you will know exactly why I am looking where I am looking, going where I am going and doing what I am doing – and you will know how to do it all too…
Enjoy and See You In the Game!

Eating Clean 12 Days of Christmas — Buckeye Bark

This is my last post here…from now on, head over to!

I had mentioned in an earlier post that I’m usually pretty lazy when it comes to baking. Here’s a prime example…I love buckeyes and always make them every Christmas. However, I HATE all the ball rolling and dipping involved, so this year, I opted to make Buckeye Bark. Let me tell you, it was so much easier and I think even better than regular buckeyes. A much more even chocolate to peanut butter ratio 😉 

Buckeye Bark
From Live Sigma Kappa

2-1/2 lbs chocolate candy coating
1 (16.3 oz) jar creamy peanut butter
2 c Confectioners’ sugar
8 tbsp unsalted butter, melted
1 tsp pure vanilla extract

Melt half of the chocolate candy coating according to the package directions, then spread over parchment paper or a silpat or parchment lined cookie sheet. Spread to a large rectangle, but not too thin – approximately 1/8″ to 1/4″ thickness. Place in freezer to firm up.

In a large bowl, beat together the peanut butter, Confectioners’ sugar, melted butter and vanilla extract until smooth and creamy. Remove first chocolate layer from the freezer and spread the peanut butter mixture over the top. Return to the freezer and melt the remaining chocolate candy coating. Once that is melted, spread it over the top of the peanut butter layer and freeze until set.

Break up the bark into small pieces using a butcher knife. Store in the refrigerator or freezer until ready to serve.

Tips to Make Face Masks from cucumber For Facial Beauty


Tips to Make Face Masks from cucumber For Facial Beauty – Many natural ingredients that can process into beauty face mask, which is beneficial to shrink the pores and remove spots black spots on the face. One simple face mask and produces great results is a mask of cucumber. Cucumber contains a refrigerant so nice to cool down and contain antioxidants that are beneficial for tightening and toning the face.
Tips to Make Face Masks from cucumber For Facial Beauty - 1
Cucumbers including fruits vegetables that can be consumed directly as a snack. Besides snack you can process them into ingredients of natural beauty, the face mask. For those who want to try, let’s us see tips to make a face mask of cucumber.
First Recipe :
1. Blend cucumber until smooth, strain results and capacity filtered water or cucumber juice.
2. Add lemon juice or lime in the cucumber, is useful as a lubricant at the same time removing dead skin cells on the face.
3. Beat the egg whites separately and enter it into the last cucumber liquid, stir well.
4. Next, apply this mixture on the face and neck, leave on for 20 minutes and rinse with clean water.
Second Recipe :
1. Take the cucumber and cut into small pieces, put 1 teaspoon of mint, 1 tablespoon lemon juice and 1 egg white grains.
2. Put all the ingredients in a blender and blend until smooth, refrigerate 10 minutes.
3. Then apply on your entire face and neck.
4. Allow dive 20 minutes and rinse with warm water followed by cold water.
Third Recipe :
1. Prepare a half cucumber and half an avocado.
2. Add 2 tablespoons of powdered milk and one egg white.
3. Blend all ingredients until smooth, chill in the refrigerator for 30 minutes
4. Apply on face and neck for 20 minutes and rinse with warm water and cold water.
Here are some ways to make cucumber mask for facial beauty that is easy and simple, yet exceptional. Cucumbers are easily available besides also have very affordable prices that can be found in the market. Or you can also plant these plants in the yard or garden, because cucumbers can be harvested quickly. Besides can eat, on sale and can also be made ​​a face mask whenever you need them.

Hopefully this article Tips to Make Face Masks from cucumber For Facial Beauty can we share today can be beneficial for you. Do not forget to always visit the website to seek other health articles that you can read. Thank You.

How Much Exercise Does It Take To Burn Off These 15 Foods?

How Much Exercise Does It Take To Burn Off These 15 Foods?

18 oz Chocolate MilkshakeIt would take 65 minutes on the treadmill running at 6 mph to burn off the 780 calorie shake. As delicious as it is, is it worth running for an hour?ONE M&MJust to burn off a single M&M you’d need to walk about the length of a football field. It may not seem like much, since an M&M is only about 3 calories, but nobody in history has ever eaten just one M&M.Small Buttered PopcornGoing to the movies may be a time to splurge on treats, but just a small bag of buttered popcorn will call for over two hours on the elliptical. Just imagine the exercise costs of adding drinks and candy.Grande Caffe MochaNot just 87 crunches, but 87 MINUTES of crunches. You may have to consider that the next time you’re craving Starbucks.Slice of Pepperoni PizzaOh, the dreaded gym class exercise used to torture poor students. Just one slice of pepperoni pizza will call for nearly 300 of the awful burpees we all hate.1 Cup GranolaAlthough granola may be healthier in terms of nutrients, it does have a high calorie content. It would take an hour and a half of vigorous boxing to burn off the nearly 600 calories.Glazed DonutLike the crunches, it’s not simply 53 lunges but 53 minutes of lunges to burn off a single donut. Your quads will be burning but your taste buds will be happy.12 oz Can of CokeMany of us will indulge in a can or two of soda a day, but those calories can come back to bite us. Just one can of Coke will require a brisk jog for 17 minutes to burn off its 140 calories.12 oz MargaritaOn the topic of drinks, a margarita is even worse calorie-wise than soft drinks. The whopping 540 calories in a 12 oz margarita would require a full hour of basketball to burn off.Chocolate CupcakeCupcakes look so small and innocent, but they can pack a calorie punch. You’ll need to play beach volleyball for nearly a half an hour to burn off a single cupcake’s 240 calories.2 Small PancakesOn lazy Sunday afternoons it’s so tempting to lie in bed with a stack of pancakes for brunch, but it’s dangerously easy to overeat them. Just 2 six inch pancakes with 2 tablespoons of maple syrup will have you vigorously swimming for close to an hour.5 oz Glass of WineIt’s nice sometimes to come home from a long day of work and relax with a glass of wine, but those extra calories come at a cost. To burn off the 125 calories in a 5 oz glass of red wine you’ll need to jump rope for over 10 minutes straight.Medium French FriesAlthough french fries are well-known for being unhealthy, most people probably don’t think of them as being an-hour-on-the-stairmaster level of unhealthy.CinnabonCinnabon cinnamon rolls are heaven to the taste buds, and it’s easy to forget about the 730 calories while you’re indulging. But nearly an hour and a half spent cycling will definitely remind you.Cobb SaladProbably the most upsetting item on this list, the cobb salad has one of the highest calorie contents (more than the cinnamon roll and almost as much as a chocolate shake), despite looking so healthy. If you add two tablespoons of ranch dressing to your salad, you’ll need to do aerobics for two hours to burn off its 760 calories.Source

Men’s Body Click Diet part 1

In the summer the men had to cope with constant daylight, so they were missing the normal cues to go to bed. ‘When it’s daylight, even though it’s midnight or one o’clock in the morning, you don’t think of it as being the time to go to sleep,’ says Dave. ‘Your mind just says, hey, there’s work to be done. I may be tired but I’m not recognizing the need for sleep because it’s daylight.’

Already lacking the strong time-giving effects of light, the men could not set their body clocks by what they were eating, either. ‘We had four meals a day. Two of them occurred at noon and midnight, the other two at six in the morning and six in the evening,’ continues Dave. ‘One of the difficulties in telling what time it was, was that the 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. meals were powdered scrambled eggs and the other two meals were stew. So if you woke up at six o’clock and went into the galley for a meal and you had powdered scrambled eggs, you didn’t know whether you were having breakfast or dinner.’

Despite losing the signals that are normally provided by the cycle of light and dark, the timing of activity, intake of food, reasonable work shifts or even simple obedience to the clock, most of the men managed toget through without becoming acutely sick or injured. But some of them developed a condition they called Big Eye, in which they became stuck in a sleepless state. Almost everyone had duties that required exhausting physical labor, but even so, the men with Big Eye failed to sleep for days.

Diet Start

The men with Big Eye demonstrated that the body’s flexibility is a double-edged sword. The loss of essential time givers easily disrupted their circadian rhythms, probably setting them up for health problems if they continued down that path. On the other hand, proper application of some fairly simple rules for circadian health could have rescued them. And the same rules can rescue you from a potentially perilous state of disorganization.

The Body Clock Prescription reinforces strong circadian rhythms; produces better sleep, enhanced moods, alertness and energy; and reduces the risk for reproductive cancers for everyone. In addition to these overall improvements in health and well-being, there are specific aspects of the diet that have a favorable impact on prostate health, a subject that provokes anxiety for many men.

Prostate Ailments: The ‘Male Problem

There is certainly cause for concern. Prostate ailments are an almost universal threat to men in Europe and North America. Among men in the United States, prostate cancer is the most common cancer; it is also the second leading cause of cancer death.’ In addition, countless men suffer from other prostate problems. This phenomenon represents a kind of `male problem‘ corresponding roughly to what used to be called ‘female problems’, a much less specific collection of gynecological woes that were lumped under this heading in the mid-1900s. The notion of female problems embraced excessive menstruation, infertility, irregular periods,cramps, vaginal discharge and other kinds of medical mischief that women endure.

The male problem is more localized in the prostate gland, the part of the male reproductive system that secretes fluids that help transport sperm. Nevertheless, it is a fairly complicated picture, which includes inflammations of the prostate, a common condition known as benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH) and prostate cancer.

What’s more, prostate problems may lead you to needing a cystoscopy, where a narrow flashlight is inserted into the hole from which you pee until it arrives in your bladder. On the way, it passes through your prostate gland. Cystoscopy is a procedure that causes ‘big eyes’ in the bravest of men.

Besides cystoscopy, the other method often used to examine men with prostate complaints is digital rectal examination, in which the examiner can feel the profile of your prostate gland. (Digital refers to the doctor’s finger, not his computer.) Both give much less information than you would expect to get from such relatively invasive procedures. Opening your mouth and saying Ah’ discloses much more about your teeth, gums, tongue and throat than any rectal exam reveals about your prostate, unless you have a huge lump. Ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging (MRIs) and computerized axial tomography (CAT) scans are necessary to get a good picture of what’s happening to this gland, whose actual location on the floor of your pelvis seems mysterious to anyone who has not studied anatomy.

Diet and Prostate Health

If you look around you, especially as you get older and start hearing stories from men who have prostate trouble, you may wonder if there’s something simple you can do to avoid it. I’m not talking about early detection, which is mentioned frequently these days. (Of course, most men’s idea of early detection is that early next year or the year after would be just fine.) Nor am I saying that a good history, physical exam, measurements of prostate-specific antigen (PSA), a common blood test used to screen for prostate cancer and other indicators of your underlying health, prostate or otherwise, are not a good idea.

But you’re misplacing your priorities if you go through those procedures without making some modest changes in your diet now to prevent troubles in the future. Most men who have a reasonably healthy personal and family medical history and who don’t abuse themselves with excesses of drugs, tobacco and alcohol, other risky activities or excessive inactivity can probably remain free of obvious symptoms even if they don’t implement all the points of the Body Clock Prescription. Some of these pointsare aimed at people who are trying to get out of serious medical trouble or who have risk factors that call on them to follow the diet very strictly.

Naturally, the more closely you follow the Body Clock Prescriptionthe better, but if you do nothing else, I urge you to consume soy protein and flaxseed powder daily to prevent prostate problems. By making these simple dietary changes and keeping your mind open to the possibility that fungal infection, intestinal overgrowth or allergy might have a hand in any prostate inflammation that is not otherwise easily diagnosed by a physician, you can go a long way toward avoiding the possibility of getting prostate cancer, as well as the other problems that frequently lead men to undergo cystoscopy.

Tips To Find The Best Auto Insurance Companies

There are many auto insurance companies in the market which promote themselves as the best auto insurance companies, but actually they are not. To find the best car insurance companies car drivers have to follow these tips.

The Best Auto Insurance Companies, Car Insurance Companies, Auto Insurance Tips
3 Tips To Find The Best Auto Insurance Companies
If you are a new driver you can get advice from the people in the industry. There are many parties like car agents, car dealers, mechanics and car sellers those who are dealing with the companies in regular basis can give you concrete information about choosing auto insurance companies.

Having strong financial stability is the indicator of the best auto insurance companies because if the company doesn’t have enough assets, it cannot provide compensation for its clients. Check which insurance company has greater financial position.

You should seek the reputation of insurance companies in the market because cost is not the only factor you should always consider. An auto insurance company with high market reputation handles the customers’ claims in a better way than others.

Which Are The Top Rated Auto Insurance Companies?
Another way to find the best auto insurance companies is to justify which auto insurance companies have higher ratings from both customers and independent rating organizations. Independent rating organization like A. M. Best and J. D. Power analysis the auto insurance companies and rate these companies. From their report you will get additional ideas which is the best auto insurance companies.

Getting insured means getting protection not just paying premiums and getting claims. The best auto insurance companies sell not only just the insurance policy but also the protection, value, service and care. Best car insurance companies will be the one that offers the best insurance quote and the best customer service.

Benefits of Figs for Health


Benefits of Figs for Health – fig, known as ‘figs’ in English, ‘figue’ in French is not too popular in the country. For Indonesian people, the Christian community is known him with figs, while Muslims know him “Buah Tin”
Common fig or fig (Ficus carica L.) is a kind of fruit-producing plants edible that comes from West Asia. The fruit is the same name. The name “Tin” is taken from Arabic, also known as “Ara” (figs / figs) while in English called fig (common fig; “fig tree common”), is still included relatives of a banyan tree of the genus same, namely Ficus.
The sweet taste of fruit was rich in nutrients and has many health benefits. Although seasonal fruit is often available in dried form. It was also going to be sweeter in dry form and nutritious because it contains vitamins A, B, and minerals such as phosphorus, iron, calcium, and manganese.
Here Are Some Benefits of Fruits Tin That May Not Know You By :
Benefits of Figs for Health - 1
1. Pectin, the soluble fiber can be found in the figs that are beneficial to the digestive system. This soluble fiber also helps clean out the cholesterol that accumulates in the body.
2. Hypertension may occur if potassium levels are too high sodium and low potassium in the body. Common fig Fruits are low in sodium and high in potassium so potent prevent hypertension.
3. Dried Figs contain omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acids along with phenol. All of it is useful to prevent coronary heart disease.
4. Figs are also rich in calcium, so good for strengthening bones.
5. Because rich in potassium, figs helps regulate blood sugar. This is beneficial for diabetics.
6. Eat figs effectively treat a sore throat due to the high content of mucus.
7. During this time, figs have also been used for the treatment of impotence. How, soak about 23 figs in milk overnight and eat in the morning.
8. Because the iron content, figs useful to treat anemia.
9. Creamed fresh figs and apply to face, leave on for 10-15 minutes. It is effective for treating acne.
10. Eating figs can restore a sense of fatigue and increases brain power

Benefits of Figs for Health - 2

Such information about Figs or Benefits of Figs for Health can we share in this article. Hopefully this article Benefits of Figs for Health we share today can be beneficial for you. Thank You.

Digestion Resistant Starch: All Starch is NOT created equal!

Digestion Resistant Starch (resistant starch for short) is not fully digested and absorbed, but instead ferments in the large intestine and is turned into short-chain fatty acids (SCFA’s) by bacteria.    So it is a prebiotic and feeds beneficial bacteria in the colon.
Where does Resistant Starch come from?
All starches come from two polysaccharides: amylose and amylopectin.  A polysaccharide is just multiple units of sugar hooked together, and MOST of the time a starch is digested to glucose. 
Amylopectin has a large surface area that allows it to be broken down quickly resulting in larger and quicker spikes of glucose (blood sugar) along with corresponding increases in insulin which is where the dark side of starch intake can show up.
Amylose has much less surface area so is much more resistant to digestion.  Amylose is what makes resistant starch resistant! These starches produce much lower glucose and insulin spikes.

Resistant starch is similar to fiber, but nutrition labels rarely mention resistant starch content.

Digestive Tract Benefits of Resistant Starch
As mentioned above when resistant starch is fermented by bacteria in the large intestine short chain fatty acids (SCFA) such as acetate, butyrate, and propionate, along with gases are produced. SCFAs can be absorbed into the body from the colon or stay put and be used by bacteria for energy.

Evidence suggests that SCFAs may benefit us in many ways. For instance, they:
  • ·       Stimulate blood flow to large intestine (colon)
  • ·       Increase nutrient absorption
  • ·       Inhibit the growth of pathogenic bacteria
  • ·       Reduce absorption of toxins  

Metabolic Benefits of Resistant Starch
Lower Calorie Intake – we only absorb 2 calories per gram of resistance starch (versus about 4 calories per gram from other starches).   This is a really big deal because although you take in less calories from resistant starch it is VERY effective at satisfying hunger and produces high satiety levels! 
Reduced Hunger – the SCFA’s produced from resistant starch cause the release of hormones that reduce hunger!    This takes time so the longer that you consistently eat resistant starch the more the body adapts to produce more SCFA and the more pronounced the hunger lowering benefits become.
Improved Lipid Levels and Fat Metabolism
Resistant starch can help lower blood cholesterol and fats. It has also been shown to reduce the production of new fat cells. The SCFAs produced from resistant starch also reduce the release of carbohydrates by the liver thereby increasing the amount of fat we burn.
Improved Insulin Sensitivity

The reduced insulin response to resistant starch is very significant.   Constant high levels of insulin in response to high levels of sugar and other non-fiber carbohydrate intake reduces the cells insulin sensitivity and overtime this can result in Type 2 Diabetes!    This has big ramifications for the treatment of this form of diabetes which is sky-rocketing.
The effect on glucose and insulin metabolism is very impressive. Some studies have found a 33-50% improvement in insulin sensitivity after 4 weeks of consuming 15-30 grams per day.
Decreased Digestive Issues

Resistant starch may help prevent and reduce existing irritable bowel syndrome, diverticulitis, constipation, and ulcerative colitis.
Immune System Enhancement
Resistant starch can help balance immune response in the gut by balancing the production of immune cells and inflammatory chemicals.
Sources of Resistant Starch
Resistant starch is found in starchy foods such as:
Beans and Legumes
Whole grains
Starchy Fruit and Vegetables
There are four types of resistant starch:
Type 1 – is in whole unprocessed foods like legumes, whole and partially milled grains, and seeds.   The starch resists digestion because it is bound within fibrous cell walls.
Type 2 – is found within some starchy foods like raw potatoes and green unripe bananas.  The more raw and uncooked these foods are the more resistant starch they tend to contain since heat can turn resistant starch into regular digestible starch.
Type 3 – is formed when certain starch foods, including potatoes and rice are cooked and then cooled.   Cooling turns some of the starch into resistant starch through a process called retrogradation.
Type 4 – is man-made and formed through a chemical process.    An example is “Hi-Maize Resistant Starch” made from corn.
 Getting More Resistant Starch
There are three ways to get more resistant starch: either get them from foods, supplement them or do a little of both.   

Some common popular food items that are easy to find include raw potatoes, cooked and then cooled potatoes or rice, green bananas, cashews and raw oats.
If you are eating a low carb diet and want to make sure you keep your sugar and digestible starch intake very low focus on raw potatoes or green bananas which both have almost no digestible carb.  

Or you can use raw potato starch powder (Bob’s Red Mill Raw Potato Starch) which is easy to sprinkle into foods and shakes.  This supplement has very little taste.    Benefits will likely max out at 32 grams of resistant starch per day and start slowly and gradually increase to let your digestive system adjust.

It will take 2 – 4 weeks for the production of short chain fatty acids to increase and to notice all the benefits!

It’s A Busy Day For! (Can’t Login To Battlenet Authentication Application Launcher …Thingy) [Workaround]

Estimated Queue Time: Almost 10 Hours. Hey, I could go to sleep! It’s not such a bad thing after all

Just a quick post to let you know, if you are experiencing this right now, that you are not alone. Not by a long shot. Some even have a theory. Even though I am sure this issue will spark another set of debates in forums about ‘Always Online Games Versus Offline Games’, try not to fret “too much”, as Blizzard knows about it and is hard at work on the Blizzard Servers as we speak.


[I can’t stop laughing at the jacket ahaha it turned out great]

Hopefully they will fix it Soon™…

Meanwhile, this is a good time to empty out your bathroom bottles at your desk, take the dog for a walk or feed it, take a shower, do some laundry, and many more things that may have been neglected lately due to heavy gaming. In a way, whatever is the cause of this, it is doing us a ‘helpful distraction’ public service! Sort of. Don’t worry, you’ll be back Online and Gaming again in no time.

A couple of things you can try for now as Workarounds are: don’t use the Battle.Net Launcher/App to Login to your game’s account, use the .EXE file that launches the game directly. Then, when it opens up, simply log in there in the game’s Main Menu. This seems to work fine.
You can also try going Offline in the Battle.Net Launcher and still be able to hit Play for the game you want to launch, then log in at the game’s Main Menu [which is essentially the same as the first Workaround, but saves you the trouble of taking the time to go and locate and execute the game’s startup file] – this second way of doing the above was found at the Battle.Net forums, shared by Telkari, here.
If neither of these work for you right now, I just got in to the Battle.Net Launcher, far under the estimated time of queue. Hopefully this will happen to you, too.

See You In The Games!

[UPDATE»»» I was playing D3 using my above method (the first one) to log in… but I tried switching to Hearthstone just now – and it did not work for it…]

*Image Disclaimer: The picture used above was created for parody/satire and is only presented for [very] slight comedic effect. No copyright infringement or defamatory inclination in any form was intended and cannot be inferred. I personally support Blizzard Entertainment Inc. financially as a customer and have done so for many years through my past game purchases/licenses and have been a loyal subscriber for many years intermittently for their always exceptional products and support. This image was merely an attempt at humor and no ill will was meant to Blizzard Entertainment, it’s employees, affiliates or partners, in any degrees of association. The picture is not to be utilized as a substitute for medical attention.

What does “Grass-Fed” Meat Mean?

If you shop for the food in your family you have probably started to see the term “Grass-Fed” on more and more meat products.   You may have wondered what it means and what significance it has for human health.
To make it more confusing this term is often thrown in with other terms such as “Organic” and “Grass-Finished”.       To understand all this let’s start with talking about Grass as opposed to Grain Fed.     Cows and other Ruminants including cattle, goats, sheep, giraffes, deer, moose, and caribou to name a few have a natural diet based on what they have eaten for hundreds of thousands of years.     Their bodys’ and specifically their digestive systems were shaped by evolution to eat green plants!
For thousands of years that is what they did eat, but in modern times cattle farmers learned that feeding a ruminant grains and corn will put weight on them much faster than their ancestral diet of green plants consistently mostly of grasses.      This translates to quicker time to slaughter, lower costs, and higher profits for the farmer!  Grain and corn is the metabolic equivalent of feeding cows a diet of “Twinkies” with all the consequences.      In addition, grain fed cows have a particular taste and Americans in particular have become used to it and partial to it.
Unfortunately, grain fed animals have a very different fatty acid composition than animals fed a grass diet.      Grass-fed cattle contain much higher levels of many beneficial compounds including anti-oxidants, Omega-3 Fatty Acids, Conjugated Linoleic Acid (CLA), Trans-Vaccenic Acid (TVA), Trace Minerals, and vitamins.      
The worst part is that most meat is not just grain fed it is injected with hormones and antibiotics that also speed up weight gain and the corn and grain is very low quality and heavily sprayed with pesticides so you’re eating tons of toxins when you consume meat raised this way!
Omega 3 Fatty Acids are essential fatty acids as our Omega 6 Fatty Acids meaning we must consume them and cannot manufacture them in our bodies.   We need both in a balance.     Unfortunately the American diet is way too high in Omega 6 fatty acids and this has big-time consequences to human health (see this previous blog post to understand the need for lower intake of Omega 6 Fatty Acids and Higher intake of Omega 3 Fatty Acids and how and where to get both –
Anti-Oxidants are crucial for health and grass-fed meat has much higher levels of carotenoids like Beta-Carotene and others.    Carotenoids are fat-soluble meaning they tend to get stored in fats making the fat look yellow.      Yellow fat (like butter from grass-fed cows) is a sign of high nutrient density.    More carotenoids = more antioxidants and more nutrients (plus richer flavor!).  
CLA provides several key benefits including:
Improving weight loss and specifically reduces bodyfat! 
Helps increase lean mass including muscle and bone!
Potent Anti-Cancer Effects
Helps reverse atherosclerosis (hardening of arteries)
Improved digestions
Helps balance inflammation and immune function
Reduces food allergies and sensitivities.
TVA – aka Trans Vaccenic Acid is technically a trans-fatty acid, but unlike man-made transfats which are unquestionably NOT healthy – there are benefits to TVA.    Naturally occurring TVA in grass fed animal products may help lower cholesterol and LDL cholesterol in particular along with lowering triglycerides.  TVA can also be converted to CLA in your body.     Like CLA TVA seems to reduce risk factors associated with heart disease, diabetes, and obesity according to research from the University of Alberta.
Grass-Fed vs Grass Finished
Grass-Fed means that cattle ate nothing but grass and other forage (like hay or silage) for their entire lives.   This means they were never fed grain at any point. 
As the name implies Grass-Finished means the animal was fed grains but was “finished” eating grass before slaughter.    How much time eating grass vs grains and the quality of grains makes a BIG difference.      Just 90 days of grain feeding destroys all the benefits of grass feeding so knowing what the animal ate and for how long is key which is why you ideally buy beef from a farmer you know and trust!    
Alternatively buying meat that is organic AND grass-fed is by far the best option.     Just Organic means the grain fed to the animal was not sprayed with pesticides which is good, but this does not provide the many benefits of feeding the animal a grass diet as described above.
See next Month’s Blog for a detailed explanation of the term “Organic” and how to interpret all those differrent lables such as “Certified Organic”, “100% Organic”, “All Natural”, etc.

Happy Landings: Clockwork’s CB750 custom

A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.

Samuel Guertin used to spend his days wrenching on choppers—the kind that fly. But after a decade working as a helicopter mechanic, he decided that customizing cars and bikes was more fulfilling.
So he changed his flight path and Clockwork Motorcycles was born, with a base in the countryside half an hour east of Montréal, Canada.
A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.
This CB750 custom is called Fury, and it’s Clockwork’s fourth build. “When I found the donor—a 1971 model—it was pretty funny to look at,” explains Samuel. “It was a weird, failed attempt at a gothic bobber-slash-chopper. It deserved better fortune.”

Samuel decided to make the CB750 a little more chunky and curvaceous. It was time for a well-judged series of subtle nips and tucks.
A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.
That meant shortening the frame at the rear to a more bobber-esque length, while the swing arm was extended by two inches and hooked up to a pair of Progressive Suspension rear shocks.

The extra visual bulk required more meat up front, so Samuel has installed a set of Suzuki GSX-R600 forks. They’re non-inverted units for a more period correct feel, and fitted via a custom-made aluminum triple tree and front hub. The GSX-R also donated its front brakes—now fed by a Nissin master cylinder via braided stainless steel hose.
The modified oil tank (below) is an especially neat touch, appearing at first glance to be a stock side cover. There’s custom fabricated panel on the lefthand side to match.
A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.
The wheels are 16-inch Harley-Davidson items, laced with stainless steel spokes and nipples, and wrapped in Firestone Deluxe Champion rubber. (Samuel knows he’ll get flack from some quarters for his tire selection, but that’s okay).

For the seat, he settled on a shape that would complement the bike’s beefy new demeanor. Ginger at New Church Moto was responsible for the upholstery: a classy mix of leather and suede.
A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.
Clockwork’s mods are more than just cosmetic though. The engine has been completely stripped down and rebuilt, fitted with CNC-cut valve seats and bored out to 836cc with a Wiseco kit. A stunning set of Keihin CR29 race carbs handle the fueling, with a four-into-one stainless exhaust system providing the soundtrack.

A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.
Samuel has thoroughly reworked the wiring too, with a full Motogadget installation that includes the m-Unit control unit, a Motoscope Tiny speedo, m-Switch handlebar switches and an m-Lock keyless ignition. It’s all powered by a small Lithium-ion battery stashed in a hand-built electronics box.

The cockpit is equally tidy, with custom-bent clip-ons, leather-wrapped grips and a small headlight. Bullet turn signals were installed, and the quirky taillight is from Prism Motorcycles.
A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.
When it came to the CB750’s final paint scheme, Samuel had little interest in bright colors or complex designs. “I didn’t want anything flashy or shiny to steal the show,” he says. “It’s all about lines, shapes and curves—so all the colors are muted tones.”

The final color scheme is sublime, flattering the Honda’s brawny new lines just as intended. Monsieur Guertin has certainly found his calling, and thankfully it’s nothing to do with choppers.
 Images by Photos by Cimon B Photography
First published in

A bobber-influenced Honda CB750 custom from Canada's Clockwork Motorcycles.

And More: How To Stop the “Trails” and “Corruption” in Sony Vegas When Importing an Xvid Codec Recorded File (Tutorial with Example Video)

[The title sounds like a spell of some sort.. BEWARE THE TRAILS OF CORRUPTION]

As part of the ‘And More’ of this blog, I would like to present a Tip that will help anyone that may be experiencing the ‘trails’ or ‘corruption’ effect that appears when importing an Xvid-recorded video into the Sony Vegas line of products.

This effect can occur no matter what game recording software you are using (Dxtory, Bandicam [as an External Codec], MSI Afterburner, etc.**), if it is configured to record with the Xvid codec downloaded from the website. An example of the corruption (and the associated setting that can fix it) can be seen in this short video:

The first portion is an Xvid Codec recording with the Motion Search Precision setting ON (which is the default setting if you are using the “Real-time” Quality Preset to record with, for instance).
The second portion is the same Xvid Codec recording, but with the Motion Search Precision setting OFF (Set to “None” (0)).

That is all that need be changed to fix this problem with importing Xvid recordings into Vegas, all other settings can remain how you prefer. One more example of what can be fixed/corrected (a still frame from a ‘corrupted’ video) is shown here:

To change the required setting in the Xvid Codec interface:

  • After selecting Xvid MPEG-4 Codec as your recording codec [in whatever game recording software you prefer], click on the Configure button to open the Xvid Configuration window. Then, under the More section, Quality Preset, click the “more…” button past the pull-down menubar and it will Question you with the choice to Copy the values that cannot be changed to a “User Defined” setting. Clicking “Yes” will copy the Real-time Preset settings to the pull-down selection called “User Defined” and then you can change the preset settings within.
Click to see Full Size

  • In the Motion Precision category on the first tab (Motion), next to Motion Search Precision, click on the pull-down menubar and click on “0 – None”, to turn off Motion Searching when recording using the Xvid Codec.
Click to see Full Size

That’s it. Sony Vegas Movie Studio and Sony Vegas Pro should both now be able to import your Xvid format recordings, no matter what game recording program you are using (Dxtory, Bandicam [as an External Codec], MSI Afterburner, etc**).

** Users of Bandicam will find that a built-in/optimized version of Xvid is already included within the program codec menu and provides good capture ability/quality, it just does not have the codec-native configuration interface (to change settings) and this version will not natively import into Vegas, as of this version.
If you are using Bandicam as your game recording application and you wish to record with the 
built-in/optimized version of Xvid and import your recordings into Vegas, simply download the Xvid codec from the website. Then, Bandicam’s version of the codec can be opened within the Sony Vegas line of products. The problem presented above in the article does not occur when using Bandicam’s built-in/optimized version of Xvid††

†† It should be noted, that this issue of “corruption” or “trails” or “glitchy-ness” does not occur in all Video Editing Applications. While most NLE editors (Vegas, Premiere, Lightworks, etc) will experience this, many ‘Pro-sumer’ grade video editing programs, do not. I have personally tested editors such as Corel’s VideoStudio Pro, CyberLink’s PowerDirector and even Microsoft’s Movie Maker – and none of these editors display the issue mentioned herein.
If a user desires to stick with Xvid as their recording codec (indeed a speedy and potentially semi-high quality codec), then perhaps utilizing one of these other editors, should be considered.

Have fun recording and See You In The Games!

The South Texas Motorcycle Museum

The South Texas Motorcycle Museum was opened in 2008, after being inspired by one of the most breath taking Exhibitions, the “Moving Metal Motorcycle Exhibit” at the International Museum of Art and Science that was opened from 2006 through 2007.

During this expedition 40 rare motorcycles designed by circa 1913-2007, represented a part of a diverse private collection of world-class motorbikes.

Some of the bikes that were displayed were the classic replica of the 1969 Captain America Chopper by Panhead and the 1917 Harley Davidson J, a signature model for Harley. It is easy to see how someone would get inspired after seeing some motorcycles that contributed to the American culture.

The “Moving Metal Motorcycle Exhibit” represented the beauty of a growing culture. This attracted more than antique motorcycle collectors. It got the attention of Educated students, adults, and seniors from all around the world were attracted to the culture, engineering, the art, and history of motorcycles.

The Exhibition’s success inspired a private collector and community philanthropist to endow the South Texas Motorcycle Museum with a lifetime collection of motorcycles in order to preserve and celebrate the rich heritage that motorbikes have become. In 2009 the South Texas Motorcycle Museum achieved its nonprofit status.

To this day the general public has the opportunity to view the full collection through the South Texas Motorcycle Museum. Throughout the year different models are displayed. Even though the motorcycles are very old, every motorcycle displayed is kept in running order, and maintained by Dirty Dave’s Cycles and can be viewed in and out of the museum.

The South Texas Motorcycle Museum is located in Edinburg, Texas just 2 miles East of HWY 281. From McAllen, take 281 North to the Schunior Rd. / Richardson Rd. / Chapin Rd. Exit and turn right at the light onto Richardson Rd. Go 2 miles and you’ll see us on the left hand side of the road. The museum is open on weekends: Saturdays 12-6 and Sundays 12-5. For more information call 956.292.0770.

Classroom Tour 2013

Whew! It has been a crazy week and a half. I have completed 7 school days of my year already! SEVEN! Now that things have settled into a more normal-ish back to school routine, I’m finally sitting down at my computer to share some of the gazillions of pictures I’ve been taking lately and share more about my first week-plus of the school year.

First, I reorganized my classroom library using the Ready 2 Number Customizable Library Labels from Ladybug’s Teacher Files. I adore all of Kristen’s work (as you’ll see in later parts of the classroom tour!), and I was so excited to reorganize my classroom library this year.

I decided to use the Booksource Classroom Organizer tool to manage my classroom library this year, so this was really quite the overhaul — scanning all of my books, sorting them, and labeling them. And like so many of my projects, what I thought would take me 1-2 days of work this summer ended up being closer to 5, so that really ate up a sizable chunk of my pre-planning. But it’s so worth it. My books are now impeccably organized.

 And when I ran out of shelf space, I spilled some of my larger nonfiction books into drawers.

Those used to be drawers for students to store their many notebooks and folders. One of the benefits of going to a mostly paperless classroom is that I can reclaim those for other things.

Here’s a view of the library as a whole, with my “Welcome to Eberopolis” pennant banner and iPad cart in the middle.

In addition to reorganizing my classroom library, I created a better small group space for my classroom this year, courtesy of Ikea.

 Last year, I used one of my 6 student tables for small groups, but with the number of students I have, I didn’t feel right about packing them into 5 tables and leaving open a table that we’d only use some of the time. I also had a shortage of chairs, and I hated having to wait while students hauled over chairs from their tables to my small group space.

This year, I bought 2 small white tables from Ikea (each about $20) and 6 teal stools (about $5 each). I already had the blue swivel chair for me, but that was only $15 at Ikea. So in the end, this is a great small group space for less than $100. Well worth it to me.

I’m trying to do Daily 5 and CAFE this year, and I came across the very cute CAFE letters from Terri over at the Creative Apple.  (I think she’s updated them since then, but I’m not quite ready to return to my printer and laminator just yet!) I also finally hung up my cursive letters from Ladybug’s Teacher Files.

On the other side of the wall I have my class job chart, an explanation of my class economy, and my Standards for Mathematical Practice posters. I also made something new that I’m trying out this year for exit tickets, but I’ll share more about that in a future post. 
Here’s our class meeting/carpet space.

I have some new buckets for holding clipboards at the front of the room, and I brought in a new chair for read alouds. I like that the chair easily folds and stores away so that we can move it out of the way when we don’t need it.

The view of my desk is perhaps the least inspiring section of the room, although I’m loving the new paper lantern lights that I’ve put in my room. They really affect the ambiance, especially when it’s early in the morning and we’re all settling in.

 And then in front of my desk are all of my students’ book bins, numbered 1-27 (so far!). That’s where students store the few notebooks, books, and papers they have in my classroom. They’re also keeping their headphones in there for now.

Finally, I acquired a few Ikea desks from a friend who was leaving our school at the end of last year. They run about $20 each, and they’re a total pain to put together, which is why he left them with me rather than disassemble them for his move. They’re awesome because they fit under the lip of the table and act as an extension for the 3 tables of 5 students, and they also give a little extra space to some of my students who need it. They’re getting well used this year.

So, that’s my classroom tour for this year! It’s the happiest the space has ever felt to me, and I really need that happy space — especially given how many hours I spend there each week. It feels a bit smaller now that I’m packing 27 bodies in there, but bit by bit, it’s getting very organized.

I hope that everyone is having a great transition back to school — or is enjoying those last few weeks of summer before heading back! I start classes for my doctoral program on Monday, so I don’t know how often I’ll get to blog this year, but I promise not to drop off the face of the blogosphere anytime soon.

Can’t wait to see everyone else’s classrooms!

10 Things Every Motorcycle Owner Needs to Know About Insurance

Texas is a highway haven for motorcyclists. From hugging the Gulf Coast through salty Galveston, where the Port Bolivar ferry puts bikers at the head of the line for a fast de-boarding, to the gut wrenching twisties outside of Lajitas along the Rio Grande, and from a Hill Country jaunt after a Bandera breakfast to an afternoon cruise among the wind-blown arroyos past Amarillo. Life is good on a motorcycle taking on a Texas road. Even better when you’ve got effective insurance coverage at an affordable price.

Before you saddle up for your next Texas tour, make sure you’ve reviewed these nine motorcycle insurance tips.

Choose your coverage carefully

Just as with your automobile insurance, you’ll find differing levels of motorcycle coverage. Depending on how valuable your ride is, you may opt for plain-vanilla basic coverage or full-coverage, including comprehensive and liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage. Which is ironic when you realize that most damage occurs to you and your bike — not what you hit. But most states require at least a minimal amount of liability insurance.

The more you ride, the more you save

Experienced riders earn lower rates with some insurance companies, so the longer you ride, the lower your premium will be.

Remember the upgrades

Most motorcycle insurance will cover the basics, but if you’ve bolted on some extensive and expensive options, be sure to price additional accessory coverage.

Consider a mileage cap

In many cases, the fewer miles you ride in a year, the lower your premium will be. Kelley Blue Book, the vehicle appraisal service, estimates annual mileage is about 3,000 miles for sportbikes between 600-900 c.c., while touring bikes accrue an average of about twice that: 5,000 to 6,000 miles a year. Your insurance agent may grant a lower premium for a mileage cap on coverage.

Consider paying annual premiums

You can save a few bucks by paying your premium annually, rather than semi-annually, quarterly or monthly.

Garage your bike

Keeping your motorcycle locked up and in a secure garage can lower your insurance costs, too.

Consider a cruiser rather than a crotch rocket

Riding a twistie-gripping sportsbike rather than a laid-back cruiser will hike your insurance rates. Sure, on a cruiser you sacrifice some style and performance but you are likely to pay less for insurance – as well as for speeding tickets.

Join a riding club

Believe it or not, some insurance companies will give you a premium discount simply for being a member of an approved riding club. Manufacturers often sponsor riders groups and can be a good source for insurance discounts, too.

Advanced riding courses earn discounts

Taking a safety course, such as those offered by the Motorcycle Safety Foundation, can earn you a break on your insurance. A clickable map on the MSF website lists locations of nearby learning events, but if you don’t see one available in your area you can sponsor one of your own. Anyone can order the materials and teach the course.

Let’s ride!

Owning a home can also reduce your cycle coverage cost. And, like automobile insurance, the higher your deductible, the lower your premium. Plus, most providers will offer you additional discounts for insuring your home, car, bike and boat with them.

Source: Neighbors Go, Plano (01/16)

Best and Worst Nuts for Your Health

Best and Worst Nuts for Your Health
by Amanda MacMillan


Should you go nuts?

Nuts are nature’s way of showing us that good things come in small packages. These bite-size nutritional powerhouses are packed with heart-healthy fats, protein, vitamins, and minerals.

Here’s a look at the pros and cons of different nuts, as well as the best and worst products on supermarket shelves today. Of course, you can get too much of these good things: Nuts are high in fat and calories, so while a handful can hold you over until dinner, a few more handfuls can ruin your appetite altogether. And although nuts are a healthy choice by themselves, they’ll quickly become detrimental to any diet when paired with sugary or salty toppings or mixes.

Best nuts for your diet

Almonds, Cashews, Pistachios

All nuts are about equal in terms of calories per ounce, and in moderation, are all healthy additions to any diet. “Their mix of omega-3 fatty acids, protein, and fiber will help you feel full and suppress your appetite,” says Judy Caplan, RD, a spokesperson for the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics.

The lowest-calorie nuts at 160 per ounce are almonds (23 nuts; 6 grams protein, 14 grams fat); cashews (16 to 18 nuts; 5 grams protein, 13 grams fat); and pistachios (49 nuts; 6 grams protein, 13 grams fat). Avoid nuts packaged or roasted in oil; instead, eat them raw or dry roasted, says Caplan. (Roasted nuts may have been heated in hydrogenated or omega-6 unhealthy fats, she adds, or to high temperatures that can destroy their nutrients.)

Worst nuts for your diet

Macadamia Nuts, Pecans

Ounce for ounce, macadamia nuts (10 to 12 nuts; 2 grams protein, 21 grams fat) and pecans (18 to 20 halves; 3 grams protein, 20 grams fat) have the most calories—200 each—along with the lowest amounts of protein and the highest amounts of fats.

However, they’re still good nuts: The difference between these and the lowest calorie nuts is only 40 calories an ounce. As long as you’re practicing proper portion control and not downing handfuls at a time, says Caplan, any kind of raw, plain nut will give you a good dose of healthy fats and nutrients.

Best nuts for your heart


While all nuts contain heart-healthy omega-3 fats, walnuts (14 halves contain 185 calories, 18 grams fat, 4 grams protein) have high amounts of alpha linoleic acid (ALA). Research has suggested that ALA may help heart arrhythmias, and a 2006 Spanish study suggested that walnuts were as effective as olive oil at reducing inflammation and oxidation in the arteries after eating a fatty meal. The authors of this study, funded in part by the California Walnut Commission, recommended eating around eight walnuts a day to achieve similar benefits.

Best nuts for your brain


Technically legumes but generally referred to as nuts, peanuts are high in folate—a mineral essential for brain development that may protect against cognitive decline. (It also makes peanuts a great choice for vegetarians, who can come up short on folate, and pregnant women, who need folate to protect their unborn babies from birth defects, says Caplan.) Like most other nuts, peanuts are also full of brain-boosting healthy fats and vitamin E, as well. One ounce of peanuts (about 28 unshelled nuts) contains about 170 calories, 7 grams protein, and 14 grams fat.

Best nuts for men

Brazil Nuts, Pecans

Creamy Brazil nuts are packed with selenium, a mineral that may protect against prostate cancer and other diseases. Just one nut contains more than a day’s worth, so eat these sparingly: Recent research has hinted that too much selenium may be linked to type 2 diabetes risk. One ounce of Brazil nuts (6 nuts) contains about 190 calories, 19 grams fat, and 4 grams protein.

Pecans are also good for men’s health: They’re loaded with beta-sitosterol, a plant steroid that may help relieve symptoms of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), or enlarged prostate. One ounce of pecans (18 to 20 halves) contains about 200 calories, 21 grams fat, and 3 grams protein.

Best nuts for disease prevention

Relatively low in calories, almonds have more calcium than any other nut, making them a great food for overall health. Plus, they are rich in fiber and vitamin E, an antioxidant that helps fight dangerous inflammation and possibly health conditions such as lung cancer and age-related cognitive decline.

Because they’re so versatile, almonds are often a favorite among nut eaters: You can buy them raw, toasted, slivered, or coated with a variety of fun flavors, from Wasabi & Soy Sauce to Lime ‘n Chili.

Best snack packaging for nuts

Choose 100- to 200-calorie packs

Because nuts are so high in calories (and so tasty, to boot!), it’s important to practice portion control when eating them as a snack. We love Blue Diamond Almonds 100-calorie snack packs, available in six flavors, including Cinnamon Brown Sugar and Dark Chocolate. Want more variety? Pick up Planters Nutrition Wholesome Nut Mix on-the-go packs, each containing a 200-calorie mix of cashews, almonds, and macadamia nuts.

Worst snack packaging for nuts

Avoid anything in a tub

We’re all for buying in bulk to save money and packaging, but it’s important not to snack straight from the box (or in this case, the giant tub) when a craving hits. Beer Nuts’ “original” formula—peanuts coated with a sweet and salty glaze—aren’t a bad choice themselves (170 calories, 14 grams fat, and 2 grams sugar per ounce), but if you’re munching on them at a party or during a “long day of game watching,” as the company’s website suggests, you’ll likely be eating more than the recommended serving size. Not to mention, the Party Mix variety also includes M&Ms and sugary yogurt-covered raisins, for an extra calorie boost. A better bet is Beer Nuts’ Original Teaser Peanut Sized bags, each containing just half an ounce of nuts.

Best nuts for chocolate lovers

Go for cocoa-dusted almonds

Rather than hiding your nuts under a thick layer of sugary chocolate candy—think Jordan almonds or peanut M&Ms—keep it simple with Emerald’s Cocoa Roast Almonds. These nuts are lightly dusted with cocoa powder and sweetened with Sucralose, and have 150 calories, 13 grams fat, and 1 gram of sugar per ounce.

We’d give you a “worst” nuts for chocolate lovers, but the possibilities are practically endless. Just think of it this way, says Caplan: Anything that’s more chocolate than nut really should be considered candy—not as a way to get your daily quota of healthy fats.

Best nuts for your sweet tooth

Try all-natural glazed nuts

Want something sweet and satisfying but without the extra calories and high-fructose corn syrup? Look no further than Sahale Snacks glazed nuts, in flavors like Almonds with Cranberries, Honey, and Sea Salt (160 calories, 11 grams fat, 5 grams protein per ounce) or Cashews with Pomegranate and Vanilla (150 calories, 10 grams fat, 4 grams protein per ounce). They’re sweetened with organic cane juice and tapioca syrup, and each contains only 6 grams of sugar per ounce. Just be careful not to eat the whole bag!

Worst nuts for your sweet tooth
Check labels for sugar content

Just because something has nuts in it doesn’t make it good for you, says Caplan: “Don’t justify eating a Snickers because it’s got peanuts in it.” Anything coated with or tucked inside layers of sugar, toffee, chocolate, or ice cream isn’t going to give you much nutritional benefit, and the calories can quickly add up, she says.

It’s not just candy, though: Beware of seemingly healthful varieties, like Planters Sweet ‘N Crunchy Peanuts. Although they still have just 140 calories and 8 grams fat per ounce, the second and third ingredients after peanuts are sugar and butter. In fact, one ounce contains 13 grams of sugar (in just a 28-gram serving size). Considering peanuts only have about 2 grams of sugar naturally, that’s 11 grams of added sugar in just one handful, out of a recommended 25 for the whole day!

Best nuts for a salt craving

Look for ‘lightly salted’

If you don’t have high blood pressure or haven’t been warned away from salt by your doctor for other reasons, a handful or two of salted nuts a day won’t hurt you, says Caplan, who has a private nutrition practice in Vienna, Va.

Nuts are, of course, available unsalted. But to satisfy a salty craving without going overboard, look for in-between varieties like Planters Lightly Salted peanuts, almonds, and cashews (45-55 mg sodium), or Wonderful Pistachios Lightly Salted (80 mg). Check ingredient labels, too: Some brands, like Back to Nature Salted Almonds (75 mg sodium), contain less salt than others.

Worst nuts for a salt craving

Steer clear of BBQ or boiled nuts

If you’re watching your sodium intake, watch out for hot and spicy or barbecue flavors too. Kar’s Nuts Blazin’ Hot Peanuts, for example, contain 370 mg of sodium per ounce (along with 160 calories and 14 grams fat)—a whopping 15% of your daily recommended value, in just one handful!

Beware boiled peanuts, as well: This Southern treat is made by soaking fresh, raw peanuts, in their shells, in a salty brine. Sodium amounts will vary based on the exact preparation, but Margaret Holmes Peanut Patch boiled peanuts, for example, contain 390 mg per ounce.

Best trail mix

Raw nuts, seeds, and dried fruit

Trail mix is available in countless varieties and from countless brands. “Look for trail mix with raw nuts,” suggests Caplan. “Or if the nuts are roasted, look for the words ‘dry roasted’ rather than ‘oil roasted.'”

Nuts pair great with fruit, seeds, and perhaps even a little dark chocolate, Caplan adds; just pay attention to the calorie count and serving size. We love Eden Foods’ “All Mixed Up” blend (160 calories, 12 grams fat, 8 grams protein per ounce) of organic almonds, pumpkin seeds, and dried tart cherries. If you’re more of a granola guy or gal, treat yourself to a quarter cup of Bear Naked’s Banana Nut mix (140 calories, 7 grams fat, 3 grams protein) with almonds and walnuts.

Worst trail mix

Save high-calorie mixes for the trail

High-calorie trail mix is fine when you’ve got a long hike ahead of you, but too often we eat these store-bought blends while sitting at our desks or driving in our cars. Don’t make that mistake with Planter’s Energy Go-Packs, a 1.5-ounce mix of nuts, semisweet chocolate, oil roasted soynuts, and sesame seeds: With 250 calories and 20 grams of fat a pop, they fall slightly above our healthy snacking guidelines.

Also check labels for sky-high sugar contents: Some trail mixes—especially those with raisins, dried cranberries, and/or candy-covered chocolate pieces—can contain up to 18 grams of sugar per serving.

Best nut butter

Keep ingredients simple

When choosing a nut butter, look for spreads with the fewest ingredients possible: Just nuts (and salt, if you want). Arrowhead Mills Organic Peanut Butter, for example, contains 100% dry-roasted peanuts, and has 190 calories, 17 grams fat, and 8 grams protein per 2 tbsp serving. (We also like their creamy cashew and almond butters, which do contain some natural canola oil.) Keep natural peanut butter in the fridge, advises Caplan, to keep it from going rancid and to prevent oily separation.

Worst nut butter

Skip added oils and sugars

Major brands have eliminated trans fats from their nut butters, but most still contain hydrogenated oils (high in saturated fat) to increase spreadability and prevent separation. Some “natural” product lines swap hydrogenated oils for palm oil, also high in saturated fat. Skippy Natural with Honey, for example, contains 200 calories, 16 grams fat (3.5 grams saturated), and 5 grams sugar per 2-tablespoon serving.

Nutella’s creamy chocolate-hazelnut combo is terrific for an occasional treat—but it’s hardly part of a “balanced breakfast,” as its commercials say. Two tablespoons contain just 200 calories, yes, but 21 grams of sugar. In fact, sugar and palm oil are the product’s first ingredients, even before hazelnuts.

Best way to eat nuts

Pair them with a healthy carb

Now you know all about which nuts are good for what—but to get the most health benefits, it’s also important to pay attention to how you eat them. “Nuts are a great thing to eat when you’re having a carbohydrate like fruit or juice, because it helps slow down digestion and the breakdown of sugar,” says Caplan.

A few winning nut-and-carb combos: Sprinkle them on salads, add them to low- or nonfat yogurt, or spread nut butter on slices of apple or pear. On the go? Pick up a 150-calorie pack of Earthbound Farms Dippin’ Doubles Apples & Peanut Butter (11 grams fat, 5 grams protein).

Best nuts overall

A mixed bag!

So which is the healthiest nut overall? A 2004 review in the Harvard Medical School Family Health Guide tackled this tough question. Luckily, they concluded, we don’t have to pick just one. Mixed nuts, ideally raw and unsalted, provide the best variety of nutrients and antioxidants.



The project will have a couple (the artist and engineer) as part of the reform in the basement. Using a hand-painted tiles, have managed to create unconventional looking bathroom bathroom remodeling our basement, my wife and I decided to go all-our home full of color palette, and the result is gloriously bright, fun and happy . When the sun comes up the right window, a bathroom lit with bright and bold colors that scream, “draw a bath and plunge into the rainbow!” The design was founded a couple of words on the bathroom tile ideas that I found around the web, although none of these models had gone far, 34 different shades custom design on the tiles. When I saw this, thought it would be a good idea for children’s bathrooms.








Victory Motorcycles CORE Concept Bike Motorcycle USA

Victory Motorcycles CORE Concept Bike  Motorcycle USA

Free download motorcycle wallpaper, here we provide some of wallpaper on motorcycle, as well asmotorcycle image and motorcycle Picture.

Please click the wallpaper and save it to your computer.

You can see details about motorcycle image in the description below:

TITLE: Victory Motorcycles CORE Concept Bike Motorcycle USA
IMAGE SIZE: 134409 B Bs

Related Images with Victory Motorcycles CORE Concept Bike Motorcycle USA

moto PNG image, motorcycle PNG Blue moto PNG image, motorcycle PNG

 moto PNG image, motorcycle PNG  Blue moto PNG image, motorcycle PNG

Who’s the MOTORCYCLE visitor?

Who’s the MOTORCYCLE visitor?

TM.Wallpapers Wide wallpapers e HD wallpapers Harley Davidson

TM.Wallpapers Wide wallpapers e HD wallpapers  Harley Davidson

PORSCHE CUSTOM MOTORCYCLE Motorcycles Wallpaper 16727537 Fanpop

PORSCHE CUSTOM MOTORCYCLE  Motorcycles Wallpaper 16727537  Fanpop

How to Eat Healthy While Travelling Over the Holidays

‘Tis the season again – we are entering that infamous Thanksgiving through New Years stretch where the average American will gain 8 – 12lbs!    One of the main reasons for this is that we get out of our normal routines for both exercise and diet.   It is even more challenging if you are travelling during this season because you are out of your home and have less control over your exercise and eating habits.

However, where there is a will there is a way!  Here are some key tips to prevent weight gain during travel:
1       Plan your meals and your exercise.    This is probably the most important tip because with a little planning you CAN eat healthy and get in your exercise.
2      Start by looking at your travel schedule and planning your meals during travel.   We all know how lousy the food is on an airline so instead of being subjected to the lousy and unhealthy food bring your own.    
      In many airports today, there are plenty of healthy options that you can purchase and carry on the plane.     Great options include:
a.       Nuts – see below
b.       Ready to drink shakes like Muscle Milk (even starting to see this in an organic option in airports!).
c.       Nutrition bars – see below
d.       Hard boiled eggs
e.       Salads with chicken
3      Even better buy non-perishable food before you leave home.      Excellent choices for meals and snacks that are easy to travel with include:
a.       Nuts – come in cans and pouches with smaller packages being ideal because while nuts are healthy they are high in fats and even healthy fats have lots of calories!    No honey glazed and if you need to be concerned about salt stick with unsalted, roasted nuts.    Best choices include pecans and walnuts and brazil nuts followed by almonds, then peanuts and cashews in terms of sugar content.
b.      Nutrition bars – there are a ton of healthier bar choices now, and they have actually figured out how to make a healthy bar that tastes pretty darned good without a ton of sugar that have high levels of fiber, healthy fats, and protein.      Several variety of Kind Bars fit this bill including Dark Chocolate and Sea Salt; Caramel Almond and Sea Salt; and Dark Chocolate Cinnamon Pecan.    These bars taste great and will satisfy you and travel well.
c.      Ready to mix shakes – there are many great options for shakes that are low in sugar and high in protein that taste great and come in packets that are easy to mix in a plastic shake bottle after you add water.   Gone are the days where these options must be blended in a blender.   Experiment a bit and you can find shakes that come in single serve packets that mix quite well in a plastic shaker bottle.
d.      If you are driving, consider bringing some pre-made meals in a cooler that are either ready to eat cold or can easily be microwave or baked when you arrive.   When you bring some of your own food and healthy desserts you know you will have good options!
4      Focus on a great breakfast because you can get eggs in every town in America both at restaurants and in people’s homes.   Eggs are fantastic nutrition that really satisfies, and they can be prepared in many different ways.  Starting the day off with 2 – 3 whole eggs along with some sautéed vegetables, some cheese and some berries will keep your hunger at bay and provide a healthy meal that is easy to come by!
5    Get your exercise in!  Plan before you leave – worst case you can use resistance bands and get a great workout in a very small physical space such as a hotel room.  You can also do highly effective body weight workouts while on the go and another fantastic choice for travel exercise is a suspension trainer like TRX or Core Flytes –  For resistance bands and workouts with them check out www.resistancebandtraining.comFor a great bodyweight workout try this one:
6    Go for a walk and check out the neighborhood or go see some nearby sites.   Sitting on your butt all day while food is being prepared all around you is asking for trouble!   Get up and get out and active for part of the day or offer to do some shopping for the group or pitch in with some of the physical chores if you are staying at someone’s home.
      So while it is easy to gain weight during travel over the holidays – with a little planning you can come through with little to no weight gain or even lose a pounds or two over the holidays!


Sample Christmas Tree Decoration New IdeasSample Christmas Tree Decoration New Ideas

Sample Christmas Tree Candy Decoration New IdeasSample Christmas Tree Candy Decoration New Ideas

Sample Christmas Tree Full Glass Decoration New IdeasSample Christmas Tree Full Glass Decoration New Ideas

Sample Christmas Tree Fruits Decoration New IdeasSample Christmas Tree Fruits Decoration New Ideas

Sample Christmas Tree Decoration New IdeasSample Christmas Tree Decoration New Ideas

Decorating the Christmas Tree it’s not easy if you don’t want to have a simple tree.Bellow are many Christmas Tree Decoration Picture Ideas.

What Does it Really Mean When Food is Labeled as ‘Organic’?

What Does it Really Mean When Food is Labeled as ‘Organic’?

We often blindly trust food that’s been USDA-certified organic, but what’s actually involved in earning that seal?

Cross-eyed in the produce section? It’s not your fault. USDA standards for organic labeling differ when comparing apples to, er, chicken—which can create consumer confusion, says Peter Laufer, Ph.D., the author of Organic: A Journalist’s Quest to Discover the Truth Behind Food Labeling.
(Food and beverage makers often employ buzzwords to cash in on nutrition trends, but they’re not always telling you the whole story. Find out how to recognize When Nutrition Labels Lie.)
This chart shows the standards that must be met within an industry to earn the seal. Understand the differences and start seeing clearly.
organic infographic

DUCATI 860 GTS -76

Ducati 850 GTS 1976 by 654motors

The Amazing Hip Thrust

Everyone wants a stronger and more shapely set of gluteal muscles for many reasons including the fact that the Gluteus Maximus (GM) is the largest muscle in the body, and arguably the most powerful.  The main function of GM is to extend the hip and prevent the upper body from falling forward relative to the lower body and hip.  
The most powerful exercise for targeting the glutes is the hip thrust because it emphasizes the fully extended position which is how we get the maximum activation of the glute.       Initially hip thrusts aka bridges can be done on the floor lying on the back with knees flexed at 90% and lift the hips up as far as possible (without arching the back!) and lower back down again.
However very quickly more load is needed than just bodyweight and this is where things get tricky because loading this movement is not easy or comfortable.       What most people do is place the back of their shoulders on a bench facing up with knees flexed then use a barbell across the hips.    Not only is the highly uncomfortable it is really challenging to get into position without people handing you the loaded barbell.
Another option is to use something softer like a sandbag or Bulgarian bag which is more comfortable but still awkward and hard to get enough load to do the exercise properly.  
The best option is to use a leg curl machine – yep you read that right – a prone leg curl machine.     If you take the time to set the machine properly it is fantastic and you can find them in almost every gym.     You will want to set the position of the pad so that it is in the lowest position possible.    On some leg curl machines the leg pad has a pin adjustment to change the position of the pad relative to the machine and the machines fulcrum while on others it adjusts in and out from the machine.
In any case if you check out this video – you will see exactly how to position yourself, and as the creator suggests you want to avoid arching your back:   So while it may look a little funny and take you a few attempts to get the hang of the adjustment and how to position yourself on the machine, once you get it – you will love it!   No pain from a bar or band pressing into the front of the hip, and it is easy to load up the movement.
It is NOT a large range of motion and the key is holding the top position and squeezing the glutes without arching the back.    Try a couple sets of 15 – 25 deliberate reps and you will immediately see why this is such a powerful exercise for the glutes.

If you couple this with exercises that place maximum stress on the glutes in the fully extended position like lunges, step-ups, and Split Squats with the rear foot elevated – you will get all the glute development you want.     Then you just need to add in hip abduction for a complete glute routine!

To change your weight, first change your mind

To change your weight, first change your mindBy Lyndel Costain BSc RD

Image Description

Getting Your Head Straight

You no doubt know how to lose weight – eat fewer calories and exercise more and you will see results. You may also have a list of things to change, such as eating more fruit and veg, going for a daily walk or buying low fat options.
If, like many people, you have difficulty losing weight and keeping it off – despite your best intentions, what do you think could be getting in the way?
First, reality-check your mindset with the want to lose weight quiz.
Next, answer the How are You Feeling about Losing Weight questions.

To change your weight, first change your mind

Research shows that one of the most important factors that influences weight loss success is your attitude – whether or not you believe (and keep on believing) that you can make the changes you need to make to lose weight, and that they are worth doing. This is because what you think, affects how you feel, and in turn the actions you take.
The best way I can describe this positive mindset is ‘getting your head straight’ about food and weight. It’s not something I can easily put into words – but you will know when it happens. From all my years of working with people with weight and eating problems, and from my own personal experience, I truly believe that it is they key to success.

Three Key Strategies for Taking Control

1. Understand Why You Eat
When I ask people what prompts them to eat, hunger usually comes down near the bottom of their lists. Some people struggle to remember or appreciate what true hunger feels like. We are lucky that we have plenty of food to eat in our society. But its constant presence makes it harder to control what we eat, especially if it brings us comfort or joy.
If you ever find yourself in the fridge, even though you’ve recently eaten, then you know hunger isn’t the reason. More than likely some negative emotion – feeling angry, lonely, sad, stressed, anxious, bored – has triggered a habit of using food to feel better.
The urge to eat can be so automatic that you feel you lack willpower or are out of control. But it is in fact a learned or conditioned response. A bit like Pavlov’s dogs. He rang a bell every time he fed them, and from then on, whenever they heard the bell ring they were ‘conditioned’ to salivate in anticipation of food.
Because this ‘non-hungry’ eating is learned, you can reprogramme your response to the situations or feelings that trigger it.
How To Do It
The first step is to identify when these urges strike. When you find yourself at the fridge when you aren’t hungry, ask yourself ‘why do I want to eat? What am I feeling?’
If you aren’t sure think back to what was happening before you felt the urge. Then ask yourself if there is another way you can feel better without food. Or you could chat to your urge to eat, telling it that you aren’t actually hungry and it’s merely a learned response. Whatever strategy you choose, the more often you break the ‘eating when you’re not hungry’ habit, the weaker its hold becomes.
2. Practise Positive Self-Talk
When you look in the mirror do you talk to yourself more like A or B?
A ‘I’ll never be slim. I’ve only lost a measly half a stone in four weeks. And I broke my diet last night. I may as well just give up.’
B ‘This is going well, that half a stone has really made a difference. I enjoyed a treat last night, now I’m really looking forward to watching the next half a stone disappear.’
Both of these are examples of ‘self-talk’ – automatic thoughts, or statements all of us constantly make to ourselves – which influence how we feel and act. Self-talk may be positive and constructive (like your guardian angel) or negative and irrational (like having a destructive devil on your shoulder).
If you’ve had on-off battles with your weight over the years, it’s highly likely that the ‘devil’ is there more often.
Self-talk that says ‘you’re hopeless’, can make you feel like a failure which, can then trigger you into the action of overeating and/or totally giving up trying to lose weight.
One of the most powerful things about self-talk is that the last thoughts we have are what stays in our mind. So if we think ‘I still look fat’ or ‘I will never be slim’, these feelings stay with us.
How to Do It
The trick is to first listen out for your self-talk and recognise it’s happening. Keeping a food and feelings diary really helps; you can try the diary in WLR free for 24 hours.
Then turn negative talk into a positive version of the same events – as in the A and B examples above – where the resulting action was to feel good and stay on track.
Reshaping negative self-talk helps you to change your self-definition, from someone who can’t ‘lose weight’ or ‘achieve this or that’, to someone ‘who can’. And when you believe you can… you can.
3. Really Choose What You Want to Eat
This strategy is like your personal brake. It also helps you manage ‘non-hungry’ eating and weaken its hold. It legalises food and stops you feeling deprived. It helps you to regularly remind yourself why you are making changes to your eating habits, which keeps your motivation to lose weight high. But it doesn’t just happen. Like all skills it requires practise. Sometimes it will work well for you, other times it won’t – but overall it will help.
How To Do It
Basically, ask yourself if you really want to eat that food in front of you. This becomes the prompt for you to make a conscious choice, weighing up the pros and cons of making that choice, and feeling free to have it, reject it or just eat some. Remembering all the while that you can eat this food another time if you want to. Paul’s story is a good example.
Paul is having a business lunch at a restaurant he visits regularly. His favourite dish is steak bernaise and fries then crème caramel.
But at his last medical his doctor advised him to lose weight for his heart’s sake. He has taken this seriously and thought a lot about changing his lifestyle. But he can’t avoid business lunches.
Faced with the menu his automatic response is the steak. But then he stops and thinks.
  • How hungry is he?
  • How will he feel after he eats it?
  • What would be a better and still tasty choice?
After all he comes here quite a bit, so can order the steak another time.
He opts for a spicy chicken fillet with new potatoes and vegetables. He really enjoys the spicy flavour, and feels comfortably satisfied, rather than stuffed and guilty.
Having a dessert would just ruin the nice taste and feeling he has, so he easily decides against it. His confidence is boosted as he now knows he can enjoy other things.

Step by Step

These are just a few of the skills that can help you take control. Learning new habits and ways of thinking about things takes time. Think back to when you learned to ride a bike. No-one expected you to do it first time. You no doubt fell off a lot and needed picking up. Step by step, and with the right support, you took control of that bike and learned how to keep it on course. Just like you can with your weight.

How Sue Did It

Sue’s story is a good example of how using these strategies works. For 10 years she had been trying different diets in an attempt to lose weight quickly – and was still 3 stone overweight.
All this ‘failure’ had pushed her self-esteem and confidence in her ability to lose weight to rock bottom. If she ate one ‘bad’ food she felt so guilty she binged. This ‘all or nothing’ thinking signalled the end of the current diet and the start of more negative feelings – and overeating.
Sue read one of my articles about how the right mental approach can help people break free from this destructive cycle, and we met. Her big aim was to spend time learning more about her eating habits and the thoughts or situations that triggered overeating.
She stopped ‘dieting’, kept a food and feelings diary and was finally very honest with herself. This gave her a huge sense of relief. And by stepping back she was able to view things differently.
Unrealistic expectations and guilt around food were her biggest problems. And by no longer viewing food (and herself) as ‘good’ or ‘bad’ she was able to develop a healthy relationship with it. Sue also spent time planning ahead so she had the right foods to hand for regular, nutritious meals and snacks. She took up her beloved tennis again too.
Sue was now taking care of herself in a much more positive way – and she was loving it. But this change didn’t happen overnight. After the initial enlightenment it took Sue two years to practise and get used her new habits – with plenty of ups and downs along the way. But over that time she lost that 3 stone and felt in control. Eating well – not perfectly – became her way of life.
Like Sue, achieving the right mindset can feel like a switch being turned on in your head. Something just clicks and this weight loss business starts to makes sense.
Mental blocks ebb away.
  • Motivations become clear and powerful.
  • Your self-worth and belief in abilities grow.
  • You realise that healthy meals, regular exercise, and tools such as those offered by Weight Loss Resources will help, but they aren’t the answer in themselves.
  • You accept responsibility for what you eat and how active you are, and feel empowered to make the changes you choose to make.
  • You take control by making real choices – knowing and accepting the consequences – and no longer feeling deprived.
  • You move from someone who can’t lose weight long term to someone who can.
Now I should clarify that there is no magic here! Keeping your head straight requires time, skills, practise, a realistic attitude and good support. This might sound like a tough call. But you will know from your own experience that just going on a diet isn’t the answer. In fact, managing your weight is like a good marriage – it takes work and a daily investment of care and thought. And the results are worth it!

For anyone who wonders about the punk music scene… here. Wonder no more. It made no sense to me.

posting this for the Status Quo Nova getting blown up on a tv show…and they blew up a couple orange Novas, at least two, the one you see here, and one at a concert in Pasadena of all places.

For what it’s worth, if you get curious what the hell she’s saying, here’s the lyrics. They repeat, but why bother re-reading.

One, two, one two, FUCK YOU Masterplan, masterplan, masterplan Masterplan, masterplan, masterplan It makes you feel so sure Masterplan, Superman, masterplan It makes you feel secure Masterplan, Ku Klux Klan, masterplan You get down on your knees Masterplan, masterplan, masterplan Can’t tell the forest from the trees

You had it made, you had it made, you had it made but you blew it
You had it made, you had it made, you had it made but you blew it
You had it made, you had it made, but you blew it all away

Masterplan, masterplan, masterplan It makes you feel so sure Masterplan, macho man, masterplan It makes you feel so virile Masterplan, delivery man, masterplan You’d like to rule the world Masterplan, masterplan, masterplan You like controlling minds

for the interview that went with the mini concert:

 The music sucked, but when the lead singer was a young naked woman in shaving cream that melted in the spotlights and sweat… they sold a lot of tickets, and made some money

So yeah, 1st grade lyrics, fast guitars, someone wearing an Easy Rider helmet while playing keyboards. Not high IQ art that gets stared at in museums while some docent explains that the artist was in this or that period of art and how it symbolizes blah blah blah

read the whole article, it’s quite interesting how while seeking fame and fortune, a couple kooks fell in love, hit the big time, disappeared when the ride was over, and made a geodesic dome house in the woods to live with nature.

It’s from Spin magazine, Sept 1998

Leather Clad Custom – Yamaha SR400 Cafe Racer

The Japanese custom motorcycle scene is arguably one of the most influential and progressive in the world. Japanese workshops like Cherry’s Company, Brat Style, Custom Works Zon and Ritmo Sereno have inspired builders around the world and have even been commissioned by motorcycle manufacturers to modify their newest models. Unfortunately in the past it has been difficult to get in touch with Japan’s home builders and enthusiasts, but all that’s slowly changing thanks to social media.
I recently stumbled across the Instagram profile of Cyu-G and his Yamaha SR400 cafe racer. Despite a language barrier we managed to communicate enough to put together the following interview to share the story of how his cafe racer came to be…

ROTCR: Let’s start by you telling us a bit about yourself and your history with bikes.

CYU-G: I live in Nagoya, Japan, I am 49 years old and have been riding for 33 years. Some of the bikes I have owned in the past are Kawasaki Z400FX, Suzuki RG250, Honda CT110 etc. When I customise them I usually get secondhand parts from auctions or shops and I build my bikes in my home garage when I have days off work.

I’m also into British vintage leather jackets and I repair and customise leather wear. In fact the blue Lewis Leathers I wear in these photos were originally a one piece race suit that I split to make a separate jacket. My skills are self taught with both leather and motorcycles.

What was the idea behind the build of this bike and how long did it take to complete?

As I collect and customise vintage leather wear I thought that a cafe racer styled motorcycle would suit these leathers. So I built this cafe racer using a 1994 Yamaha SR400. It took me about 2 years to custom like this and I did all myself apart from the silencers, which were modified by Motor Rock in Nagoya.

What custom work did you perform to transform the bike into a cafe racer?

I replaced almost everything, apart from the frame, engine and wheels. The fairing is a secondhand MINANI item, which I restored and mounted to the frame, using modified brackets from a different fairing. I also fabricated the mounting system for the instruments.

The long alloy petrol tank was hand formed from Aluminium and I made the petrol tank retaining strap using the buckle from a vintage British leather jacket as a fastener. The alloy seat was originally from an unfinished Harley Davidson project which I bought a while ago and customised by myself. The original subframe was shortened, and a new one constructed that also holds the tail light, indicators and fender.

The battery and electrical system are hidden under the alloy seat. The seat base was moulded from FPR and then upholstered by myself in real leather. I spent a lot of time designing my ideal cafe racer, and also in making the many brackets that hold it all together. A portion of the exhaust pipe was cut off and extended using a 20cm section of pipe, which is angled at 15 degrees to kick up the muffler.

I designed the bike more for style than outright performance. However, the engine was still mildly tuned thanks to a racing carburettor and the modified exhaust. The front drum brake was also changed to a disc brake setup, and the front and rear suspension were updated.

What do you like most about the finished bike?

The way the lines of the classic fairing and its rectangular headlight flow into the streamlined alloy petrol tank. I’m also really fond of the matching aluminium alloy petrol tank and seat, with my hand made leather seat upholstery. The Silver finish on everything looks great with leatherwear of any colour.

It’s the perfect bike to combine my two passions.

Build sheet:

  • Faring:  MINAMI
  • Petrol Tank: Stinky
  • Alloy Seat: One off custom
  • Handlebars: TOMMASELLI
  • Front Brake:  320mm Disc, with Brembo 4 Piston Calliper & Nissin (Active) Master Cylinder
  • Rear Suspension:  OHLINS
  • Silencer:  Peyton Place (Customised by MOTOR ROCK)
  • Carburettor: Yoshimura FCR39 MJN
  • Fenders:  Peyton Place
  • Speedo and Tachometer:  DAYTONA


Photo by Keiichiro Netsuke 
Special thanks to Leather Girl HIROKO
First read on

Raptr – Closing Down This September 30th, The Blog Here Says ‘Goodbye Old Friend’ To The Once-Useful Program

Just a notification that the ‘Graphic-Configurator, Game-Installer, Gameplay-Recorder and
Social Media client that tried to tie it all together’ – Raptr – will be no more, as of September 30th, 2017

A few days ago, I received an email stating that Raptr was ending the program/client which at one time was tied-in with AMD’s Graphic Drivers as “AMD Gaming Evolved”. Now that both NVIDIA and AMD have their own ‘game configuration utilities’ and ‘game recording capabilities’ (via Crimson for AMD and GeForce Experience for NVIDIA), “there is no need for such a separate utility”, as Raptr’s ‘Farewell Letter’ basically states:

“We are sad to announce that we will be closing Raptr on September 30th, 2017. We want to start by thanking you for your support over the past 10 years.

The world is different today than when we first launched Raptr. Many companies offer game optimization tools. Having an independent platform to do this is no longer necessary.

On September 30, we will start the process of shutting off access to your Raptr account and disabling features. If you’d like to export your tracked game play history, you can do so immediately using the instructions below:

  • Go to
  • Sign in to your Raptr account
  • Click to get your gameplay data

If you have any other questions, please send us feedback.

We are proud of the service we built and the community who helped grow Raptr.  Thank you, once again, for your support.

Dennis “Thresh” Fong
Co-founder and CEO”

Mr. Fong Qin, known worldwide as “‘Thresh’ Fong” for his 1990’s Quake and Doom tournament career, was also the co-founder of Xfire (which itself was acquired by Viacom in 2006). While the Raptr/Gaming Evolved client was useful, it seemed to have challenges from close to the start [or at least, noticeable in hindsight, from when I first started using it].

The Press Release – the notification that Raptr was closing down – as it looked on the Raptr website, September 2017
(Click to see Full Size)

At one time, Raptr offered Rewards for playing (and letting it track your Hours or Record your Gameplay); ‘Reward Points’ that you could collect, every time you Optimized a Game (let the utility auto-configure your in-game options/settings for you), or viewed/contributed to a game Forum (similar to Steam’s Game Forums [forii?]). You could also earn Raptr Reward Points just by playing a game and having it running (it gave a running total of your Hours Played).

The Raptr/Gaming Evolved Client, as it looked in 2014, showing the Reward Points collected at one time
(from the Gaming Evolved/Raptr Press Kit, Click to see Full Size)

Prizes to spend your Points on were Draws for, or outright purchases of, Full Games and game tie-in material, such as Character Costumes or Vehicles (Mounts). Just before it was taken away, I even saw some Computer Hardware in there (some dated GPUs mind you, but still, it was neat to see some computer parts you could earn ‘with time played’ only). I never did win a Draw for a Retail Game, but I heard from a couple of people who did. There were many, many upset users, who had been saving for years (literally), at the loss of the points system. Some noted at the time that perhaps it was an early bell, tolling for the end of Raptr, even then…

The Raptr/Gaming Evolved Client, as it looked in 2015, showing Plays.Tv in its ‘built-in’ Beta phase and Graphic Drivers being kept up-to-date [I owned an AMD/ATi GPU at the time], the client still showing Reward Points being tabulated, and the Twitch Broadcast implementation
(Click to see Full Size)

There was a Forum interface built-in to the Raptr client (directly-accessible within it) that was similar to Steam’s Game Forums [too similar?], where people could discuss games, talk about upcoming releases, and share Screenshots; but there wasn’t too much going on in them [that I could see, personally]. There were some helpful and contributive posts, but they were always few in number:

Example of Raptr/Gaming Evolved Game Forums, showing Guild Wars 2, circa 2016
(Click to see Full Size)

As ‘the end’ neared, the Forums became overrun slowly by Spammers and non-English posts talking about other websites (not that there’s anything wrong with speaking other languages, I know a bit of a handful of languages myself, but it was an English forum and much of these posts were clearly Spam of one sort or another). People started asking why things weren’t getting ‘cleaned up’, near the end.

The Raptr/Gaming Evolved Official Raptr Forum, shown in the client, displaying the number of users of the forum
(Click to see Full Size)

While many felt it was ‘just like Steam’ or ‘not needed’ even back then, it still boasted over 100 Million registered users at one point (as evidenced by the number of users within the main Raptr discussion group, above) – and it was even ‘targeted by hackers’ in 2015 – infiltrated in an attempt to gain access to the many users’ data and potentially personal information. A notice went out in January of that year, notifying users to change their password, as a result of the recent security breach:

Raptr Forum Notification, urging users to change their Passwords, after a recent security breach, circa January 2015
(Click to see Full Size)

Personally, I feel sorry that I couldn’t spend more time with Raptr/GamingEvolved, as I only discovered it a couple of years ago.. Over the entire time, my own illness prevented me from posting more, sharing Screenshots more, and talking more about Releases and Reviews [as it does here in this blog!]. I feel like it could have been ‘the next Steam with bonus game configuration’ perhaps – but alas, it simply had too many challenges going against it… People started asking for Chat interface (a la Skype) and Voice Chat, but the Voice part never came. People wanted a GVR (Game Video Recorder) and while that arrived, in the form of – first in the app itself and as a stand-alone utility – perhaps it was too late to save Raptr, as both NVIDIA then AMD, came out with their own ‘built-in’ gameplay recording capabilities about the same time. For example, in 2013, NVIDIA’s Shadowplay became part of their Settings Optimization client, GeForce Experience, which allowed high-performance gameplay recording. Eventually, AMD’s ReLive, part of their Crimson GPU Driver update, also allowed high-quality gameplay recording as well. Both of these essentially negated the game recording aspect of Raptr (, which continues onward today as its’ own stand-alone recorder):

Information Panel about Plays.TV, the gameplay recording utility that was once included with Raptr/Gaming Evolved
(Click to see Full Size)

Although many didn’t use Raptr, or even like it, there were those that used the client to at least keep track of their Hours Played, used it a light social-media app, or just enjoyed the semi-automated Graphic Configuration within. As a former user – that wished he used it more – I myself say a sad ‘Goodbye’ to Raptr. So long, old friend, I wish I got to know you better…

Deals And Sales:’s 2017 Summer Sale Is On Now [Notification]

Just a notification that (formerly Good Old Games) has started their Summer Sale for the year, offering up to a crazy 90% OFF some games from their sizeable DRM-free collection [install on as many machines as there are in your household]. Here are a few Deals that I personally am thinking of getting:

Also, with any purchase this during this Summer Sale, you will get the game “Rebel Galaxy” for FREE, as in FREE. Note that you may have to wait a little bit to get it though, due to the popularity of the Sale… I personally did not receive it right away and I emailed Support [a great bunch of people] and they had to send me a Code to Redeem for it – apparently there is an error occurring where some people are not receiving their Free Game with their purchase – if this happens, just shoot their Support a query about it and they’ll look into it. It might require, like me, that they simply e-mail you a Code/Link to use to get it. It’s all good!

Below is an example of their Summer Sale front page (US Prices [via Proxy because I live in Canada, eh]):

An Example of’s Summer Sale 2017 Prices (USD)

Go and get some games at before it’s over and have some fun! GOGOGO

[Note: I am not affiliated with or Good Old Games, and have not and will not receive any compensation for mentioning them here. I am merely an enthusiastic gamer and fellow customer at GOG and wanted to share Deals that I find with other gamers like me.]

Le Caffage”: Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

There’s a definite formula when it comes to customizing motorcycles. After all, there are only so many ways you can change the look of a bike without resorting to extreme (and expensive) fabrication. But there are a few builders who throw the rulebook out of the window, freely experimenting with new shapes and styles. In Europe, Fred Krugger and El Solitario spring to mind; in the US, Revival Cycles and Max Hazan frequently push the limits.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

Gustavo Pena of Apogee Motoworks is another one of those pioneers. The LA-based cinematographer builds extraordinary Ducatis that look like nothing else on earth. This is his latest creation, “Le Caffage”—a 2009-spec Ducati 848 worthy of a starring role in Tron.Gustavo set out to design a bike that looks futuristic, but has elements of neo-classic style too. “As if Ducati produced a bike in 2050 paying homage to a bike from 2030,” he says.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

The design elements are very deliberate, dominated by an oversized gas tank with vintage café proportions. Gustavo has also modified the trellis frame to edge it closer to traditional lines, flowing into an minimalist but comfortable saddle.
The twin exhausts—handcrafted in stainless steel—mirror the voluptuous curves of the upper bodywork. But the most attention-grabbing aspect is the headlight, an aggressively lidded design that also houses the speedo and adds an air of menace to the machine.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

“A normal round drum headlight from eBay would just not cut it!” says Gustavo. Guided by the volume and silhouette of the fuel tank, he’s shaped the carbon fiber headlight to accentuate the 848’s predatory stance—”Like that of a lion, a bull, or a shark.”
Gustavo also found inspiration from his Russian girlfriend: her cheekbones suggested the delicate lines and chiseled side profile of the headlight. Eagle-eyed petrolheads will spot that the LED light unit itself is lifted from a BMW i8.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

The 848 engine has been heavily upgraded with NCR parts, including titanium valves, a slipper clutch, and a full set of titanium bolts and fasteners. The pistons are from Ferracci and the titanium connecting rods are from Pankl.
Rather than hide the typical superbike radiator, Gustavo has designed carbon fiber structural intakes with the help of a composite specialist from F1. They neatly blend with the 848’s immense radiator and the imposing gas tank.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

South of the radiator is more carbon fiber, this time a belly pan that shrouds the oil cooler and lower part of the engine.
Then the entire front and rear suspension was disassembled. Every single aluminum part has been polished to a jewel-quality finish, and then sprayed with a 3M sealant to keep it maintenance free.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

Many other parts have been powder coated and then treated to a ceramic coating on top—including the entire trellis frame, the swingarm, rear sets and the forged Marchesini racing wheels. Both wheels are shrouded with custom carbon huggers.
And the name “Le Caffage”? It’s a neologism, a made-up word alluding to the café style, and came out of a conversation between Gustavo and a French friend.

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

Full Size

If your appetite is whetted, you’ll be glad to know that a limited run of Apogee Ducatis has just started. The donor bikes are not only the Ducati 848, but also 1098s and Streetfighters. And each will have its own distinctive characteristics.
To put a true original in your garage, drop Gustavo a line via his website.
Apogee Motoworks | Instagram
First published in

Extreme Machine: custom Ducati 848 by Apogee Motoworks.

The 20 Secrets That Will Get You Flat Abs

The 20 Secrets That Will Get You Flat Abs

by Leta Shy
The 20 Secrets That Will Get You Flat Abs

It may not be a secret that the best way to a six-pack is a healthy diet (even if it’s no diet at all) and regular exercise, but there’s a right way and a wrong way to a flat belly. Read on for the ultimate guide to getting flat abs.

Source: Thinkstock / yurok

‘Fast N’ Loud’ and ‘The Devil’s Ride’ start new seasons Monday

Weekly dose of reality: The Discovery Channel hits the road tonight with the second-season premieres of its two fast-and-loud reality shows, “Fast N’ Loud” and “The Devil’s Ride.” The motto behind these blood, sweat and gears offerings is “restore the roar.” Like that’s a problem in the noisy universe known as reality television.

First up at 9 tonight is the second season premiere of the aptly named “Fast ‘N Loud.” This is the domain of car fanatics Richard Rawlings and Aaron Kaufman. Motor mastermind Richard and mechanical prodigy Aaron scour the junkyards of Texas in search of buried automobile treasures. The plan is to unearth forgotten and neglected vintage cars, then restore them at their Gas Monkey Garage in Dallas, Tex.

This season, the “Fast ‘N Loud” duo are searching for one of the rarest of all finds, the Ferrari F-40. The goal is to take one from rust bucket to gold mine.

The next stop is the 10 p.m. season opener for “The Devil’s Ride,” Discovery’s look into the world of motorcycle clubs. This season promises to take viewers to the San Diego front lines of a brewing biker war between the Laffing Devils, once the city’s fastest-growing motorcycle club, and the Sinister Mob Syndicate (Sin Mob, for short).

When the engines get revving on the second season, the leadership of the Laffing Devils is in a complete uproar. Founding member Danny Boy is butting heads with Sandman, and Billy hte Kid is missing. To make matters worse, Sin Mob’s president is an ousted founding member of the Laffing Devils.
You’re thinking subtle and refined? I’m thinking you’ve got the wrong night on the Discovery Channel.

Source: Cleveland (Dawidziak, 2/18)

Finding your Purpose for Fitness!

Most people starting a fitness program seek to find motivation externally through a program, device, coach or trainer.    Unfortunately this never works!    Motivation to get through the hard work necessary to change your lifestyle so that you can achieve and maintain higher levels of fitness and health has to come from within you!
No coach or trainer can motivate – they can only help you find your motivation or purpose.      If you talk to 100 different people starting a fitness program and ask them what their goals are you will hear some very consistent responses such as “lose weight and tone up”, “get ripped”, sleep better, have more energy, etc.    At the end of the day goals are important but being crystal clear on why they are important to you personally is what is going to keep you on track to actually achieve those goals.
The science of human motivation can be summed up in one simple acronym:    A. M. P. which stands for:
Autonomy – “The quality of being self-governed.”    Or put another way people want to be in control of their lives and make their own decisions about what they do!   Anyone who has spent a fair amount of time with a two year old has heard them scream “I do it MYSELF!”     As funny as that sounds to an adult trying to help a two year old put on their shoes or do something else it is really just an honest expression of the drive to have autonomy.     It is not just two year olds who feel that way!
Mastery – is an extension of the desire for autonomy because to master something is the ultimate expression of autonomy and being in control of one’s life!     This is one of the reasons that fitness can be such a powerful catalyst for overall lifestyle changes.    Learning how to master a movement or activity is the epitome of mastering a key aspect of our lives!
Purpose – as powerful as the drive for Autonomy and Mastery is Purpose or Meaning is even more powerful.       The definitive work on this subject is probably “Man’s Search for Meaning” by Victor Frankl.    This author suffered through the concentration camps with all their horrors including the deaths of his entire family.     He survived because he became focused on the need to survive to tell the story to the world and this gave him purpose to withstand this incredibly challenging experience where thousands of others simply gave up and died.   Without finding this purpose he never would have lived!   He went on to create a specific type of therapy he called “Logotherapy” or meaning therapy where the focus is helping people find their source of meaning or purpose.
One of the universal truths about human beings is that finding a clear purpose is the key to success in reaching any goal.   You must be clear on why it is important to you or you will quit!       Your purpose or meaning is personal to you.    For one person their purpose may be that they want to get fit because they just went through a divorce and lack confidence in their appearance while for another they want to get fit to be a role model for their children so their children can grow up healthy and happy unlike they did themselves.

Benefits and Efficacy Chayote for Health


Benefits and Efficacy Chayote for Health – Chayote is very popular with a sweet name. The fruit that comes from the type of plant that vine with tendrils tenacious hold on the media has indeed been popular in Indonesia. These plants require a growing medium such as soil is wet and humid, can grow very quickly. Chayote plant has been ready for harvest in the period of 30 days after pollination of flowers. In one type of vegetable harvest is able to produce 150 pieces in one season. Chayote has a very thin skin and pale green, he also has a vertical groove which is located on the surface of the skin. Many other types of chayote surface air filled with thorns are quite pointy. The meat inside has a white color.
Benefits And Efficacy Chayote To Health - 1
Nutritional Content and Benefits of Chayote
Vegetables are also often in a variety of ways though was very favored by mothers, the price is also relatively inexpensive, lightweight, and fresh. It turns out there is also another one, it contains various kinds of nutrients is very important and useful for health. Chayote has a content of nutrients and vitamins. At one-half cup there are 17% of vitamin C, which also contain many vitamins such as vitamin B complex, folic up to 61 mcg, and ribolavin, niacin, thiamin, pantothenic acid up. The content of the others as contained in the mineral manganese, iron, zinc, and phosphorus. For many compounds that are in squash, no wonder she has a variety of benefits.
Guard Cholesterol
Chayote indeed have characteristics similar to the various types of other types of squash. This type of vegetables is quite low in calories. In fact, it has only 100 calories per gram, and contains no cholesterol. If your cholesterol is often the case up and down, it would not hurt if you try to consume chayote. Many experts also recommend chayote is for people who want to diet to keep cholesterol levels.
Lowering High Blood Pressure
Besides also nourishes, it chayote can also provide a variety of benefits and health benefits, such as the research conducted by universities abroad if tea chayote able to lower high blood pressure, to dissolve kidney stones. Tea which contains pork also is a mild diuretic, which is useful for treating pain bloating.
Benefits And Efficacy Chayote To Health - 2
Anti Cancer
Squash have antioxidant substances such as luteolin, and apigenin. Compounds contained in it is very helpful as well as the binding of free radicals that are also very harmful to the body. These compounds contribute to the formation of cancer. He is also one very good source of antioxidants about 7.7 mg per 100 grams or approximately 13% of the daily requirement.
When you want to cultivate squash, there are some things you should consider. Chayote contains latex or sap that quite a lot. The content of this latex can cause numbness and tingling in the hand if you get hit. Sticky liquid that one is able to cause a reaction to anesthesia that is contact for a while. You can minimize this effect by wearing gloves at the time of stripping.
Avoid Storing at Room Temperature
You can save chayote in a paper bag after it put it in a refrigerator. Generally chayote can be planted between 2 to 3 weeks. If you choose fruit that is old and large, it would tend to quickly grow so for the better as soon as possible to do the processing. As the selection chayote, try to choose chayote is still fresh, and without wrinkles.

Hopefully article Benefits and Efficacy Chayote for Health can we share today can be beneficial for you. Do not forget to always visit the website to seek other health articles. Thank You.

Franchisee Profile: Duane Brown

Franchisee Profile: Duane Brown

Situated where the foothills of the Great Smoky Mountains give way to the Tennessee Valley, Sevierville will be the home of Workout Anytime’s newest facilities, spearheaded by entrepreneur and real estate broker/contractor, Duane Brown.
Brown, 46, is a Maynardville, TN native whose hobbies span martial arts (he’s a black belt) to police work to house restoration. Prior to opening his first roofing company in 2000, Brown worked mostly in construction and as a fitness instructor from 1998-2000. He continued his work in the housing market by receiving his real estate license and becoming a broker. He then elevated his resume to include residential contractor in 2001, which included building houses, investing in real estate and renovating buildings.
Brown’s journey in real estate proved to be a difficult road due to the housing market decline in the 2000s. He struggled keeping the real estate he had purchased, and had seven mortgages under his name. Through strategic planning, and a lot of luck, Brown was able to sell four of his properties and will continue wrapping up his involvement in real estate by selling the rest of his homes and moving to Sevierville to focus on maintaining his Workout Anytime.
Brown was first introduced to Workout Anytime by his bookkeeper while still working as a contractor.  Intrigued, Brown decided to check it out for himself. He drove to Powell, TN and upon entering the center, Brown immediately knew this was the opportunity he was looking for. Ringing up Greg Parker, he signed with the brand and a year and a half later, will be opening his doors this May.
Why did you choose an opportunity with Workout Anytime?
I had thought about franchises in the past but nothing stood out. I used to work at National Fitness and I’ve visited Anytime Fitness, but Workout Anytime blew their facilities out of the water. They both exist in the Sevierville market, but I believe Workout Anytime will appeal to the public here.
What challenges have you overcome to get to where you are now?
The road to business ownership was challenging and stressful. I changed the course of my life at 46 and chose to pursue something else for the rest of my life. I’m currently tying up loose ends that exist within my contracting business and trying to transition my family to a new town, all while opening a business. It’s been a tough road but I’m excited to open and pursue this business.  
Do you have any development/extension plans? Add units? Timeframe?
Ideally I’d like to open two more locations in Sevierville in the next two years. 

1948 Packard woody station wagon and matching teardrop trailer

Sprintbeemer by Lucky Cat Garage

BMW racing motorcycle

Full Size

The inspiration for a bike build can come from the most unlikely of sources. In the case of this most unusual BMW sprint bike, it was a vintage M&H Racemaster drag tire.

The tire belonged to the amiable Séb Lorentz of the Lucky Cat Garage, a familiar face on the European custom show circuit. While Séb was figuring out what to do with the slick, his family provided the answer: they bought him an Airtech dustbin fairing as a present. All Séb needed now was a frame, two wheels and an engine.

BMW racing motorcycle

Full Size

Séb is not only an accomplished builder, but also works for BMW Motorrad France. And so the Sprintbeemer was born—a bike focused on speed and acceleration, with a hefty dash of style. “It has to look fast to frighten competitors,” he laughs. The goal was audacious: to win the Starr Wars sprint race at the huge Glemseck 101 festival in Germany.

BMW racing motorcycle

Full Size

Sprintbeemer is a cocktail of parts from the 50s to the 90s, with an S 1000 RR superbike battery hiding in there somewhere. The modified chassis was an R50/2 in a previous life, and the shortened fork and front stoppers have been swiped from a R75/5. Séb added an air scoop and vent holes to the drum brake, and machined the wheel hub to save weight.

The swingarm is from a BMW R100/7 and the rear end is suspended by adjustable billet aluminum struts, hidden inside vintage shock covers. Power goes through a short-ratio R60/6 transmission. The drag slick that started it all has been mounted onto an 18” Morad wheel, with an Avon Speedmaster wrapped round the 19” Excel front rim.

BMW racing motorcycle

Full Size

Séb is not sure what the tank is, though. It’s an unbranded barn find, maybe from a 1950s French or Italian sport moped. It’s been treated to a high-flow petcock, an aluminum cap and an engine temperature meter.

Just ahead are a Scitsu tachometer and Menani clip-ons—wearing black glitter Amal-style grips—and a Domino GP throttle. The aluminum seat pan is handmade, and the silver bottle just head of the rear wheel is an oil catch can—a modified emergency tank from Mooneyes in Japan.

BMW racing motorcycle

Full Size

The star of the show is the engine, though. It’s an R 100 RS motor treated to big valves, breathing through Dell’Orto PHM 40 carbs. A 336-spec cam and lightened flywheel help the motor spin up fast, and Vattier race headers hooked up to race megaphones complete the package. The clutch is essentially stock, but beefed up with an HPN ceramic plate, and the R 100 R gearbox has inverted gears for faster and easier shifting.

But just as the bike was coming together, luck ran out: Séb broke his leg badly in a BMX crash and ended up in a wheelchair. Friends rallied round to help, and Sprintbeemer was finished—the night before the journey over the border to Glemseck.

BMW racing motorcycle

Full Size

Sylvain Berneron—aka Holographic Hammer—drove Séb and his bike to Glemseck in a truck. Sylvain then donned leathers and a helmet and sent Sprintbeemer screaming down the track to victory, adding to the trophy he won on his own Suzuki at Wheels & Waves.

As winter approaches in France, Séb is rolling the BMW back into his workshop. But keep an eye out for it in the spring. With a new, shorter-ratio transmission due to be installed, Sprintbeemer promises to be even faster next year.
Images by Daniel Beres. Follow the adventures of Séb via the Lucky Cat Garage website and Facebook.

republished from

Modern Motorcycle Diaries: Man Captures His 500-Day Trip Across the Americas

If you feel feelings of wanderlust and jealousy easily, you might want to stay away from the story of Alex Chacon. He’s a guy who recently completed a 503-day solo journey on a motorcycle. He rode 82,459 miles across 22 countries in both North and South America. Chacon also captured photos and videos throughout the journey in order to document his experience.

Here’s a 9-minute video Chacon put together after returning to his home in Texas. It shows highlights taken from over 600 hours of video, and has gone viral with hundreds of thousands of views in less than a month:

The journey started shortly after Chacon graduate from the University of Texas with a degree in biomedical sciences. Prior to starting his graduate school studies, he decided to follow through with his longtime dream of exploring the world adventurously while supporting a worthy cause.

Starting from his home in El Paso, Texas, Chacon rode south until he hit Ushuaia, Argentina, the “End of the World.” He then rode up to Brazil, then all the way up the Americas to Alaska before finally riding home to Texas.

Chacon says he sold everything he had prior to embarking on this ambitious journey — one that was inspired by Che Guevara’s The Motorcycle Diaries — and used the trip to raise awareness and money for the charity Children of Uganda. To raise money, he worked for two months, sold his car, sold his clothes, gave blood, and took every opportunity he could find to make and save money.

Over the course of the trip, Chacon passed through interstates, highways, dirt roads, no roads, mud, rivers, through hurricanes, tornadoes, tsunamis, rain, hail, sun shine, snow, ice roads, and more. Every night he would stay at whatever shelter he could find: gas stations, parks, couch surfing, hostels, or anyone willing to take him in. His meals would often consist of various canned foods.

As his story began spreading on the Internet, fans became donors and contributed food, money, and gas. Even the bike company Kawasaki contributed $1,000 toward a new bike, and GoPro joined in as a contributor as well.

Video and images during the trip were captured using a Canon DSLR, GoPro camera, and a special monopod Chacon designed for himself. The GoPro would often be fixed to the side of his helmet and the side of his bike.

Source: PetaPixel (Zhang, 5/10)

Interested in opening your own WORKOUT ANYTIME?

Think big. Keep it simple. Do it with integrity.”

Those are the guiding words of John Quattrocchi, co-founder of WORKOUT ANYTIME. Together with Steve Strickland, John and Steve have drawn from their 40 years of industry knowledge to create a proven, ready-to-run business opportunity for your success.

Proven Formula – The WORKOUT ANYTIME system operates with low-overhead and delivers high customer satisfaction. Our clubs fit into a range of retail spaces, can be run by a tiny staff, and offer the best workout per square foot in the industry. Unprofitable amenities like the pool, spa, courts, aerobics classes, and childcare have been eliminated in favor of a $15 no-commitment price that keeps members onboard month after month after month.

“People join a club to lose weight, build strength and feel better,” explains CEO Steve Strickland. “But eventually, they fall off because of two things: high price and inconvenience. We built a system that offers an unbeatable workout, an inexpensive recurring payment, and 24-7 neighborhood convenience.”

Matrix Equipment – Top equipment is a crucial component of the WORKOUT ANYTIME formula. Steve Strickland’s career experience in both the equipment and club sides of the industry has guided the equipment selection and floor plan. The WORKOUT ANYTIME fitness layout ensures that members never have to wait for the much-desired Matrix treadmills (10+) and cardio gear.

Easy to Get Started – Franchisees usually join WORKOUT ANYTIME with little or no experience in the fitness industry. Some even keep their existing jobs. Yet, our turnkey systems, vendor agreements, equipment sourcing and leasing support make it easy to get started and easy to succeed. Here’s how our ready-to-run approach guides you every step of the way:

Site Selection and Lease Negotiation

– We maintain a network of experienced real estate brokers nationwide who specialize in tenant representation
– Site selection/lease negotiation service offered at no-cost to franchise owner
– In most cases WORKOUT ANYTIME Franchisees receive a generous tenant improve allowance (cash), and up to 6-months free rent per deal
– WORKOUT ANYTIME’s site criteria includes demographics, access, parking, visibility, tenant mix, competition, and the economics of your club

Find out more here. 

Solving the Weight Loss Puzzle Part 2

If you have not seen part 1 take a moment to review it.  So what is the key to weight loss anyway?   Although there is a lot of press out there stating that “Calories do not count” and “just focus on eating healthy” the fact is that regulation of bodyweight and bodyfat (two different things!) are primarily controlled by the balance of energy you take in from food and beverages (calories) and the energy you use to maintain all your cells and fuel all movement.    So why are people (including some very bright researchers as well) saying that calories don’t count?
First because a lot of research that is quoted was done WITHOUT controlling calories taken in and using participant recall to estimate calories taken in.  Here is the problem with this – we are lousy at estimating calories taken in.   In fact even trained dieticians frequently underestimate their calorie intake by 40%!  Imagine running a business and underestimating your bills by 40%!  In literally every case when food intake is precisely controlled or measured through a process using “doubly labeled water” (which can be used to measure food intake with 100% accuracy without having to measure and provide food) people do in fact lose weight based on calories in and calories out!
Second because there is confusion about a process that is built into every human being called “Metabolic Adaptation”.    Simply put your body adjusts to any prolonged reduction in calorie intake (regardless of the type of diet!) by reducing resting metabolic rate.    In addition if the reduction in calorie intake is really large your level of spontaneous physical movement will be reduced.  This process is based on hundreds of thousands of years of humans living in a world where adequate food intake was NOT guaranteed and in fact people frequently were forced to not eat for prolonged periods of time.  So the ability to reduce the body’s need for energy was a fundamental survival mechanism encoded in all our genes!
For example if you take a group of people of about the same height, weight, age, sex and activity level who require 2,000 calories per day to maintain their current bodyweight and drop their calorie intake to say 1,500 calories per day all of them will lose weight/fat initially.    However within a 2 – 3 month span all weight/fat loss will cease even if they continue to eat exactly 1,500 calories per day and maintain the same physical movement profile because as you lose weight/fat the body ALWAYS responds by lowering resting metabolic rate.    So unless you INCREASE physical activity ALL DIETS become less effective over time regardless of how “healthy” they are!

Stay tuned for part 3 and learn the difference between weight loss and fat loss!

The 2017 Extra Life 24-Hour Gaming Marathon, In Support of The Children’s Miracle Network Hospitals [Post Updated All Weekend]

Wow, it’s that time again – time to try to play some games for a cause – in my case, I play as much as I can through the weekend for the Alberta Children’s Hospital Foundation (as I was born and raised in the province of Alberta, Canada).

This year actually ‘sprung up’ on me, as I haven’t been feeling well these past few weeks… I have had a bit of a fever [38C/100F+]  the entire time and have been extra sore and slow (I say ‘extra’ as I myself have a condition, called Myalgic Encephalomyelitis – which is basically an infection of the brain and spine that causes Fibromyalgia and Chronic Fatigue symptoms (pain and tiredness, respectively) – a condition I have had for 12 years now [wow it’s been that long]). So, playing for this charity every year is special to me and something I have tried to do every since I heard of Extra Life back in 2015.

Image Link to The Extra Life main website, where you can see all of the other wonderful people participating in this event, many of them streaming their marathon Live on Twitch and other streaming sites! (Link opens in a new window)

Due to my own illness then, I cannot play 24 hours straight through, but I count my gaming hours Playing For The Kids™ over the entire weekend of the event (in this years’ case, Saturday November 4th and Sunday November 5th), hopefully tallying 24 hours in total.. (in the case that I am not ‘up to it’ for that long, I allow myself to count my wife’s gaming time, as she generously tries to play beside me and add hours, for a “Total Household Hours” amount). [I always hope that in the spirit of the event and the intention, that my dear readers and those at Extra Life find this acceptable]

As has occurred in past years, I do not have the ability/energy to set up and maintain a constant Stream of some sort yet (through Twitch, YouTube and other streaming services); but what I do is I share some details and Screenshots (and Videos if I can) of what I am able to play, here at The Blog, in an ongoing and updated post – one that I will be adding to as the weekend progresses (including Sunday Night), right here!

So, follow along with me as I Play For The Kids™ all weekend, updating this very post as I go – and if you wish to take part, you can Pledge/Donate directly to the Extra Life charity via the Logo/Image just below or through this link for 2017: – and whether you pledge anything or not, feel free to just return to this posting for gameplay time Updates, Screenshots, some Video Clips from the weekend – and more!

See You In The Game!

Update, Saturday 12:30PM MST: Beginning The Marathon, with the initial post above and gathering snacks and drinks to start Playing For The Kids™!

Update, Saturday 7:30 PM MST: As usual with this event, I always try to play some good’ol Minecraft Hardcore Mode (you only get one life!), to see how far I can get during the marathon.

Usually, I don’t get too far and starting out this year was no exception. I spawned in a new Hardcore world – in a wintery biome which I found out later was “Cold Taiga” – which meant, although there were plenty of Trees for Wood to use, there were no seeds to find and plant right away for food, there were no large hills in sight (for easy access to Stone and Coal to cook any foods I might come across) except in the far distance – and as night fell, I died right away to a band of two skeletons and a zombie that came out from behind one of the many, many trees…. Wow what a harsh start!

I began another Hardcore world, hoping to spawn in a relatively easier biome – and I did… I quickly collected Seeds from the Grass around me and began a Garden to grow Wheat RIGHT AWAY, heh. I had to cull some of the many Pigs I found around me in order to eat, planning on replenishing their numbers later on. I then carved out a little Mud Hut in the hillside nearby and settled in for the night…

Updates on that World as I play more – but for now I have to stop and take another break. More to come!

Total Gameplay Time: ~2.0 hrs

Update, Sunday 10:30 AM MST: I played last night right up until I fell asleep, starting a “Just One Life™” character in Fallout 4 (where I stop playing and delete that character upon dying just once), and was popping into various games for short periods of time, like Marvel Heroes (which has Daily Login Rewards, with small ‘gifts’ every few days you enter the game – and a Free Hero available at the no doubt-difficult-to-get-to, Day 300) [Even if I do not have the energy to play for a while, I try to pop in to register a login, heh – to see how far I can go].

I also popped into The Elder Scrolls: Legends, a Virtual Collectible Card Game based on The Elder Scrolls series [a good game for slow-paced-yet-still-kinda-flashy-and-enjoyable gameplay that you can play against the CPU/AI only, if you desire to]. I also ran a few Benchmarks and did a few quick driving tests in Grand Theft Auto V, trying out some settings I saw in YouTube videos online (to see if I get the same framerate with the same hardware) – but I felt a bit weird at the concept of playing GTA games for this Event [shouldn’t I be playing games kids would play, or at least Family-Friendly games? lol], so I didn’t stay in Los Santos very long.
Today, I plan on playing as much as I can, continuing my Minecraft: Hardcore Mode world, and my Fallout 4 “Just One Life™” character, along with some Elder Scrolls Online gameplay, hoping to get up to 24 hours in Total. I’ll also post more Screenshots next Update. Here I go!
Total Gameplay Time: ~ 5.0 hrs

Update, Monday 9:30 AM MST: Well I played as much as I could… 
In Minecraft, I continued my Hardcore Mode world (actually Marathon 2017 World 2.0, as I died without even leaving the first Biome in the first one (above)), making a nice Garden along the shore of a River nearby…
When night fell upon the world, since I was out on a ‘walkabout’, looking around the Biome, I quickly dug into the nearest hill, making myself a small mudhut house to Craft and Cook in… I should have maybe stayed in it all night, but I thought I would get started on collecting more Food, by killing a few Spiders and using their silk to make String, crafting a Fishing Pole.. And what happened? Two Skeletons came out from behind a tree and as I ran back toward my little ‘second mud hut’, they cornered me and filled me full of arrows, as I weakly flailed my Rock Sword back and forth… I hope my ‘Deeds Will Be Remembered’ [hehe Diablo2]
To make myself feel better, I popped in an out of a few games for the next few hours… I tried out Need for Speed: Most Wanted, which seemed like an open-world racing game, with good graphics.
Playing that game reminded me of a ‘test’ I wanted to do (I love running Benchmarks and Tests, heh) with Grand Theft Auto Five (GTAV), where I saw a video of someone running it on High Settings, to test out the differences between how it performed on two different CPUs (Processors, referring to the ‘main engines’ of a computer). So I started up GTAV and ran the Benchmark (to see if I got similar results) and drove around the city a bit.
While the game looked good, I felt a little weird playing such a ‘mature’ game during a Marathon for children’s charities [lol shouldn’t I be playing ‘family friendly games’? or does it matter?], so I just took a few Screenshots (of course), and then left it for now, for something else.

The Beta for Paladins, a MOBA-slash-FPS game by the makers of Tribes:Ascend and Smite, was going on, so I popped into that game, going through the Training and playing for a while afterward.

Total Gameplay Time: ~ 10.0 hrs

Alas, just like before, I couldn’t quite make the 24 Hours on my own… My own illness [where I am sore a lot and get tired easily] keeps me from playing for very long at one time. However, as I stated earlier, what I like to do, is include the game playing time that My Better Half does alongside me, as part of a “Household Total”… If I include her generous contribution, the new total becomes:

Total Household Time: ~23.0 hrs

Haha – even with her inclusion, I did not ‘quite’ make the 24 Hours in total… But, as stated above, I hope that in the spirit of the Marathon and its’ intention – and mine – I hope that what did accrue would be acceptable… In fact; I do not think that ‘total game time’ is the main goal of this Marathon… This time is perhaps to literally ‘take time’, to think about those that are much more unfortunate than us, and in the case of this Charity, much younger than most of us… During this Day or Weekend, whichever it is, I think, we remember those out there, those that are in need. In this spirit/state-of-mind; I thank you Dear Reader, for following along in this small adventure. Whether you donated at all or not, I hope that you played a little bit of some game, took a little bit of time, to think about those that are in much more pain and need than most of us are. And I thank you for following me on this small journey. Take care, my unmet friend – and perhaps See You In The Game.

Indian Motorcycle reveals new line-up in Sturgis, SD

STURGIS, SD— Indian Motorcycle, America’s first motorcycle company, today announced the highly anticipated details for the all-new 2014 Indian Chief family of motorcycles. Before thousands of motorcycling fans at the site of the Sturgis Motorcycle Museum and Hall of Fame in downtown Sturgis at 9 p.m. Mountain Time on Saturday, August 3, Indian Motorcycle unveiled the three models that comprise the Indian Chief line up. The reveal ceremony and party signaled an inflection point in motorcycling history with the renewal of America’s oldest and most legendary brand.

The new Indian Chief Classic is a pure, powerful cruiser forged from key heritage design elements yet wrapped in advanced design, engineering and technology. It features iconic styling like valanced fenders, rich genuine leather saddle, classic tank-mounted instrumentation, tear-drop fuel tank design, and sculpted and lighted front fender war bonnet. The 2014 Indian Chief Classic comes standard with a host of premium features including endless chrome, keyless ignition, ABS, cruise control, throttle-by-wire, true dual exhaust, high quality chrome laced spoke wheels, brake caliper covers, cast aluminum frame with integrated air intake, and much more.

The Indian Chief Classic, like all 2014 Indian Chief models, is powered by the all-new, clean sheet design Thunder Stroke™ 111 engine. Offering 111 cubic inches of pavement pounding power and 119 ft-lbs of torque, this class-leading power plant draws powerful design cues from heritage Indian Motorcycle engines merged with brilliant engineering and advanced technologies. The Thunder Stroke 111 is a 49-degree, air-cooled V-twin with 6-speed overdrive transmission, and features unmatched premium exterior finishes and touches. It offers owners the peace-of-mind that comes from over two million miles of on-road and test-lab verification and Polaris Industries’ 60 years of engineering prowess.

The new Indian Chief Vintage is a soft bagger that takes iconic Indian Motorcycle styling to a whole new level with handcrafted detail and a signature heritage aesthetic. The Indian Chief Vintage offers top-quality quick-release soft-sided leather bags, leather fringe, chrome fender tips, vintage chrome badging on the front fender and a quick-release windshield for easy installation or removal. It includes the same premium standard features as the Indian Chief Classic, and sports the same iconic design elements like valanced fenders, laced wheels, whitewall tires, tank-mounted instrument cluster and extensive chrome finishes throughout. It is also powered by the new Thunder Stroke 111 engine.

The first Indian Motorcycle of its kind, the 2014 Indian Chieftain maintains the legendary Indian Chief styling, while taking this progressive machine to new heights with advanced features and premium comfort. Unlike any Indian Motorcycle ever made, the Chieftain features a fairing with integrated driving lights, and its power windshield is an industry-first for a fork-mounted fairing. Standard features include hard saddlebags featuring remote locks and quick-release anchors, a high-output audio system featuring integrated Bluetooth® smartphone connectivity, and a tire pressure monitoring system.

“When we acquired Indian Motorcycle two and a half years ago we set out to capture the heart, soul and legendary heritage of this iconic American brand and then infuse it with unparalleled design, engineering and state-of-the-art technology,” said Scott Wine, CEO of Indian Motorcycle parent company Polaris Industries Inc. “On Saturday night we revealed three stunning new Indian Chief models that represent the results of our journey and the future of this brand. It was a triumphant day for all of us, and I know motorcycling fans around the world proudly join us in celebrating Indian Motorcycle and the realization that choice in American motorcycles is here to stay.”

The First 1901

To pay tribute to Indian Motorcycle’s past, the first 1901 Indian Chiefs to roll off of Indian’s assembly line in Spirit Lake, IA will be identified with a limited-edition badge. Numbered between one and 1901, these rare bikes will reflect the year of Indian’s inception by Oscar Hedstrom and George Hendee in Springfield, MA. “We have been very conscientious about honoring Indian Motorcycle’s storied history while establishing a foundation for what’s yet to come,” said Polaris Vice President of Motorcycles, Steve Menneto. “The lucky few who purchase these limited number bikes will truly own a piece of history, concurrently representing Indian’s rich past and its limitless future.” More information is available at Indian Motorcycle dealers across the country.


 Indian Motorcycle is adding dealerships across the US and globally, and is on plan to have 125-140 North American and 70 international dealers by year end. The full line of 2014 Indian Chief models are available for order now and will arrive in dealerships in September, along with an extensive array of apparel, parts and accessories. Indian Motorcycle demo rides will be available at dealer events across the country starting later in August.

Source: AMA (AP, 8/05)

Fragrant Pandan Leaves Benefits For Health


Fragrant Pandan Leaves Benefits For Health – Fragrant pandan has the Latin name (Pandanus amaryllifolius Roxb.) And includes family Pandanaceae. These plants usually live in marshy swamp or in a moist and shady places. However, because the benefits are big enough for human life, this plant is now cultivated and planted in the yard. For breeding is done by separating the new shoots from the root clump that grows among the roots.
Fragrant pandan benefits for human life is as natural food dyes as well as fragrances. Yes, fragrant pandan leaves give rise to a distinctive aroma. Typically used for the manufacture of cakes and drinks.
Fragrant Pandan Leaves Benefits For Health - 1
In addition to preservatives and fragrance, the plant is also often used as traditional medicine. Which can be used to treat rheumatism, stiff, uneasy and treating nervous weakness.
In addition, the fragrant pandan leaves are also used to a world of beauty as a natural ingredient for hair care. Among others, to nourish the hair, black hair, hair loss to get rid of dandruff.
In every region in Indonesia, fragrant pandan has a name that is different. The content contained therein are alkaloids, saponins, flavonoids, tannins, polyphenols, and dyestuffs.
Fragrant Pandan Leaves Benefits For Health
It has long been used as a fragrant pandan leaf herbal ingredients to treat various diseases. Here are some recipes treatment using fragrant pandan leaves.
1. Treating arthritis
Rheumatism is a common disease suffered by the elderly. Well, people in the olden days when stricken with rheumatic using fragrant pandan leaves to cope.
Way, take 3 pieces of fresh pandan leaves, washed and chopped into pieces. Pour half a cup of coconut oil that is already in the boil while stirring mix well. Once cool, use as a liniment for massaging the sore area.
2. Treat stiff
Hard worker usually often experience stiff body. However, if near your house there is a fragrant pandan plant, can be used to treat stiff you know.
The trick, 5 provide fresh pandan leaf and 20 leaves of lemon grass. Rinse and then pounded until smooth. Add 1 tablespoon oil gandapura eucalyptus and oil and mix well. Use the mixture to rub and massage the sore body parts.
3. Treat nervous weakness
Take fragrant pandan 3 leaves, washed and cut into pieces. Boil 3 cups of water until the remaining 2 cups only. After a cold, drink the potion 2 times a day every morning and afternoon, each one glass for each drink.
4. Overcoming restless
Often the person is exposed to emotional problems so feel uneasy. Usually at night. If you experience this, take 2 pieces of fragrant pandan leaves and then wash and thinly slice. Pour a glass of boiling water. Once cool, strain the water and drink as well. Make two or three times a day until you feel calm.
5. Lowering high blood pressure
For those who suffer from high blood pressure, aka hypertension, fragrant pandan leaves can be used to overcome them. Way, take a few pieces of fragrant pandan leaves and then boiled with three cups of water until the remaining 2 cups. Strain the water, then drink the potion twice a day morning and afternoon.
6. Increase of appetite
Take 2 pieces of pandan leaves, wash and cut into small little. Boil 3 cups of water until the remaining half. Strain the water and drink the mixture two times a day.
Fragrant Pandan Leaves Benefits For Health - 2
7. Overcoming impotence
Besides being used as a medicine nervous weakness, fragrant pandan also efficacious to treat impotence in men. Take three pieces of fragrant pandan leaves, wash and cut into small little. Boil 4 cups of water until the remaining 2 cups. Mibum the concoction twice a day, every morning and afternoon each 1 glass for each drink. Do it regularly.
Benefits Pandan Leaves for Hair
Besides being used as a herbal medicine, fragrant pandan leaves can also be used for hair beauty treatments. Okay, here are a few examples of the benefits of fragrant pandan leaves for hair.
1. Coping with hair loss
Provide 1 pandan leaf, 10 leaves fresh young hibiscus, 1 handful of leaves of Eclipta prostrata, 5 leaves, 10 jasmine flowers, and one rosebud. All material is washed and then insert it into the aluminum pan. Add half a cup of coconut oil, sesame oil and walnut oil. Boil until boiling and then filtered.
How to use, apply this medicine on the hair and scalp evenly and then wrap in a warm towel. Do it at night before bed. The next day a new rinse with cold water and wash as usual. Perform this treatment regularly as many as 23 times a week.
2. Blacken hair
Having black hair shiny and healthy is an asset, especially for women. Proverb says hair is a crown of women. Take 7 leaves of pandanus, wash and cut into small pieces. Boil 1 liter of water, until the water is green. The dew had boiled water overnight. The next day, mix the pandan leaf boiled water with a squeeze of water 3 noni fruit is ripe. Use these herbs to wash it. Perform routine for 3 times a week and see the results.
3. Eliminate dandruff
Dandruff is one of the causes of itchy scalp. The existence of dandruff can damage the health of the hair, for the scalp becomes unhealthy. To overcome this problem is by using fragrant pandan leaves.
Take 7 sheets of fragrant pandan leaves, wash, cut into pieces and puree with a blender way. Add half a cup of water and then squeeze. Strain the water and use to clean the hair and scalp. Allow it to dry by itself. Then rinse with clean water and wash as usual. Perform routine until the dandruff is gone.

Well, that’s fragrant pandan leaves benefits for health and beauty, especially for hair care. Hopefully this article Fragrant Pandan Leaves Benefits For Health are useful and always keep your health.

HMDA Data Resubmissions

We know that you do HMDA and Fair Lending reviews. Recently, we realized that we will need to refile our HMDA data. So, our question is, do we have to disclose why we are refiling? Also, can we just refile part of the HMDA data that needs update rather than the entire HMDA data file?
We have conducted many HMDA, CRA, and Fair Lending reviews, so please be assured that your questions are entirely appropriate. If you need assistance with this matter or any other HMDA-related matter, please feel free to contact us HERE.
Institutions are expected to submit Loan Application Registers that contain valid and accurate HMDA data. However, if an institution discovers errors or omissions in connection with submitted HMDA data, the institution may resubmit the HMDA data.
If a data submission involves revisions or deletions of previously submitted data, it must state the total of all line entries contained in that submission, including both those representing revisions or deletions of previously submitted entries, and those that are being resubmitted unchanged or are being submitted for the first time.
When an institution resubmits HMDA data it must resubmit all the HMDA data. Partial resubmissions of data are not permitted.
A resubmission of data must indicate the reason for the resubmission.

Jonathan Foxx
Managing Director
Lenders Compliance Group

How One Weekend on a Harley Nightster Converted me Into A Harley Fan

How One Weekend on a Harley Nightster Converted me Into A Harley Fan

You know the old expression, “Don’t knock it ’til you try it,” right? Harley-Davidsons are often surrounded by haters, mostly comprised of those who’ve never ridden one. There are Keyboard Warriors attacking H-D based primarily on their spec sheets, high price tags, and low performance. I’ll admit it, I used to be one of them. That is, until a Nightster changed my mind.

I fully expected to hate this motorcycle. My brother expected me to hate this motorcycle too. It’s too loud and too flashy; it’s too “image-driven” and contains antiquated technology. I could come up with a million insults and at the end of the day they’d all boil down to, “It’s a Harley-Davidson.” But you know what? Believe it or not, it’s fun!

2016 Harley-Davidson Sportster Forty

2016 Harley-Davidson Sportster Forty

My Riding History

About a year ago, I received my first taste of Project Livewire. Yes, yes, I know, it’s not exactly a big thumpin’ V-twin, but it was the first time I’d ridden a H-D product. I rode a Sportster Forty-Eight (which is essentially the same bike as the Nightster), but I didn’t understand Harley-Davidson then. Riding a Sportster immediately after what I still believe is the future of motorcycling only accentuated the different eras I was experiencing. Because of that contrast, I guess I didn’t understand what the “normal” H-Ds brought to the table.
MUST READ:  The Realities of Riding | RideApart
A couple weeks ago I took a 300 mile road trip on my Triumph Bonneville. When I got back, my brother offered to loan me his Nightster. This let me do a direct comparison of two very “image-driven” motorcycles.
Both motorcycles are starting points for self-expression. While I feel like the Triumph is a completely blank slate, the Harley is drenched with decades of “biker” imagery. However, I (surprisingly) had a great time on my brother’s Nightster. Granted, I don’t fit that Harley Davidson bike mold at all, especially when riding it with my full face helmet and head-to-toe textile gear.


Personality Counts

If I were to make a pros/cons list, a Harley is the bike I shouldn’t buy. But at the same time, it’s like my Ducati and a few cars I’ve owned in the past; its personality shines through in an unexpected way. The Nightster quickly became endearing. I’m not sure if it could ever be my only bike, and my brother’s ownership experience seconds that notion, considering how little the Nightster gets ridden while living next to his R1. With that said, each day I had the H-D, I wanted to go for a ride, and I came home happily exhausted. I’ve certainly owned bikes I can’t say that about.
MUST READ:  Why I Bought a Kawasaki Ninja 650 – My Second Bike | RideApart
The suspension isn’t top of the line, but it still manages to be gentler on me than a day on the Bonneville. The motor? Well, it shakes everything and everyone around. Surprisingly, not a ton came through the bars. The bike was nowhere near as fatiguing as I expected it to be, and because of that I found myself filling the bike up multiple times throughout the day. (The fuel tank is small, so the range isn’t awesome.)

2012 Harley-Davidson Nightster 1200cc

2012 Harley-Davidson Nightster 1200cc

Despite the fact that the bike doesn’t meet my image, I had a ball riding it and found one thing that really surprised me. Anyone who’s ever ridden behind me on a bike has to give me the flashy-hand signal. Not with the Nightster, however. It had me covered with self-canceling blinkers! I’m looking for how to retrofit that system to every bike I own right now. I spent days looking like I knew where I was going, and I just can’t put a price on that!

There’s Always Something…

There’s one downside though. That clutch was terrible, although I’m not sure if it was because of my small hands or the oversized levers. All I know is that my clutch hand was on fire after a day of riding around town. With such a stiff and long pull, I know that if I owned this bike, I’d be shopping for ways to mitigate that before I even bought an exhaust. Maybe I’ve just been softened by the other bikes I’ve ridden, but this clutch is in another world from anything else. All a part of the experience, I guess.
Despite the clutch, I’m surfing used-bike sites looking for a Nightster of my own. They hold their resale value really well and the temptation is real.

First published by

Loan Officers: 1099 or W-2

I want to hire a mortgage loan officer. I’ve been told it may be to my benefit to classify the loan officer as a 1099 independent contractor versus a W-2 employee. Am I able to do that? What are the benefits?
I am answering this question strictly from the human resources point of view. As the subject more broadly relates to whether a loan officer – based on being an 1099 independent contractor or a W-2 employee – meets specific guidelines set forth by the Fair Labor Standards Act and the issuances of the Department of Labor with respect to classifying mortgage loan originators or the GSEs, various federal agencies, and Department of Housing and Urban Development guidelines for the purposes of originating certain types of loan products, such as FHA loans, I suggest you contact us for a consultation or speak to your compliance department for more details.
It may seem a benefit to the employer to classify a loan officer as a 1099 independent contractor because the employer does not pay employee benefits or certain payroll taxes. However, the question is not whether it is to the employer’s benefit, but rather, does the person’s position and work qualify as an independent contractor under IRS rules? The IRS has specific guidelines regarding whether a person can be classified as a contractor (1099). The IRS can levy significant penalties to employers who misclassify employees. 
Generally, an employee with a W-2 is paid on an hourly or salaried basis, while a 1099 independent contractor is paid based on a contract that has a defined end, although the duration of employment can last anywhere from several weeks to years. Typically, a 1099 independent contractor is hired to work on a specific project or to provide support during a W-2 employee’s leave of absence.
The IRS guidelines basically say, “If you have the right to control or direct not only what is to be done, but also how it is to be done, then your workers are most likely employees.” The IRS focuses on three main areas when determining employment status:
  • How much control the employer has over the worker’s behavior and work results. (Who controls training, where and when the person works, what equipment they use?)
  • How much control does the employer have on finances? (Does the employer have primary control over the person’s profit or loss?)
  • What is the relationship between parties? (Does the worker receive benefits and is it a long-term relationship?)

Here is the 20-point checklist from the IRS, which may be used as guidelines in determining if a worker can be legally paid as a contractor:
  1. Must the individual take instructions from your management staff regarding when, where, and how work is to be done?
  2. Does the individual receive training from your company?
  3. Is the success or continuation of your business somewhat dependent on the type of service provided by the individual?
  4. Must the individual personally perform the contracted services?
  5. Have you hired, supervised, or paid individuals to assist the worker in completing the project stated in the contract?
  6. Is there a continuing relationship between your company and the individual?
  7. Must the individual work set hours?
  8. Is the individual required to work full time at your company?
  9. Is the work performed on company premises?
  10. Is the individual required to follow a set sequence or routine in the performance of his work?
  11. Must the individual give you reports regarding his/her work?
  12. Is the individual paid by the hour, week, or month?
  13. Do you reimburse the individual for business/travel expenses? 
  14. Do you supply the individual with needed tools or materials?
  15. Have you made a significant investment in facilities used by the individual to perform services?
  16. Is the individual free from suffering a loss or realizing a profit based on his work?
  17. Does the individual only perform services for your company?
  18. Does the individual limit the availability of his services to the general public?
  19. Do you have the right to discharge the individual?
  20. May the individual terminate his services at any time?

No one question determines the worker’s status. Agencies and courts typically look at the totality of the employment circumstances when determining whether a worker qualifies as an independent contractor. 

Kimberly Braman
Director/Human Resources Compliance 
Lenders Compliance Group

Quick Tip: Planetside 2 – Medic Revive Not Working [Note]

Just a quick tip for those who have recently jumped back into playing some frantic Planetside 2 and thought there was something wrong with the medic tool, being unable to revive, thinking they can’t revive, etc – there was a patch a bit back that changed the Medic Tool so that Left-Click will Heal and Right-Click will Revive. Although changing such a long running/’staple’ operation is a little lip-pursing, it should have the overall positive effect of assisting with attempting to revive within a tight group of teammates (instead of your tool randomly healing someone close, it should more effectively target the face down teammate on the ground). Just a note.

See You In The Games!

The Role of B-Vitamins in Preventing Brain Loss

One in five people older than 70 suffers from cognitive impairment which will progress to dementia and death in half of these people within five years.  So it is very important to address all the modifiable risk factors for cognitive impairment.   One of these risk factors is elevated homocysteine which is a strong, independent risk factor for Dementia, Alzheimer’s Disease, and Heart Disease.  
One of the longest and most comprehensive studies ever done showed that one in six cases of Alzheimer’s Disease can be caused by increased homocysteine levels.
In order to process homocysteine properly the body needs adequate levels of Folic Acid (Vitamin B-9), vitamin B12, and Vitamin B6.   A double-blind randomized controlled trial showed that the reduction of homocysteine by B Vitamins can slow the rate of accelerated brain atrophy in people with mild cognitive impairment which is often the first step towards Alzheimer’s Disease.
Another study showed that B-Vitamins can reduce brain loss in areas prone to the Alzheimer’s Disease process. 
Other Benefits of B-Vitamins
B-Vitamins as a group are incredible important to a wide range of cellular and metabolic functions from energy production to production of hormones. Benefits of optimal levels include increased energy, improved mood, reduction of allergy symptoms, help preserve vision, help to maintain bone strength, and help prevent heart disease and stroke.
How do I get B-Vitamins?
Although it is possible to get the RDA of B-Vitamins through diet alone it requires a carefully planned diet and for vegetarians it is very challenging because there is no vitamin B-12 in vegetables. Milk, yogurt and cheese, along with eggs, are the only vegetarian food items that naturally contain significant levels of vitamin B12.
In addition many people have conditions which prevent optimal absorption and cellular uptake of certain B-Vitamins such as Folic Acid.   Each of the key B-Vitamins come in several forms with some being much more active and effective than others.   When everything works right the body can convert other forms to the active forms, but there are many things that interfere with this process.
For example Intrinsic factor produced in the stomach is what allows the intestines to absorb this vitamin.  Not everyone produces intrinsic factor so common sources of B-12 are not effective.
Also since B-Vitamins are water-soluble excess amounts are easily and safely excreted so taking a high quality B-Vitamin Supplement or Multiple Vitamin with activated forms of B-Vitamins in adequate amounts is the safest way to cover yourself.    In addition, although each B-Vitamin performs critical functions in isolation they also work together to optimize many functions so taking a complete B-Vitamin Supplement is highly recommended.
What are all the B-Vitamins?

B- Vitamin          Active Form                                                    Inactive Form
B-1                        Benfotiamine                                                Thiamine
B-2                        Riboflavin-5-phophate                                 Flavin Monocleotide
B-3                        Niacinamide                                                 NAD                                        
B-5                        Panthothenic Acid                                         None                   
B-6                        Pyridoxal-5-phospate                                    Pyridoxine Hydrochloride
B-7                        Biotin                                                             None
B-9                        Methyltetrahydrofolate  aka Metafolin         Folic Acid                                         
B-12                      MethylCobalamin                                         Cobalamin
Can you take too much of the B-Vitamins?
For certain ones the answer is yes!  You should not take in more than 800mcg of folic acid supplement.  Too much can mask a condition called pernicious anemia.  Multiple Vitamins and B-Complex Supplements will contain 400 – 800mcg and more from diet is not a problem.
For vitamin B-6 intake above 200mg per day is not recommended.  Again multiple vitamins and B-Complex will generally contain less than this amount and more from food is not an issue.
Regular “Niacin” can cause significant skin flushing and itching, but this is harmless although it can be very uncomfortable.    Extremely high dose niacin can be used to treat high cholesterol levels but the regular form that causes flushing can also cause liver issues at high levels.   This is also true of “time-released” forms.     The best form for use for cholesterol is “Flush Free Niacin” aka Inositol Hexiniacinate as it will not cause these issues.   NAD (Nicotinomide Adenine Nucleotide) is very safe but there is no reason to take more than 10mg per day.
As always do not take any supplement when pregnant without consulting your registered health care professional.



The article was written by Cincinnati Enquirer Business Reporter Bowdeya Tweh and was based on interviews coordinated with Tony Petrocelli and WORKOUT ANYTIME Vice President of Development Randy Trotter. The article begins with details about the opening of the WORKOUT ANYTIME in Montford Heights. The article gives information about the gym and about the company, as well as information on development plans in Ohio.        
Workout Anytime

You can view the full article here, and view contact information about WORKOUT ANYTIME’S new gym in Montford Heights here.

The 5 Fat-Blasting Foods You Need in Your Diet

The 5 Fat-Blasting Foods You Need in Your Diet

by Heather Dale
The 5 Fat-Blasting Foods You Need in Your Diet
There are exercises that target your abs to help you get the rock-hard stomach you’ve always dreamed of. But if you really want to double-team belly bulge, then you’ll need to eliminate sugar and processed carbs while also incorporating fat-burning foods into your diet. Keep reading to see which foods can help trim inches from your waistline.
Source: Shutterstock

a tool kit from a Rolls Royce that I came across at the LaJolla Concours, with a Kismet Baby tire air pump, a Michelin jack, and a Lucas oil can

Harley Street 750: Battle Of The Kings

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

Full Size

Harley-Davidson took a punt when it launched its Street models last year—and it’s paid off. The Street 750 and 500 are doing especially well in international markets, where there’s less emphasis on cubic inches.
In Europe, Harley is stoking the fires with its Battle of The Kings competition, pitching dealers against each other in a custom bike build-off. This is one of our favorites—built by Austrians Fabian Weber and Gregor Malleier of H-D Innsbruck.

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

Full Size

The Harley Street 750 is what you might call an ‘accessible’ bike—in both financial and riding terms. So the builders have to get maximum bang for the buck, spending no more than €4,000 on parts and keeping the workshop hours down to 50 or less.
Despite those restrictions, Fabian and Gregor have built a very stylish machine indeed. Workshop manager Gregor used to be a racebike mechanic, and can also build his own frames—so he knows how to work quickly.

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

His protégé Fabian brings enthusiasm as well as automotive skills, and is a convert to the new wave custom scene: “Before we started the project, I was on holiday in Cape Town, South Africa. I came back inspired by the cafe racer scene,” he says. “I was even more pleased when Gregor assigned the main part of the project to me, such as design and selection of parts!” The modifications are well chosen for maximum impact. Fitting a Free Spirits triple tree up front has increased the visual weight of the forks, which lose the stock rubber gaiters. Fabian has also lowered the forks and fitted a 19-inch Dyna front wheel, two inches larger than stock.

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

The new triples have also allowed the speedo to be hidden better and the fairing repositioned for better lines. Free Spirits clip-ons increase the café racer vibe. The rear wheel has gone up two inches in size too: it’s a 17-inch item from the Softail Cross Bones model. After a little drilling and re-arrangement, the Street 750 pulley was able to fit. The rear fender was widened and shortened to match, and a discreet LED strip fitted for lighting.

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

There’s a custom saddle on top of the standard seat pan, and the ignition lock and horn have been moved to clean up the overall look. The wiring harness, traditionally a bugbear of lower-cost bikes, has been partially hidden. The mid controls have been drilled and powder coated, and drilled H-D ‘Silencer’ footpegs installed. The exhaust headers are standard, but the look of the system has been transformed by fitting a stubby, screw-mountable muffler—which can be returned easily to stock.

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

It shows what can be done with a little ingenuity, and not too much cash. And if this is the future of Harley-Davidson customizing, we’re all for it. You can examine the other Harley Street 750 builds in the Battle Of The Kings competition here—we’ve already covered the XRTT Racer from Belgium. The finale of the competition will be next month at the Wheels & Waves Festival in Biarritz, France, where a panel of judges will pick a winner.
I’m betting this one has a very good chance indeed.
Battle Of The Kings | H-D Benelux Facebook | Harley-Davidson Innsbruck | Images by Christoph Villgrattner

First read on

Custom Harley Street 750 built for the Battle Of The Kings competition.

April Nitzsche on WBIR Knoxville

April Nitzsche was recently on WBIR as part of their Workout Wednesday. In the segment April demonstrated some exercises you can do at home and in the gym with kettle bells for a good workout. She also mentioned the new Maryville opening location as well as the Bearden location.

You can also view the video here.

1923 Stanley model 740, seven passenger sedan

and the fuel tank under the spare tire across the back of the car had two filler caps, one for gasolene, the other for kerosene. I’ve never come across that before

2010 Victory Motorcycles First Look Preview

2010 Victory Motorcycles First Look Preview

Free download motorcycle wallpaper, here we provide some of wallpaper on motorcycle, as well asmotorcycle image and motorcycle Picture.

Please click the wallpaper and save it to your computer.

You can see details about motorcycle image in the description below:

TITLE: 2010 Victory Motorcycles First Look Preview
IMAGE SIZE: 484636 B Bs

Related Images with 2010 Victory Motorcycles First Look Preview

com – Motorcycle News, Editorials, Product Reviews and Bike Reviews

 com – Motorcycle News, Editorials, Product Reviews and Bike Reviews

The Color Red, Stuff, Cars, Custom Motorcycles, Paintings Schemes

The Color Red, Stuff, Cars, Custom Motorcycles, Paintings Schemes

2010 Victory Motorcycles First Look Preview

2010 Victory Motorcycles First Look Preview

Got a vintage motorcycle , to tear down the outside of a wheel and

Got a vintage motorcycle , to tear down the outside of a wheel and

Fallout 4 – Screenshots and “Portraits”, Part I (SweetFX in ReShade) [With Added Example of Before and After]

[Update 2016-12-05: I think it would be ‘more exciting’ to see the Before, since these are all the After (the effects were turned on) – I shall come back to this and post/add the Before pics (the in-game unmodified versions), Soon™]
[Update 2017-02-17: I have added an animated GIF showing the Before and After applying my SweetFX profile, configured in ReShade, for one of the screenshots (“Mrs.Nordhagen, Settler II”)]

Slowly doing more and more after a harder time with Colds/Flu/etc, I have been having a ton of fun with Fallout 4, ever since I received it as a gift from My Better Half recently when it was on sale – so much so, I can’t tear myself away to do a First Impressions on it, I am playing with every bit of energy I get… Although I find myself mainly enjoying just building up my Settlements [as opposed to getting Quests done out in the ruined world, I have managed to take a multitude of Screenshots – and while Fallout 4 does not seem to be a miracle-laden, leaps-and-bounds, rocketship-flight, leap-ahead in graphics advancement from Fallout 3 [it seems to be a heavily modified/improved FO3 Engine], it is still quite beautiful, with the potential to be immensely so. Not a clean-and-crisp representation of a post-apocalyptic future [to my own delight] debris is strewn everywhere in both outdoor and indoor scenes/areas, accented by Shader and Post-Processing Effects galore…all while trying to maintain a lower polygon count [‘complexity of the shapes’] for Console (and Desktop) performance. If you are able to turn things up (and don’t mind the relatively sluggish performance drops) this game can truly become a Screenshot-Taker’s Paradise…

I have so many Screenshots already from it that I want to start sharing them all – but first, here are just a few, of what-I-am-calling “Portrait” [‘photo-style’] captures that I was able to take, captured in-game with the ULTRA graphic Video Setting (tweaked slightly), with filtering done by SweetFX in ReShade, utilizing my own configuration/presets/profiles (these Presets are configured with high amounts of Sharpening, Grain and Colour Grading (shading/colour-correction) to produce a darker, grittier look overlaying the game textures). Other than the Picture Frames for the ‘portraits’ below (those with text) and The Blog logos/watermarkings on all of them, no heavy editing in these (colour changes, etc.) were done outside of the game (“this is how it looks in the game, once you take the Picture Frames or Logos away”) – the faces especially, are completely untouched and are how they looked in the game itself… For those interested in reproducing these looks, all SweetFX/ReShade profiles I create/configure will be made available here for all to use, once they are finalized…Soon™

[I am also going to share these Screenshots and ‘Portraits’ (images with border and text added) at Flickr and through Steam, eventually. I hope everyone enjoys them all!]

And now… a few ‘Portraits’ and some Screenshots, all taken using SweetFX at the time:

Although I am mostly just building up my Settlements [as opposed to getting Quests done out in the ruined world heh], it is exposing me to the Settlers and their personalities… These “Portraits” [bordered, with green ‘Pip-Boy-style’ Text] are an expression of those interactions, what I think their personal qualities/goals are (from what I have been exposed to thus far) and my enjoyment of it all… I hope you enjoy these little ‘representational snippets’ of their lives….

Fallout 4 “Portraits” – Preston Garvey
Captured in-game running ULTRA Settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX in ReShade, text andborder added
Click to see Full Size
Fallout 4 “Portraits” – Marcy Long
(Captured in-game running ULTRA Settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX in ReShade, text and border added)
Click to see Full Size
Fallout 4 “Portraits” – Sturges
Captured in-game running ULTRA Settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX in ReShade, text and border added
Click to see Full Size

“Mama Murphy, can I take a picture of you?”
“Oooh I dunno kiddo, noone’s gonna be interested in lookin’ at ol’ Mama Murphy, years from now… Besides, I haven’t been to a salon in, oooh, I dunno how long…”
“Nonsense, Mama. You look fine. You have a special type of beauty I’d like to capture… Please?”
“Oooh alright… Just be sure to get Mama Murphy’s ‘good side’, heheh….”

Fallout 4 – Mama Murphy “From Photo Shoot I”
Captured in-game running ULTRA settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX
Click to see Full Size

Fallout 4 – Mama Murphy “From Photo Shoot II”
Captured in-game running ULTRA Settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX
Click to see Full Size

Although it was hard to get a ‘photo-style’ angle, interacting with Mrs.Nordhagen (of Nordhagen Beach, Mass.) over and over eventually yielded this somewhat ‘candid’ shot of her and her husband, after ‘talking’ to her a number of times to get her to turn around – it was worth it to me, as these next two shots were the result… Lots of filtering was configured in SweetFX, having heavy sharpening and adding lots of colour grading, with a slight vignette [TV style] and Filmic passes, all done with SweetFX via ReShade.

Fallout 4 – “Mrs. Nordhagen, Settler I”
Captured in-game running ULTRA Settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX
Click to see Full Size

Fallout 4 – “Mrs. Nordhagen, Settler II”
Captured in-game running ULTRA Settings, no Mods, filtering done with SweetFX
Click to see Full Size

Fallout 4 – “Mrs. Nordhagen, Settler II” (with and without SweetFX applied), Half-Size GIF
Captured in-game running ULTRA settings, no Mods, filtering profile configured with SweetFX in ReShade
Click to see Full Size

[I have so many screens already… but I have to get them ‘prepped’ for Upload and between still being ‘slow’ – but still trying to enjoy the game as much as I can (taking Notes for a First Impressions post, with Tips, And More!) – the rest will have to come in increments (“Parts”). For now, I hope you all enjoy these though. Take care.]

ReShade by Crosire (
SweetFX by (
Game Material by Bethesda Game Studios (
Captured/Edited by Troy from The Game Tips And More Blog

Food Repair Guide: Baking Part 3


It pays to make your own marzipan as the real thing tastes so much better than bought. Since it is only a question of beating together ground almonds, sugar and egg white to moisten, there is nothing to go wrong.


Biscuits are simple to make and homemade biscuits always impress guests.

They have four dangers: being too soft so that they spread into shapeless plops; being too short or having too great a proportion of fat which makes them hopelessly crumbly; being overhandled, like pastry, which makes them tough; and getting overcooked, which they will do at the drop of a hat.

Diet Start


Since most biscuit mixtures contain butter, they will always become softer when they go in the oven, so, if your mixture is very runny when cold, it will run away altogether once it gets hot. Unless the mixture is being cooked in a restraining tin try to ensure a reasonably firm texture. Apart from anything else, if it is too runny the biscuit will tend to be tough.


If you want to use a very short mixture, mould the dough by hand rather than trying to roll it out, as you will not succeed. Cut the biscuits into fat rather than thin shapes so they have more chance of holding together.


Do not handle the biscuits more than necessary to get the ingredients well mixed.


Once the biscuits have gone in the oven, watch them like a hawk. Take one out and cool it to test, as a biscuit, especially a dark coloured one such as chocolate or ginger, will often be cooked long before it looks cooked.


Biscuits that have fallen apart, spread or generally failed to live up to expectations, can always be broken up and used as decorations, or crumbled and used as biscuit bases (held together with butter or egg white) for dishes such as cheesecakes.

Spotted on the freeway Friday in rush hour traffic

those are a hell of a lot of sensors and cameras

Revving to roam for Ronald’s house

CORPUS CHRISTI — In 2001 motorcycles revved their engines to ride for Ronald McDonald House following a family’s stay for their 6-year-old’s open-heart surgery.

“He’s now 20, attending Texas A&M University, and doing well”, his father said.

“Staying at Ronald McDonald House was an eye-opener to us,” said M. Randall Hicks, whose son required the heart surgery.

Hicks and two-time NASCAR Cup Series Champion Terry Labonte were Carroll High School classmates and friends. After learning of Hicks’ experience, Labonte was moved to endorse the nonprofit Terry Labonte Roam for a Home Foundation, which launches its 12th annual ride this week to give back to Ronald McDonald House.

The ride has raised more than $500,000 for the local Ronald McDonald House, which provided accommodations last year for about 1,000 families with sick children at critical times in their medical treatment.

“If we raise awareness and let this spider web grow — good things come from that,” said Hicks, now president of the foundation.

A kickoff party Wednesday night at Corpus Christi Harley-Davidson serves as a meet-and-greet for about 140 riders whose 80 motorcycles will roar at 8:30 a.m. Thursday into a 714-mile roam. First-timers join the ranks of more than 1,000 past participants who have collectively roamed more than 376,000 miles. The foundation has raffled two trucks, three trailers and nine motorcycles along the way, raising more than $106,000 in its top year, when organizers accepted 152 motorcycles with some 350 riders.

“These rides are a great example of third-party fundraisers allowing us to do what we do best,” said Mark Avelar, executive director of Ronald McDonald House in Corpus Christi. “It has created excellent momentum for validation of our mission focused on families.”

Labonte’s bunch also has garnered support for other Ronald McDonald Houses in Texas.

“It’s something that’s really important to all of us,” Labonte said Friday from his North Carolina home. “It’s especially touching to visit families at a house, the way we have been allowed, and to learn what it means for them. Unfortunately a lot of these people don’t have great outcomes. But when you see the children smiling, it reinforces the importance of our continued support.

“Our goal is for everyone to know they can help, even $10 helps the children.”

Labonte arrives Wednesday for the ride, he said.

Organizing the roam is challenging.

Consider plotting a route for 140 people to use bathrooms, eat and sleep all at the same times and locations, Hicks said.

“It’s a logistical nightmare,” he said.

To ease congestion, riders are divvied into six color-coded road groups. Each has a designated team captain and road committee leader to guide riders to fuel stops, oversee meal and hotel arrangements, and direct parking.

“This isn’t a typical motorcycle ride,” said Andy Felkner, 59, caption of this year’s Team Ironman. “It’s a great cause. We have always had a good time, but it’s not like you’re beating the bushes trying to run hundreds of miles a day.”

It’s about safe fun, he said.

There are quirky games along the road.

“It’s a variety of crazy things,” Felkner said. “We’ve had a basketball shootout during lunch, and contests to see who can put on chaps fastest, or how many team members can stand in a certain square.”

Some years there have been egg toss competitions for couples, and rope tug of wars among ride groups.

This year’s activities haven’t yet been divulged, because part of the fun is not knowing everything, Felkner said.

This year is sold out. Each rider paid $1,000, or $1,600 for couples, and everything’s provided. Somewhere along this year’s route there will be a motorcycle auction. Everyone gets a ticket, but it’s the last ticket drawn that wins.

A recent pre-ride by organizers helped establish this year’s roam, with fuel stops and lunch places en route to Galveston. A two-night stay is planned at The Tremont Place, a European-style hotel in the island’s historic district. On Friday night a dinner and live auction are planned to bolster fundraising. On Saturday teams take a Port Bolivar Ferry ride to roam north into Texas for lunch before looping westerly to return to Corpus Christi.

A support group roams among the teams with comfort items, snacks and drinks. And there’s a wrecker for breakdowns, which also has extra motorcycles in case needed.

Safety is paramount. All participants must wear helmets, keep pace with road leaders and abide departure and meeting times.

“Everybody follows what we tell them or they don’t go,” Falkner said.

No alcohol can be consumed during ride times and the foundation reserves the right to oust anyone who doesn’t abide its rules.”
No alcohol is allowed until bikes are parked”, Falkner said.

“We will even take a bus sometimes.”

Source: Caller (Baird, 3/25)

Squats and Anatomical Variation Among Individuals

Squatting is one of the fundamental movement patterns everyone should train, but it is very important to understand and consider the effect that individual variations in limb length and anatomical variances can have on exactly how each person can and should squat.
Everyone cannot and should not squat the same way!  Many trainers and individuals try to squat in “perfect” form with feet flat, no heel lift, feet pointing forward, with back upright and straight with butt to the grass but this is not only not possible for some people – it can actually get them hurt!
One of the biggest factors determining how an individual can squat is the relative length of their femur (upper leg bone) relative to their lower leg and upper body length.       In general, the longer the femur  and the shorter the tibia (lower leg) the more a person MUST lean their upper body forward in order to get thighs parallel to floor much less going below parallel.     This puts a TON of stress on the low back and in extreme examples trying to get to parallel is a BIG MISTAKE – swap for another exercise like a lunge or step up – nobody wins when you get hurt exercising!
To gain a really strong understanding of these concepts check out this fantastic article on this subject by Bret Contreras that includes video links to a short, but powerful video presentation on this subject using a stick model:  .     Once you see it you will never try to force someone into a fixed squat pattern again without really thinking it through.      Also check out these videos from Tom Purvis which show this clearly in a way that is very easy to comprehend and 

In addition to limb length differences there can be dramatic differences in the shape of the acetabulum (the hip socket), the head of the femur (ball of femur) and femoral neck angle.   The end result can mean very different squatting mechanics are required.     Here is a great article showing how these differences manifest themselves in squatting:

My trip to Hanoi, Vietnam

I returned to Vietnam to facilitate a 2 day planning workshop for the 6 organizations that I did the capacity assessments in January. It felt good to meet everyone and catch up. The workshop went smoothly and I had very positive feedback from the participants.

I was happy to see people genuinely interested and participating / contributing towards the workshop. This ensured a high quality of the results and the buy in by the participating organizations. I put the success of the workshop down to the following:

  1. The CEO / Executive director (ultimate boss) of the organization participated
  2. They had read the organization capacity assessment report and were familiar with the contents.
  3. They were guaranteed of a tangible workable plan at the end of 2 days.
  4. Being open and willing to learn

There is a chance that I may be requested to do some more work for them in the near future; however it seems that this is the end of this phase and the client is happy with the results.

The view from the roof top restaurant near Hoan Kiem Lake.

I stayed at the Trang An hotel; It’s in the center of Hanoi, near Hoan Kiem Lake, so quite convinient for walking around, shopping, finding nice restaurant, etc… Had a good time too.

WORKOUT ANYTIME in the Suwanee Patch

WORKOUT ANYTIME in the Suwanee Patch

WORKOUT ANYTIME was recently featured in an article titled, “Business Spotlight: Workout Anytime Opens New Location in Suwanee” in the Suwanee PatchThe article talks about the new WORKOUT ANYTIME that opened up in Suwanee on May 1st. It talks about how this is Bill and Bob Aicklen’s fifth location in five years, and how they look forward to bringing their services to the local community. Furthermore, it talks about how they look to continue to give back to the local communities by partnering with the Red Cross for blood drives, working with the local Humane Society, and donating free memberships for silent auctions.

You can view the full article here. 

5 Health Benefits of Fasting


5 Health Benefits of Fasting – During the month of Ramadan in particular, Muslims are required to perform fasting in accordance with Islamic law. The benefits of fasting is very much for the health of the body. This is because fasting is associated with the process of detoxification or removal of toxic substances from the body. Especially when Ramadan fasting is done during the first full month that can make the body become healthier. Here are the benefits of fasting for health.
5 Health Benefits of Fasting - 1
Improving The Ability of The Brain
Fasting can increase brain-derived neurotrophic, which helps the body to produce more brain cells and ultimately can improve brain function. Decrease the amount of the hormone cortisol when fasting produced by the adrenal glands can cause a person to lower stress levels.
Helps Maintain a Healthy Heart and Blood Vessels
Heart disease is one of the most deadly diseases. Fasting has a good impact on heart health, when fasting, the body did increase HDL and decrease LDL is good for heart health and blood vessels.
Lowering Cholesterol Levels
Weight loss during fasting is one of the benefits of fasting. A study in the United Arab Emirates concluded that the fasting person there is a reduction in blood cholesterol levels. Low cholesterol levels increase cardiovascular health, thereby reducing the risk of heart disease or stroke. Moreover, if you follow a healthy diet, cholesterol levels can be lowered easily.
Can Think Sharper and More Creative
Fasting can make the mind becomes calm and slow, according to a study which slows down the mind can make it work more sharply. The hunger when fasting is a problem that is reasonable when hunger forced to think sharper and more creative.
Reducing Bad Habits
Fasting is one right way to change an unhealthy lifestyle and poor diet. During fasting activities can stop habits such as smoking and eating sweet foods.

That’s the benefit of fasting for health. By fasting in Ramadan or on Mondays and Thursdays, then our body will be healthier. Hopefully articles 5 Health Benefits of Fasting we share today can be beneficial for you. Running worship and welcome momentum in the month of Ramadan this. Thank You.

Magic Bitter Melon Fruit Benefits For Body Health


Magic Bitter Melon Fruit Benefits For Body Health bitter melon fruit is the fruit that tastes bitter with shapes like squash but the skin was not loud and full of bumps. Although the taste is very bitter, but pare still have fans. It is not much to like bitter melon for your favorite foods, but for the fans pare bitter taste that it actually makes them long. And I’m a big fan of one of the bitter melon fruit.
Bitter melon fruit is usually cooked by pan-fried, fresh vegetables as well as serve as the material for the gado gado. Even recently I found pare the meatball snacks out in the Bandung area. Behind the taste is slightly bitter, bitter melon which has the Latin name momordica charantia this turned out to contain many health benefits.
Magic Bitter Melon Fruit Benefits For Body Health
Ingredients & Benefits Of Bitter Melon Fruit
Here are some of the womb of the bitter melon fruit with a rate per 100 grams:
Energy: 29 kcal
Protein: 1.1 g
Fat: 0.3 g
Carbohydrates: 6.6 g
Fiber: 1.5 g
Calcium: 45 mg
Phosphorus: 64 mg
Iron: 1.4 mg
Vitamin A: 180 IU
Vitamin B1: 0.08 mg
Vitamin C: 52 mg
Water: 91.2 g
It has long leaves and bitter melon fruit pare beneficial to health. Great to have the possibility, thanks to the content fitokimianya such as saponins, flavonoids and polyphenols, glycosides cucurbitacin, momordicin, trichosanat acid, and charatin. In addition, bitter melon also contains fiber, vitamin A, C, calcium, phosphorus, and iron.
The content of the bitter melon fruit is mainly a lot to be utilized in order to increase appetite, can aid digestion and lower blood sugar levels. To be more details, please see the benefits of bitter melon fruit the following:
Magic Bitter Melon Fruit Benefits For Body Health
Can Increase Appetite
Trichosanat acid content and efficacious momordicin can improve digestive function of the stomach to the people who consume can eat voraciously.
Can Prevent Pregnancy
Research on Oentoeng Soeradi and Asmarinah (1994) from the University of Indonesia in experimental animals for the show, the animals were given pare spermatozoidnya be killed. For this reason, people have the assumption bitter melon can prevent pregnancy.
Can Overcome Diabetes
Doctors in India have been using pare to cope with diabetes mellitus because it has a strong hypoglycemic properties. This capability has been demonstrated Suwijiyo of Traditional Medicine Research Center of the University of Gajah Mada. When this fruit extract given to patients with diabetes for 2 weeks, the results on their blood glucose levels dropped significantly. It is estimated that because sulfonylurea compound that is usually found on diabetes medications. Also because sterol his glycosides.
Can Help People with HIV / AIDS
Pare also called the call can be used to help fight AIDS. Research in the US found a protein in the form of compounds or MAP alphamomocharin 30 which can inhibit the breeding of HIV causes AIDS. This study attempted in patients with AIDS. They were given the extract of bitter melon for 3 months increased level of immunity in the body.
Other benefits
Pare that has been used since the days of our ancestors, are believed to reduce fever, can cope with liver disorders, as well as an anthelmintic.
Pare should not be given to children because it can reduce their sugar levels. Those who tend to have low blood sugar levels are also forbidden to eat them. Likewise, pregnant women are feared to have a miscarriage.

Speedrun – Hitman: Blood Money – A Vintage Year (Silent Assassin, Pro Difficulty, Suit Only, Targets Only, “No Coins”)

Messing around trying another Speedrun, this time booting up some good’ol Hitman: Blood Money, “A Vintage Year” level.

Hitman is a wonderfully crafted, enjoyable game. In my opinion, every single installment in this series has been. People have enjoyed the ‘puzzle-play’ aspects of it, people have enjoyed the gunplay, the stealth. Players have also enjoyed trying to run as-fast-as-they-can through levels that were probably not designed with this intention. Now, Hitman: Blood Money may not win any awards for “realism” in some areas of gameplay, but I personally have something against the concept that an Assassin, wearing a nice suit, most likely a millionaire, is carrying around twenty dollars in pocket change. Heck, I am sometimes annoyed at the jingle in my own pocket of a couple of quarters when I come across them. Thus, my personal aim with this level: to do a Suit-Only, Targets-Only, Silent Assassin, ‘No Coins’ Speedrun (on Professional Difficulty). I am probably not the fastest at this sort of thing, I have only done a couple of intentional Speedruns in the past; but it was still fun to make and I figured it was ‘decently fast’, so I wanted to share. Enjoy!

Recorded game:  Hitman-Blood Money, First/Third Person Shooter/Stealth/Action
Recorded with:  Bandicam (Registered Version) @ 1080p
Recording codec:  MPEG-1 @ 80% Quality (Default Setting), 30fps

This was actually not as hard as I thought it would be – after finding out that Delgado.Sr is snipe-able up out on his balcony. It was his Son that gave me trouble (as it seems to do with everyone, after a few forum finds on the subject). I started just pushing him down the stairs and also setting up the Barrels to fall on him; but eventually I settled on just a good-old-fashioned-assassin-stand-by: the single bullet to the head. This felt ‘right’, after sniping dear-ol’Dad, anyway. Instead of pushing the Guards at the bottom into the water, I just walked non-chalantly by them, as they didn’t seem to care anyway.
[On the actual Playthrough, I seem to get some guards’ attention, but I assumed this was for going into the areas I wasn’t supposed to, not for being witnessed killing anyone]

I also wanted to do things like ‘leave nothing behind’, such as ‘just dropping weapons’ (like the Sniper Rifle) to save time. This sort of stems from the multitude-of-coins thing… Don’t get me wrong by the way, I appreciate the time so many have taken to figure out their own ways to complete Hitman levels by using distractions. I just for some reason [OCD?lol] find it hard to extend my fantasy thinking within the game ‘that far’ – to where a so-called Silent-Assassin-slash-Hitman is always carrying around and actually utilizes enough laundry money to make the homeless cry on every mission. [I didn’t actually mean to rant here, hah] I just think if an assassin wanted to throw anything around to distract guards, it could more realistically at least be a found weapon of some sort, as opposed to a ton of coinage everywhere (pebbles could even make more sense).

At any rate, whether you use coins (a mechanic that is indeed offered directly within the game) or you don’t, there you have it; not the fastest run [or the most ‘Silent’ lol], but hopefully an enjoyable little watch, nonetheless.

See you in the games!



Increasing activity levels won’t stop obesity, according to a BJSM article. We checked the facts

You sweat. You gasp. You even make it to those early-morning park workouts when your bed seems so much more inviting. But is all that hard work actuallydoing anything? Not as much as you might think, according to an articlepublished in the British Journal of Sports Medicine by a trio of public health experts – Drs Aseem Malhotra, Tim Noakes and Stephen D Finney – which argues that exercise is firing blanks in the war on weight.
But is that really true? In the economics of energy expenditure, you know that a session on the treadmill or supersets in the squat rack shifts your calorie count into the black. So long as you can hold off on that Big Mac on your way home, your body dips into your fat stores to make up the difference. The result? A looser waist band.
After a particularly arduous session surely you can even enjoy an extra helping at dinner. Maybe even a mid-afternoon something sugary as a reward for a lunch break spent groaning under a barbell. So long as you ensure that calories in doesn’t equal calories out, your scales will shift the right way.
But it’s this mind-set, the article claims, that’s undermining efforts to slim our increasingly blubbery society. “Members of the public are drowned by an unhelpful message about maintaining a ‘healthy weight’ through calorie counting,” the authors write, “and many still wrongly believe that obesity is entirely due to lack of exercise. This perception is rooted in the Food Industry’s Public Relations machinery, which uses tactics chillingly similar to those of Big Tobacco.”
As the article explains, junk food manufacturers spend billions every year to link themselves with healthy activities. More than 10% of London 2012 sponsors –including Coca Cola, McDonald’s and Cadbury’s – manufactured products associated with obesity. Half as many were associated with health and fitness.
“[Coca Cola] associates their products with sport, suggesting it is OK to consume their drinks as long as you exercise,” the article points out. “However, science tells us this is misleading and wrong. It is where the calories come from that is crucial. Sugar calories promote fat storage and hunger. Fat calories induce fullness and satiation.” As we’ve explained before,a calorie is not a calorie.
Thermodynamically, there’s no doubting food’s outgunning of exercise in its impact on your waistline. An hour of jogging sees off a comparatively paltry 400-odd calories. That’s less than a Pret BLT sandwich. It’s far more effective to focus your efforts on limiting what goes in, rather than raising what goes out. Particularly since the harder you work in the gym, the more tempting that high-calorie gunk looks when you’ve left.
So should you tear up your gym membership and steer that money you’re saving into kale? Not exactly. Despite what headlines would have you believe, the BJSM article isn’t suggesting exercise has no firepower in the war on fat. Just that it’s the weaker of your weapons. Getting to your 10,000 steps doesn’t buy you a Krispy Kreme reward.
That doesn’t mean exercise is impotent in building a newer, slimmer, healthier you. Firstly, shed weight with diet alone and you’ll soon stall. “You see programmes like The Biggest Loser work phenomenally at first,” says Dr Scott Harding, a lecturer in King’s College’s diabetes and nutritional science division. “They’ll lose a stone in a couple of days. But towards the end, you get people who are still huge and they can’t lose any more than a pound over the course of the week. It’s because the body’s resisting the weight loss.”
As intake drops, so does your metabolism, your body protecting itself from what it sees as starvation by dropping energy expenditure and making efforts to store the scant resources you’re offering it. Exercise is how you kickstart it again; how you conserve energy-hungry muscle rather than letting your body burn it up as fuel; how you get through weight loss plateaus you’d otherwise have to breach by cutting out yet more calories – and making your life miserable.
Secondly, exercise offers a host of health benefits independent of your weight. As little as half-an-hour of moderate activity every day slashes your risk of cardiovascular disease, type-2 diabetes, dementia and cancers by up to a third. It’s an effect offered even if you’re not moving up holes on your belt.
So no, this isn’t your excuse to stop hitting the gym if you want to shed that spare tyre. Rather, it’s a wake up call that you can’t rely on sweat to make up for your predilection for sweets. As Malhotra and his colleagues so succinctly put it: “You cannot outrun a bad diet.”

The weight question continue…

Take a health check .. .

Before you begin a new dietary regime or exercise programme, check with your doctor that your health status allows you to do so. A health check is vital if:

  • You are suffering from any ongoing health problems
  • You take regular medication
  • You are under 20 or over 65, because children, teenagers and the elderly have specific nutritional needs.

And a reality check …

If you do have a problem with your weight, stop beating yourself up over it. Being fat is not a sin or a criminal offence. It is simply a consequence of careless eating and lifestyle.

Diet Start

Even if you have tried every diet going, this one does not have to be the same. You are going to change your lifestyle and give up a few bad dietary habits. So, unless you have a medical condition that prevents you from losing weight, this approach will help you become slimmer and, more importantly, fitter.

Being overweight can undermine your self-esteem and the way you deal with situations. Losing weight won’t change the fact that you have money worries, an unsupportive partner or hate your job, but when the pounds start to fall away and you begin to feel better about yourself, you will deal with those issues very differently. Your confidence levels will rise and you will have lots more energy, which will help to make all of your problems seem more manageable.

Don’t be negative even before you start. This is not the problem you think it is – it’s the solution.


`Obesity is a heterogeneous disease in which genetic, environmental, psychological, and other factors are involved. It occurs when energy intake exceeds the amount of energy expended over time. Only in a small minority of cases is obesity caused by such illnesses as hypothyroidism or the result of taking medications, such as steroids, that can cause weight gain.’


  • What you weigh is the result of several factors:
  • How much and what kinds of food you eat
  • Whether your lifestyle includes regular physical activity
  • Whether you use food to respond to stress and other situations
  • Your physiological and genetic make-up
  • Your age and health status.

Successful weight management should address all of these factors. That’s the reason for ignoring products that promise quick and easy solutions, or permanent results without permanent changes in lifestyle. Any product that promises that you can lose weight without lowering your calorie intake and/or increasing your physical activity is trading on fantasy and false hope.

Teachers’ voices matter, and I want to hear from you!

Hi bloggy friends! I know it’s been forever since I’ve updated this blog, and trust me — lots of ideas are percolating in the hopper about my flipped(!) fourth grade classroom and other things I’ve tried this year. I promise those posts are coming! But in the meantime, I need your help!

As some of you may know, I’m working on my PhD in addition to teaching fourth grade full-time. The work-life balance has not been an easy thing, and now, I’m really working hard to finish as much coursework as possible in the short term because baby #2 will be arriving in November! (So while you all are hanging out by the pool having tasty margaritas, I’m crunching numbers for a stats class and reading about how to write ethnographic fieldnotes. Good times, I tell you…)

This summer, I’m starting to work on my dissertation, and I’m testing out my ideas in a pilot study. I’m planning to write my dissertation about the amazing elementary blogging community and the ways that teachers use blogs for professional development and personalized learning. I know that reading other teachers’ blogs has been hugely inspiring for me as a teacher, and I can’t imagine what I would do if I didn’t have access to so many great teaching minds across the globe. Shockingly, however, very little has been written about these great online communities and their benefits, and I want to explore that further. Scholars, politicians, and administrators need to know how much teachers learn from each other! Which is why I need your help.

I’m looking for a few teachers who would be willing to be interviewed about how they use blogs to support their work in the classroom. I want to talk to both bloggers and readers, so even if you don’t have a blog of your own, I’d still like to talk to you. This first wave of interviews will take place next week (June 20-26) and they will all be done online via Skype or Google Hangouts. I anticipate that each interview will last 45-60 minutes.

If you are willing to participate, could you please fill out this form so I can contact you directly? In exchange for your time, anyone who participates in an interview will receive up to $20 worth of free products from my TpT store.

Once you fill out the form, I will be in touch to arrange a time that will work best for the interview. I need to conduct (and transcribe!) at least 3 interviews next week to fulfill the requirements of my current coursework, but don’t let that small number deter you — I will need many more interview participants once I move beyond my pilot study and begin work on my actual dissertation, so I’d love to have a list of possible interviewees already started. And my offer for the free products from my TpT store will still stand.

I hope that you will consider participating! I look forward to talking to you and learning from you.

Multicity motorcycle ride across Texas kickoff event

Yesterday, October 22 marked the Kick-off Celebration of the first ever Kiehl’s Texas Run for TWOxTWO; An extension of Kiehl’s LifeRide for amfAR, a charitable Motorcycle Ride. On their fourth operable year the charity has raised over $500,000 for amfAR, the Foundation for AIDS Research.

The Kiehl’s Texas Run is a Four-stop, five-day charity motorcycle ride across Texas led by Kiehl’s President Chris Salgardo, accompanied by Kevin Robert Frost, the CEO of amfAR, and other riders who have committed their time to raising HIV/AIDS awareness. This year Tim Lopez of the Plain White Tees is joining the multi-day ride.

“We’ll be stopping for hand lotion breaks and small concerts,” he said.

The charity ride started in Austin, and will make a few stops in Houston, Longview, and Dallas from october 22-26.

Kneeling High to Low Chop – The Best Core Exercise You are Not Doing!

Core stability is a big buzzword in fitness, and for very good reason.     The ability to keep the core stable is essential for proper movement and prevention of injury.      Stability has three aspects related to the planes of movement:
Sagittal Plane Stability– is the ability to prevent flexion and extension of the core from the low back to the top of the head.
Front Plane Stability– is the ability to prevent lateral flexion of the core from the top of the head to the low back.
Transverse Plan Stability – is the ability to prevent rotation of the core from the top of the head to the low back
Stability is about preventing movement – not creating movement!   All muscles can act as stabilizers, movers, or absorbers, but the muscles of the core spend a lot of time preventing movement in many activities from running to walking to jumping.    This is why exercises like the plank are considered functional because the plank is about using core muscles to prevent movement of the core as opposed to exercises like a crunch which is about creating movement.
To have a strong and stable core it is important to perform stability exercises in all three planes of movement.     The plank and side plank do a great job of challenging muscles to prevent movement in the sagittal and front planes, but that leaves the Transverse Plane.    This is significant because the vast majority of injuries occur in the Transverse Plane with Frontal Plane injuries close behind.
It is also important to note that rotational movement (movement in the transverse plane) is fundamental to human movement in general and the generation of explosive force in many activities from Golf to Tennis to Boxing.
One of the best ways to develop rotational stability in the Transverse Plane is doing high to low anti-rotation chops in a half kneeling position using either resistance bands or cable resistance with a rope handle or pole attached.

The anchor point of the resistance band/location of the cable handle should be position up high.     Your body should be facing perpendicular to a line from the handle/anchor point straight down and across your body.     You should be in a half kneeling posture down on one knee (the leg closest to the cable/band should flexed with foot flat on the floor and hip and knee bent at 90 degrees.   
The other knee should be down on the floor (use a cushion or mat!) with shin and top of foot along the ground directly behind the knee.   It is important that the knee is directly under the hip.  It is also important that the spine be held straight with a straight line from top of head through the spine and hip to the knee on the ground.    Extend the spine fully and keep your spine fully elongated throughout the exercise.
Reach across the body and place both hands on the resistance band/rope spread apart with hands shoulder width apart.gripping the band/rope.
Keeping the shoulders and hips facing forward the entire time pull the rope/band directly down and across the body and pause in the bottom position making sure there is no movement to in the shoulders or hips while maintaining a fully lengthened spine.   Then slowly return to the starting position.    Form is VERY important in this exercise.
Here are two great instructional videos:

Fallout 4 – “Starting Out: On Settlements, Building, Crafting, Materials And More” – A Beginner’s Guide of Tips and Concepts to Settlement Building and Development [UNDER CONSTRUCTION]

Update: Added images for Main Concepts sections (Food, Defense, etc)
Update: Added steps for How To Assign a Settler to a Work Station/Shop/etc
Update: Added how to Give Yourself Any Building Components, or Food, with Commands (Cheats Section)
Update: Added how to Build past the Size Limit in Settlements (Not a Cheat, Doable on Console as well as PC)

[Note.: This post is ‘LIVE’ and ‘UNDER CONSTRUCTION’, as I continue to add more data and Tips and Example Screenshots to it… I decided to make it available now however, to assist those playing Fallout 4; especially those just starting out – seeing as there is a Steam Sale on now (go get it! heh). I will be adding more Text and Tips and Screenshots and More and this post cannot be considered ‘finalized’ until after I add a ‘Final Footer Image’ to the posting (see some of my other posts for examples of this type of ‘end image’ I put in my posts). Please excuse changes as they occur and temporary mistakes and spelling errors, which may show up should you return to this article while it is under development. Enjoy, however – I hope you find something helpful to you – and have fun in Fallout 4!]

I have been having a ton of fun playing Fallout 4 lately… and while I am taking forever to finish up a ‘First Impressions’ of the game [I keep playing and building up my Settlements instead of writing!], I wanted to share some Tips on handling Settlements; some concepts and ideas that might help new users to the game, players that may not have developed their Settlements very much yet, or players that are looking for ways to possibly improve or increase their Settlements and their Production and associated benefits (Bottlecaps income from Stores, Settlers roaming around and finding/providing you with Supplies, Clinics for healing and removing Radiation, and more).

Screenshot showing the Workshop Area of The Sunshine Tidings Cooperative, Decorated (Work In Progress).
(High Resolution Texture Pack enabled [not 100% sure, sorry, but I think it was at this time]
The Automatron DLC Robot Workbench can be seen, center background. Minuteman Flag seen, left wall, foreground)
Click to see Full Size

[Settlements and their development and growth is one of my favourite aspects of the game, not only because it supplies you with Junk/Scrap/Materials to build with and Money as well, but also because of the ‘life it breathes into the game’… every Settlement becomes ‘alive’ with people coming and going, working and resting, asking for help or talking amongst themselves around you. After getting a few Settlements set up and running smoothly, they become a place to restock, sell and collect, modify and improve gear, rest and maybe enjoy some scenery, taking a break from the action by building and re-working, improving and creating a place of solitude and pride, in each little ‘town’ in The Commonwealth…]

Example of the Workshop Mode interface bar, normally seen at the top of the screen in Workshop Mode (Building mode)
Click to see Full Size 

Here then, are some main ideas to start off with or to keep in mind  – hopefully helpful to fellow gamers who are either starting out in Fallout 4 [from the latest Steam Sale], or are looking for ways to improve their currently-undeveloped Settlements (colour-coded somewhat-by-importance to help separate them for easier reference):

1.  In the very beginning, build Food and Water and Beds, as much as you can.  

These three things (Beds, Water, Food) are the main limiting factors to how many people will come to live in a Settlement. 

 [The maximum amount of people that can ‘live in your town’ is supposed to be your Charisma+10 (so if you have 5 Charisma, that would be 15 people); Provisioners who run Supply Lines (more on them later on down further) don’t seem to count towards this calcuated total (by my experience so far). Also, this limitation is stated in many places online – however, I have Settlements that are much higher than this number (over 30!) so I have not finalized the concept of Settlement Limitation Amount, at this time] 

Don’t worry about Guard Posts and Turrets, at least, as much as you might think at the start – because although they do help with the overall safety of your Settlement; reducing the amount of Raids that occur, reducing the amount of Damage that will be sustained in the Raids, and setting a higher Security rating (which seems to affect Happiness, but not Immigration rate – more on Happiness later on…) – you can actually put the responsibility on yourself to take care of Raids at first [and get the bonus experience and loot that comes with it!] by Fast Travelling to the Settlements as soon as you see the ‘Help Defend’ tasks come up – or making ’rounds’ between your Settlements as they are starting up, as Raiders sometimes attack while you are there and you can then help clear them out – and get all the Loot they drop, too! 

[The game leads you towards building Turrets at your Settlements near the beginning, too – in the form of a ‘tutorial’ of sorts, somewhat-early on]

2.  Plant any Food (Corn, Tatos, Mutfruit, Gourds, Watermelon and Razorgrain) you find, at first.

Starting out, you want to maximize your growth, so re-planting food you pick up not only increases how much food a Settlement can produce/feed for the Settlers, it also multiplies how much you can harvest!

You can harvest any plants by ‘picking them’ (hitting the Action key while close to them). You can then immediately re-plant the food you just picked, by entering Workshop Mode and going to the Resources>Food section.

A while later, you can start to Cook with your Food – not only do the meals you prepare have special bonuses (they are all different!) but boiling up some VEGETABLE STARCH, made from all materials that you can gather at any Settlement, is a great way to create your own Adhesive building material. Used for almost everything, Adhesive is a very important material to have!

Vegetable Starch, a source of Adhesive, you can create yourself by cooking together Corn (3), Mutfruit (3), Tatos (3) and using Purified Water (1). Purified Water, you can either find as you travel, cook yourself [3 Dirty Water can be boiled up to make 1 Purified Water], or use Water leftover from your Water Sources in your Settlement – as any extra Water that is not used by your Settlers will be ‘kept by the Settlers in the Workshop inventory’ [in the Workshop Bench]. You need Adhesive for Modifications to Weapons and Armor and even for Building – it is used for almost everything and is therefore very important to keep stocked!

3. Tied for the third most important thing/things to start thinking about, are these two concepts:

    • As you can, increase your Turrets and Guard Posts, to increase the Security of the Settlements, and as stated above, reducing the amount of Raids that occur, reducing the amount of Damage that will be sustained in Raids, and keeping your Settlers ‘feeling secure and more relaxed’ (Happier), too. 

    Although the Security Rating of a Settlement (“Defense”) does not effect the speed at which Settlers will immigrate to your little town, the Defense Rating of a Settlement affects the Happiness Rating – which affects how ‘Productive’ the Settlers are in that Settlement (speed of gathering resources, amount of Caps earned, etc) – more on Happiness later on…

    If you have more Guard Posts than you have assigned Guards, they will ‘patrol’ around the Settlement, going between them, back and forth. If you have the same amount of Guard Posts to Guards, they will each stay at one, standing ‘on guard’, most of the time.

    [I personally like to have a couple extra Guard Posts created in my Settlements just to have the Guards move around more… It creates more movement in the Settlements overall and makes them ‘feel more alive’ – something I really like in my Settlements!]

    • Build extra Scavenging Stations as your Settlement grows, as your Junk/Materials allow you to, so as the Settlers keep flowing in, you can assign them to the empty Stations – concentrating more on Scavenging over time will get your Settlers working and searching around, bringing you any Junk Items they find, “automatically” for you to then use!

    Scavenging Stations are assigned to Settlers, who then start wandering the Settlement randomly, picking up Scrap and Junk items they find and placing them in the Workshop over time – they will even ‘break down’ the items at the Scavenging Station – and you can watch them do it! 

    [If you have the Automatron DLC/Expansion, you will find that robots Assigned to Scavenging Stations will simply stand next to the Station with no animations occurring (sadly)]

    ‘How do you Assign Settlers to Scavenging Stations?’
    Further down, there are Steps with Screenshots for each,
    in the Section “How To Assign Settlers To Work Stations”

    After a while, with more Settlers coming in (sometimes they will migrate to your Settlements quite fast, seeing a solid place to find food, water, beds and have some security/safety), you’ll start to see Junk/Scrap/Materials pile up slowly, even Bottlecaps flowing in, sitting there waiting for you in the Workshops of your Settlements. 

     [If you have extra Food/Plants/farming and Guarding that needs to be done, Settlers seem to assign themselves to those first, if you haven’t been by to visit in a while to ‘tell people what to do’ – I have returned to Settlements to find New Immigrants that have started Farming or standing at Guard Posts on their own – but I have yet to see Settlers that Assign themselves to Scavenging Stations]

    Don’t forget to ‘make your rounds’ and periodically travel around to check all of the Workshops, grabbing these extra ‘Caps and ‘Mats, snatching-up the extra Purified Water you’ll see in them, to sell for even more Bottlecaps (especially if you are more desperate for money sometime). Purified Water is created by extra Water production of the Settlement; water that the Settlers aren’t using from the Sources you have set up. This extra Water gets placed in the Workshop for general use and Supply Line provisioning to other Settlements – but since it sells for a decent price and ‘piles up for free’, grab it and Sell it, if you really need ‘Caps!

    4.  As you find more Settlements, start up Supply Lines between them all…

    Supply Lines are ways to ‘share’ the resources of the Workshops between Settlements. You assign a Settler to create a Supply Line between two Settlements, and they then become a “Provisioner”, leading a Caravan between the two Settlements, taking supplies between them so that you can effectively ‘use the Junk/Scrap/Materials/Components of both of them’, no matter which one you are in!

    Supply Lines are started by entering Workshop Mode, then going up to a Settler (one that is Unassigned with no ‘job to do’, or one that you want to make run a Supply Line instead of the job they are currently assigned to) and choosing Supply Line from the bottom menu bar.

    That townsperson will then become a Provisioner, leading a caravan and a wacky Brahmin through the wilds of The Commonwealth… between the Settlement that they originated in and the one that you assigned them to make a Supply Line to.
    Between these two Settlements then, you can utilize any* Junk/Scrap/Components between them, in their Workshops.

    *Note that it appears you cannot share any Weapons or Apparel that you put in [I have not tested Miscellaneous items yet]; you can only share Junk [as of the time of this posting, this may change in a future Update/Patch in the game, of course].

    Requirement: Supply Lines require the Local Leader Perk to be able to ‘organize the people’, which requires a Charisma of 6 – but it has no Level requirement, so you can get it at the start of the game if your Character has a Charisma of 6. If your Character does not have a Charisma of 6, you can also put Perk Points into Charisma as you Level – you get one Perk Point every time you gain a Level – thereby slowly increasing your Charisma to 6, eventually. You can also put on Gear and Clothes that ‘accentuate your Charisma rating’ [eg. Apparel that says “CHR 1”], to get your Charisma up to 6 ‘instantly’!

    [With places like Tenpines Bluff, a Settlement you find somewhat-early on, that has barely any resources at all and barely anything to Scrap for Building Materials – the game seems to even be encouraging you to think about Supply Lines… at least, this is my interpretation..]

    Pick Up Everything! Loot Every Body And Clear Out Every Location You Find!

    Workshops will create Scrap building materials (Components) for you ‘automatically’ from any Junk Items you store in them – just ‘keep building’ and if you have the Junk that can be broken down into the Components you need, it will do it for you!

    What I mean by the above Tip is, if you put in a bunch of Forks and Knives you have found (for example), and you want to build something in your Settlement that requires Steel to build with, just go ahead and start Building – your Workshop will ‘smelt/breakdown the Junk items (in this example, the Forks and Knives) into Steel’ automatically, so you can essentially ‘use the Fork and Knife to build with’ – you do not need to “drop the items on the ground and then go into Workshop Mode and Scrap the items one by one” to get the Materials from your Junk items to Build; just select your part to Build and it will let you build it – if there is enough “components from junk parts” to do so!

    [I’m not sure if this changed from an early Patch or something, but I see a bunch of people asking in forums, even recently, if there is an easier way to get Scrap (building materials) from Junk items besides manually ‘Scrapping them one-by-one on the ground in Workshop Mode’ – there should have been a better Tutorial for this, in a way, in the game itself; but I hope this information above clears it up and helps people out]

    Junk Items = Scrap Components = 
    Building Materials!

    Pick Up Everything! Loot Every Body And Clear Out Every Location You Find!
    • Repeated, Scavenging Station concept from above, as a Reminder:

      Build extra Scavenging Stations as your Settlement grows, as your Junk/Materials allow you to, so as the Settlers keep flowing in, you can assign them to the empty Stations – concentrating more on Scavenging over time will get your Settlers working and searching around, bringing you any Junk Items they find, ‘automatically’ for you!

    Scavenging Stations are assigned to Settlers, who then start wandering the Settlement randomly, picking up Scrap and Junk items they find and placing them in the Workshop over time.

     [If you have extra Food/Plants/farming and Guarding that needs to be done, Settlers seem to assign themselves to those first, if you haven’t been by to visit in a while to ‘tell people what to do’ – I have returned to Settlements to find New Immigrants that have started Farming or standing at Guard Posts on their own – but I have yet to see Settlers that Assign themselves to Scavenging Stations]

    [If you have the Automatron DLC/Expansion, you will find that robots assigned to Scavenging Stations will simply stand next to the Station with no animations occurring (sadly)]

    How To Assign Settlers To Work Stations (To Get Them To Perform Jobs In Your Settlement, Such As Running Shops/Stores Or Gathering Items For You To Use)

    Below, are the five simple steps to Assigning a Settler to any Work Station, getting them to utilize it and start contributing to the income of Supplies/Income of the Settlement. In this example, we are going to Assign a Settler to a Scavenging Station:

    1. When you first build/place a Station or Store/Shop or other useable buildings in your Settlement, it will show up as “Unassigned”, in the Workshop Mode interface. All buildings that are Assignable in a Settlement will show a ‘person icon’, in Red, to show that the building has a Requirement that needs to be fulfilled, for it to begin functioning.

    2. Find a Settler that you want to Assign to the Station. This can be a Settler that is already “Assigned” to something (so you can change their Job they are Performing in your Settlement), or a Settler who is “Unassigned” (doing nothing specific). Highlight the Settler by looking directly at them, then press the ACTION button to begin to ‘COMMAND them to do something’…

    Settlers who are Unassigned still gather Junk Items they find while walking around and put them in the Workshop Inventory for use by everyone. However, this happens slower than if they were Assigned to a Scavenging Station (which gives them ‘access to tools’). “Unassigned Settlers” contribute to ‘making people feel uneasy’ in the Settlement – which negatively affects the overall Happiness of that Settlement (resulting in lowered Production for that Settlement). Assign all Settlers to Tasks, or Relocate them to another Settlement (“Move” them), if there are no Jobs/Tasks for them to do.

    3. Go back to the Station/Shop/Building that you want to Assign the Settler to, and highlight it by looking directly at it. Then click the ACTION button to ASSIGN the Settler you just started COMMANDing, to ‘utilize this Station’ (in this example, the Scavenging Station, shown below).

    4. After clicking ASSIGN on a Station/Shop/Building, the ‘person icon’ should change from Red to Green, to show that a person is now assigned to the Station/Shop/Building (for example, the ‘Requirement for the Station to function’ is fulfilled). You should also see a message in the upper-left saying, “This resource is now assigned.” – that’s it! In this example, you have now Assigned a Settler to the Scavenging Station.

    5. If you go back to the Settler, you can check to make sure they are properly Assigned, by looking at them directly in Workshop Mode. They should now show the Task they are Assigned to (in this example, the Settler now shows a “Scavenging Station Icon” (a Buzzard, ‘the scavenger bird’)).

    Perform the above steps whenever you want to Assign a Settler to any Work Station, Guard Post, Shop or Store – the steps are the same, no matter what you need to have Assigned.

    Pick Up Everything! Loot Every Body And Clear Out Every Location You Find!

    Example of a Crafting Station, which allows you to create or modify items in the game. This is a Weapons Workbench (from Sanctuary), used to Modify found Weapons, adding higher capacity, faster firing rates, more powerful scopes, and more.
    (Click to see Full Size)

    Starting out with Weapons (Similar Concept to Armor, Below)

    In the beginning, other than the best Weapons you can save for yourself to use (or share with your Companion), SCRAP the rest for Materials…

    Don’t worry about building up a ‘Collection to Sell’ [at the start], you will run into so many enemies that you will have lots of spare Weapons to Sell for Caps later on. Scrapping for Materials not only lets you have Mats to Modify other Weapons you find and improve them as you Unlock Perks with your Points (using the Blacksmith skill) – it will also let you find other parts/materials as you ‘break down’ the Weapons you find into typical weapon-type-materials like Steel, Wood, Plastic and Screws – sadly, you cannot break down Weapons to gain the ever-important Adhesive, it seems [it is ‘already used’, I guess!].

    Example of a Crafting Station, that allows you to create or modify items in the game. This is an Armor Workbench (from Sanctuary, seen in the rain), used to Modify found Armor, adding bonuses like more defense (adding more material to armor), or putting pockets in it (to allow you carry more weight), and more.
    (Click to see Full Size)

    Starting out with Armor (Similar Concept to Weapons, Above)

    In the beginning, other than the best Armor you can save for yourself to use, (or share with your Companion), SCRAP the rest for Materials…

    Don’t worry about building up a ‘Collection to Sell’ [at the start], you will run into so many enemies that you will have lots of spare Armor to Sell for Caps later on. Scrapping for Materials not only lets you have Mats to Modify other Armor you find and improve them as you Unlock Perks with your Points (using the Armorer skill) – it will also let you find other parts/materials, as you ‘break down’ the Armor you find into typical armor-type-materials like Rubber, Cloth, Leather and Steel – sadly, you cannot break down Weapons to gain the ever-important Adhesive, it seems [it is ‘already used’, I guess!].

    Short Story/Example About Armor: Because I could Modify and Customize Raider Arm armor near the beginning, I gave up the higher-protection “DC Guard Left/Right Arm” armor pieces that I picked off of a poor dead DC Guard, [because it does not seem to Modify-able in the game and] because I ‘knew how to Modify’ the Raider Armor to be POCKETED for higher Inventory/Carry space [you need to ‘learn how’, by putting Perk Points (‘skill points earned every Level’) into Armorer, a Strength 3 skill]. I put the DC Guard Armor in a Dresser at the beginning for the time being, using the ‘Pocketed Raider Arms’ I could Modify, then – a higher Carry Weight Limit is a valuable commodity – especially at the beginning!

    Pick Up Everything! Loot Every Body And Clear Out Every Location You Find!

    Did someone say CHEATS?

    Sick of trudging around The Commonwealth like a Brahmin with two heads cut off, looking for junk to break down into materials to ‘just build’ with? Tired of picking up every piece of Junk you find, trekking in and out of town constantly and thinking “I just want to build up my base…” or “can’t there be an easy way of getting junk” or “there’s gotta be a faster way to get junk”..?

    Then wonder/wander no more – there is a way to instantly get all the materials you want!

    In Fallout 4 [and most Bethesda games], you can type the item you want and how many you want, of any item in the game, into the Command Console. However, you need to know the item’s Unique Identification Number, first (known as the “Base ID” of the item, in Bethesda games). 

    One way to find the Base ID of any item or object in Fallout 4, is to open the Console (by hitting the Tilde key, “~”, usually found next to the Number 1, in the line of numbers across the top of QWERTY keyboards), and clicking on the item or object in the game. It will then show the BaseID of the object at the top/center of the Command Console area.
    For an example; if you wanted to find out the Base ID of that Deathclaw running at you (and since we are in the ‘Cheat Section’ of this article, say… you want to kill it instantly), then you would find out the ID for it by opening the Console (“~”) and clicking once on the Deathclaw (it should be ‘frozen’ by opening the Console), which would show the BaseID of it just below, at the top of the Console area. Now, for this example of ‘killing it instantly’; you just have to type in “kill”, then a space, then type in the BaseID you see on the screen, and hit Enter. BOOM. That Deathclaw that was running at you (and you were unprepared for, full of inventory and unable to run, no doubt)? It’s dead. “First Crack At The Gear!” 

    [Note1: If you try ‘clicking on the enemy, then typing KILL, then just hitting ENTER’ right away; it may not work as desired. You may end up killing yourself… Although those steps do work, they do not seem to work 100% of the time [in my testing], therefore, the Suggestion of doing the steps from just a bit above (“clicking to get the ID, but typing in KILL and the ID number”), is recommended – to save from accidentally killing yourself and having to LOAD…]

    [Note2: The BaseID seems to change [in my testing], as in, when a Deathclaw (from our example above) ‘spawns’ (comes out of the ground), it will have one ID (and it seems to be ‘unkillable’ for a short time), and then when it starts to come at you and attack, it will change to another ID – which can then be used in the Command Console to ‘kill’ it. Also, Base Identifiers may be ‘Procedurally Generated’, which is, automatically and repeatedly created and changed, as a game goes on. Although this does not seem to happen for items like Food and Materials, it does seem to happen with Enemies and Gear (Weapons/Armor) – so be sure to take the steps above when trying to manipulate objects around you (eg. ‘kill’-ing an enemy), finding the BaseID each time, to be sure that there will not be a mistake or missed opportunity, to utilize the BaseID in the Console.]

    Want nearly-infinite food?
    Want nearly-infinite materials to build with?
    Want to ‘just build and not worry about going around collecting Junk (to build with)’? 

    Then wonder/wander no more – here is a way to instantly get all the building materials you want!

    [WARNING/Suggestion: Although getting all of the items you could ever want, whenever you want, to ‘Just Build’ – effectively turning the game into “Fallout 4: The Sims Apocalypse” where you just Build and Decorate and work on keeping your Settlers at bases Happy (not that that’s a bad thing) – it can potentially contribute to making the game ‘less exciting’, as it takes away much of the need to go anywhere or do anything (other than keep your Settlers’ Happiness maintained). This isn’t a bad thing necessarily (I have one Character I created just to play around and learn the Build Mechanics with and have fun just building and decorating..). I only mention this because I would like to Suggest to create a separate Character to do this with, or remember that when the game ‘gets kind of boring’, to create a Character where you ‘don’t cheat at all’, to create suspense/tension within the game. No matter how you prefer to play though, I hope you enjoy Fallout 4 as much as I have – and still do… Have fun!]

    I have some Batch Files for Fallout 4 below, which will allow you to ‘type in to the Console what you want’ [Materials to build with, or Food (so you won’t have to worry about Farming or feeding your Settlers)] and you will instantly have a ton of those items on your character.
    With the Items in them listed in Alphabetical Order, I have one file that is for getting Materials (Scrap/Junk to Build with), one file that is for getting Food (to Eat/Cook with) and one that is for getting huge amounts of both in one shot…

    To use these Batch Files in Fallout 4, simply download the Text file(s) and place them into the Fallout 4 game directory/folder, where the game data/files are.
    [Don’t worry, they are just Text Files, but I give directions on how to make your own further down, if you ‘don’t like to download things unknown very much’.]

    To quickly find the Fallout 4 game files location [in Steam, on PC]:

    Go to the Library section in Steam and Right-Click on the “Fallout 4” listing, choosing ‘Properties’.

    In the Properties window that comes up, click on the ‘Local Files’ tab.

    It shows you what Drive the game is on; but to quickly get to the game files themselves, click on the ‘Browse Local Files’ button, which will open a new File Explorer window (Windows).

    This location is where you want to Save the Text Files to (the ‘Batch Files for Fallout 4’), usually it will have a Path like “SteamLibrarysteamappscommonFallout 4” on whatever Drive/Partition you installed the game to.

    In that folder, Download/Save (or ‘Paste’, if you ‘Copied’ the files from another location) the .TXT files, to be able to call them up from the Command Console in-game. 

    Example of how the ‘Batch Files’ (Text Files) look, after being placed in the Fallout 4 Game Folder
    (Click to see Full Size)
    Here are the steps to use the .TXT-format ‘Batch Files’ once they are in the game directory (shown for the file for getting Food, the file for getting Building Materials, and then the file for getting Huge Amounts Of Everything To ‘Just Build’ if you want...):

    1A. To use the file that gives you 1000 of all types of Food (so you don’t have to worry about Farming or Feeding your Settlers for a long time); type in

     bat allbasefood

     in the Command Console and hit Enter. That’s it!  

    1B. You can now close the Console and you’ll find you have 1000 of every type of Food in the game, on your person.

    1C. Go to a Workshop to Store the Food there (otherwise you will be ‘overburdened’ with all of that Food in your pockets) – you will find the Food items under the AID section in your Pip-Boy, as shown below:

    2A. To use the file that gives you 1000 of all types of Materials to build with (all of the Crafting Components, so you don’t have to worry about going out and looking for and collecting Junk items to Scrap for a long time and can ‘Just Build’, if you want to play that way for a while); type in

    bat allbasematerials

     in the Command Console and hit Enter. That’s it! 

    2B. You can now close the Console and you’ll find you have 1000 of every type of Building and Crafting Material in the game, on your person.

    2C. Go to a Workshop to Store the Materials in the Workshop Inventory (otherwise you will be ‘overburdened’ with all of those Crafting Components in your pockets) – you can just hit the STORE ALL JUNK button, to do it in one step.

    For the last one, which gives 9001 of every single type of Food AND Crafting Component in the game [maybe I should have named it “IJUSTWANTTOBUILD.txt”], use the steps below:

    3A. To use the file that gives you 9001 Of All Types Of Everything To ‘Just Build’ With (all of the Crafting Components in the game, so you don’t have to worry about going out and looking for and collecting Food OR Junk items to Scrap, for a long time and can ‘Just Build’); type in

     bat allyourbase9k

    in the Command Console and hit Enter. That’s it! 

    3B. You can now close the Console and you’ll find you have 9001 of every type of Building and Crafting Material in the game, on your person.

    3C. Go to a Workshop to Store the Junk Items (Materials) and the Food (from the AID section in the Pip-Boy), in the Workshop Inventory (otherwise you will be ‘overburdened’ with all of those Every Frelling Thing In The Game For Settlement Building in your pockets).  

    Here is where to Download the Text Files to place into the Fallout 4 directory/folder (the ‘Batch Files’ to use), from the GoogleDrive for The Blog:

    allbasefood.txt file
    allbasematerials.txt file
    allyourbase9k.txt file

    If you don’t like to normally Download things ‘from unknown places/people’ [aren’t we just ‘Friends That Haven’t Met Yet, though, my dear reader?], here is what the Google Drive link looks like when you click on it:

    Still, feel free to Scan the files with your installed Anti-Virus Program(s), or online through something like (this is actually a good idea to do with anything Downloaded..).

    If you you rather create your own Text Files, to place into your Fallout 4 directory/folder, to run as ‘Batch Files’, to give yourself an amount of these items, instead of fully Downloading the Text Files offered above – then here are the steps to create your own files:

    Is There A Way To Build More, Past The Limit?

    Sadly, there is a limit to how much you can Build in a Settlement – indicated by the SIZE bar in the Upper-Right corner of the screen in Workshop Mode. While this limitation is there to stop us from building so much that it makes the game go down to 1fps in that area, the SIZE limit is pretty conservative [in my opinion] and I found out that there is an easy way to ‘Build More’ – getting past that Build Size Limitation….

    When you see the message, “Nothing More Can Be Built.”, you can just press your lips together and blow, making that weird trumpet sound, after reading the steps below. No Limitations for you! Just follow these steps and you can continue to Build in that Settlement:

    (Note that this is not a Cheat, it does not affect Achievements and it is doable on Console as well as PC)

    • Get some Weapons together on your Character (specifically Guns, as this specific technique does not appear to work with Melee or Thrown in my testing). Apparel and Junk does not work for this either.
    • Bring up the Pip-Boy and Drop the Guns on the ground
    • Close the Pip-Boy and enter Workshop Mode (by Activating the Workshop Bench or holding ‘V’ (on PC) to open Workshop Mode)
    • Look down at the Guns on the ground and STORE them in the Workshop Inventory (careful not to SCRAP them, that is not what we are doing here at the moment!)
    • You should now see your SIZE bar going in reverse and it will even change from Red to Yellow to Green. BOOM. More Room To Bloom. 

    That’s it! You can now build more in that Settlement. Enjoy! If you want to retrieve your Weapons, you can just go into the Workshop Inventory (“Transfer”) and get them back – which means you can repeat these steps over and over, as needed! (Don’t forget to Share your Screenshots on Steam or elsewhere – other people want to see what you can do – and it gives them new ideas, too)

    Although it is possible to get past the Build Limit by simply dropping ‘any item’ and Scrapping it [I recently learned this on the Steam Forum for Fallout 4], this is still not what I was trying to do, with the Steps above. My intention was to STORE the Guns, so that they can still be utilized later – selling them for Bottlecaps, or ‘Breaking Them Down’ and taking their Modifications off to use on other Weapons, or just using them as Weapons in the game on the Character (or given to Settlers to help them fight off Raids/Attackers) –  that is why the Steps above utilize my method. Storing the Guns allows you to continue to use them (as opposed to Scrapping them into Components to Build/Craft with).

    [……I am going to add to this post, as I remember things that I already have forgotten and can’t seem to bring back up at the moment to throw in here; but I still hope someone finds these concepts and Tips helpful, for either starting out in the game or improving your Settlements (there are more advanced concepts to come….. Have fun with Fallout 4!]

    And More: Deal and Sales – Battlefield 4 Expansion, Second Assault is Free from EA – Two Days Left [Notification]

    Just a quick mention, for those who didn’t catch it yet or for those who play [or never stopped playing!] Battlefield 4Second Assault, the Expansion pack that adds Four Maps, Five Weapons, Ten Assignments and more, is currently being given away Free from EA/Origin until the 28th – that’s only two days left to go get it!

    Battlefield 4: Second Assault Expansion Pack Information Panel
    in the “On The House” Section [ Free Games > On The House] in EA’s Origin Game Client (Click to see Full Size)

    Note that you need to already own Battlefield 4, as this is an Expansion Pack, but you can still get it now – even if you don’t own BF4 – and play it later. Go and Download it now! GOGOGO

    Battlefield 4: Second Assault Expansion Promotional Wallpaper by EA, Unedited
    (Click to see Full Size)

    See You In The Game!

    World first: Harley Street by Rajputana Customs

    This cafe-style Harley-Davidson Street 750 comes from Rajputana Customs.

    Outside the States, the new Street is widely regarded as the most important motorcycle in Harley-Davidson’s line-up. So the bike we’re looking at here is something of An Event: it’s the first officially sanctioned Street custom from an independent builder.

    That builder is Rajputana Customs of Jaipur City. They’re some 300 kilometers south of Harley’s Haryana factory—where the Street is built—and they’ve done a remarkable job.
    This cafe-style Harley-Davidson Street 750 comes from Rajputana Customs.

    This Street 750 was put together in just four weeks, but you’d never guess. “Given the liquid-cooled engine and snug-fitting chassis, we felt a butch-looking racer was the way to go,” says Rajputana boss Vijay Singh.

    The first upgrade was the front end, which now sports Suzuki GSX-R forks with 25% stiffer springs. There’s more suspension travel than stock, helped by the removal of the plastic grill surrounding the front-mounted radiator.
    This cafe-style Harley-Davidson Street 750 comes from Rajputana Customs.

    To flatten the lines of the bike, the standard tank was lifted slightly at the rear and the gas cap moved to the left side.

    On the right is the speedo, mounted on to the tank itself. A stripe of grey paint cleverly aligns with the fins of the rear cylinder.
    This cafe-style Harley-Davidson Street 750 comes from Rajputana Customs.

    The standard dual shocks have gone, replaced by a monoshock mounted to the right-hand side of the swingarm. (“It works like a gem,” says Vijay.) The monoshock also carries the compact battery and part of the wiring loom.

    The belt drive system of the factory bike is gone, replaced by a chain. Rajputana have custom-machined a front sprocket, and hooked it up to a Drag Race rear sprocket in tough 7075-T6 aluminum from Zipper’s Performance.
    This cafe-style Harley-Davidson Street 750 comes from Rajputana Customs.

    There’s a sleek new subframe and a low profile cowl behind a quilted black leather seat. Coker tires are mounted on 16-inch Harley 48 rims and hubs, and the swingarm was modified to accommodate the larger rubber.

    Custom-fabricated clip-on bars complete the look, topped off with Arlen Ness grips.
    It’s a quite remarkable transformation—and it’s bound to make a lot of people see the Harley-Davidson Street in a new light.
    Top marks to Vijay and Rajputana Customs for an exceptionally clever build. A fine bike to round off 2014.
    Rajputana Custom Motorcycles website | Facebook | Instagram | Harley-Davidson India
    First read on http://www.bikeexif.comThis cafe-style Harley-Davidson Street 750 comes from Rajputana Customs.

    14 Ways to Cut Portions Without Feeling Hungry

    14 Ways to Cut Portions Without Feeling Hungry
    The best portion control tips for easy and fast weight loss.

    by Diana Kelly

    Credit: Getty Images

    Portion control tips

    To lose weight, you need to burn more calories than you consume, which inevitably means one thing: portion control. But you’re not necessarily doomed to a growling stomach until you reach your goal. “Portion control doesn’t mean you have to eat tiny portions of everything,” says Lisa Young, PhD, RD, author of The Portion Teller Plan: The No-Diet Reality Guide to Eating, Cheating, and Losing Weight Permanently. “You don’t want to feel like you’re on a diet, but you have to eat fewer calories.”

    Here are 14 easy ways to cut portions, trim calories, and lose fat without counting the minutes until your next meal.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Start with a glass of H2O

    Drink 16 ounces (a big glass) of water before you eat, suggests Dawn Jackson Blatner, RD, author of The Flexitarian Diet. Filling your belly with water will naturally make you less likely to overeat, she says. Plus, some symptoms of dehydration may actually be what’s causing your rumbling belly, so sipping some water before you eat may eliminate your “hunger” altogether.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Wear form-fitting clothes
    We’re not suggesting you squeeze into pants that are too tight. However, wearing an outfit with a waistband or perhaps a jacket with buttons can serve as a tool to prompt you to slow down and assess how you feel during your meal, says Young. As your clothing begins to feel a little snugger, it may keep you from going back for seconds.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Add veggie fillers

    Bulking up your meals with veggies is one easy way to cut calories while filling you up fast. Spinach, for example, can be used as a sandwich-topper or can add fiberand nutrients to pasta and stir-fries, says Blatner. Other ideas to eat more veggies: swap in mushrooms for half the ground meat in most recipes, make oatmeal more filling with diced apples, and use a whole-wheat pita in place of bread so you can stuff it with more veggies.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Dine on dinnerware that helps you lose
    The color of your plate may influence how much you eat, according to a 2012 Cornell University study. The researchers discovered that when a plate and the food on it had a low color-contrast (like pasta with Alfredo sauce on a white plate), people at a buffet served themselves 22% more than when there was a higher color-contrast (like pasta with red sauce on a white plate or pasta with Alfredo sauce on a red plate). The study conclusions suggest that if you want to eat less, select plates that have a color-contrast to the food you’re eating for dinner. Or if you want to eat more healthy foods, like a bigger salad, eat greens from a large green plate or bowl!

    Credit: Getty Images

    Make carbs the topper instead of the base

    Rethink the way you use grains and starches. Take a breakfast parfait, for instance: instead of starting with a granola base, fill your cup with yogurt and then sprinkle just a tiny amount of granola on top for the crunch you crave. Making a stir-fry? Load up your plate with veggies and a serving of lean protein, then add a quarter cup of brown rice.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Set the scene for slower eating

    Dim lights and listen to relaxing music to set the tone for a more leisurely meal, suggests Blatner. “Taking your time while eating increases enjoyment and decreases portions,” she says. Remember to chew slowly, put down your fork between bites, and sip water to make your meal last longer.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Work for your food

    Here’s another way to slow down your eating: munch on foods that require shelling, peeling, or individual unwrapping, suggests Blatner. Oranges, edamame, and pistachios in their shells are healthy options.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Don’t eat from the bag or box

    When you sit down with a bag of chips, do you really know how many you’re eating? Researchers from Cornell University sought to answer this question in a study and found that people ate 50% more chipswhen they were given no visual cues as to how large a portion should be. So if you buy a bag of pretzels or tin of nuts that contains 10 servings, divide the contents of the container into 10 smaller baggies ahead of time.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Slurp your appetizer

    Before you dive into your entrée, have some soup. Though it may seem counterintuitive to add more to your meal, research shows that starting a meal with soup may help you reduce your overall calorie intake. In a 2007 study, people whoate soup before their lunch entrée reduced their total calorie intake by 20%. Your best bet: a broth-based soup, preferably with veggies to help you feel full from the natural fiber, says Young. Here are a fewhealthy soup recipes to get you started.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Take a lap before serving yourself

    In a Cornell University study published in PLoS One, researchers observed people at two separate breakfast buffet lines that featured the same seven items: cheesy eggs, potatoes, bacon, cinnamon rolls, low-fat granola, low-fat yogurt, and fruit. One line presented the foods from healthiest to least-healthy, while the other line had the order reversed. Regardless of which line they passed through, more than 75% of diners put the first food they saw on their plates; the first three foods they encountered in the buffet made up two-thirds of all the foods they added to their plate. So take a stroll around the buffet or dinner table before you serve yourself, suggests Young.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Drink from a tall glass

    It’s okay to have a cocktail with your meal if that’s what you really want, but keep it to one glass and enjoy it slowly, suggests Young. To trick yourself into believing you’re having more, pour your drink into a tall, thin glass. A 2005 study published in the journal BMJ revealed that practiced bartenders who poured what they thought was a shot of alcohol (1.5 ounces) into a short, wide glass poured 20% more than when the glass was tall and thin. Add extra ice to your drink to make it look like even more!

    Credit: Getty Images

    Limit mealtime distractions

    Turn off the TV and put your smartphone away while you eat. A recent review of studies found that people who watched television during meals tended to consume more than those who ate without any distractions. And for you office dwellers? Consider taking your lunch break away from your desk—in an American Journal of Clinical Nutrition study, people who played computer solitaire while having lunch felt less full at the end, and went on to eat more food later in the day than those who didn’t play the game.

    Credit: Getty Images

    Use smaller serveware and dishes

    Turns out that even food experts aren’t so savvy about eyeballing portion sizes. In a Cornell University study, 85 nutrition experts gathered for an ice cream social to celebrate the success of a colleague. They were randomly given either a small or large bowl, or a small serving scoop or large serving scoop. Then, the nutritionists were asked to complete a brief survey while the study researchers secretly weighed their bowls. Those given the larger bowls served themselves 31% more without realizing it, while those who used the larger scoop unknowingly served themselves 14.5% more. Moral of the story? Dish up your own food with a small utensil onto a small bowl or plate, and chances are you’ll eat less.

    Credit: Getty Images

    End your meal with a new kind of sweet treat

    Many people have trained themselves to expect a sweet treat at the end of a meal, says Blatner. Swap in a new, healthier ritual after meals to signal that you’re done eating. She recommends brewing a flavorful decaf tea like peppermint, cinnamon, chocolate, or one of your favorite fruity varieties for low-or-no-calorie sweet-tooth satisfier.


    Just For Kicks: Macco Motors’ XS400

    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.Most custom builders don’t enjoy messing with electrics: they’ll install a lithium-ion battery to save weight and leave it at that. More adventurous workshops might rip out the fuses and install a control box like the Motogadget m-Unit.
    Jose and Tito of Macco Motors have just gone one step further. To satisfy a client’s rather odd request, they’ve removed the entire electric start system from their latest build. To fire up this XS400, you need good old-fashioned muscle.
    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.
    “Hans wanted a café racer based on the three-cylinder Yamaha XS750,” explains Jose, “but he was having a tough time finding a suitable donor. A lot of classic bikes didn’t make it to Spain in the glory years.”

    The Macco lads settled on a 1978-spec XS400 A2A in good condition, and fitted a XS750 fuel tank. Then came Hans’ unusual request. “He wanted us to replace and relocate the battery,” says Jose, “and a few days later asked us to remove the starting system electrics—leaving only the kick start. He wondered if it was possible, and we said yes.”
    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.
    Macco called in a friend to help: ex-MotoGP mechanic Sergio Pitencel, who worked with Carlos Checa and Roberto Puig in the Honda team in the ’90s. “He’s a wise man from whom we learnt a lot.”

    The battery was removed and the circuit converted from DC to AC. Two control modules were then made up: one for the starter system and another one for the lights, which are powered by a small 8Ah Lithium-ion battery from Ballistic.
    An adjustable voltage regulator also had to be made up, and the coils were replaced with smaller items taken from a jet-ski. (That’s not even the full list of mods, but the rest will only be of interest to electricians.)
    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.
    After clearing the electrical obstacles, the rest of the build was pretty straightforward.

    Spoked wheels were on the brief. So the standard 18-inch mags were ditched, replaced by SR250 rims—19 inches at the front and 18 at the rear. After fabricating a new front axle, Macco installed classic Hagon shocks and fitted Metzeler Lasertec rubber.
    The tuned engine now breathes through a pair of K&N filters and shorty mufflers. There’s a chopped subframe and a very neat fiberglass tail section with a license plate support.
    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.
    The finishing touches are typically classy. Inverted Tarozzi semi-elevated clip-ons are wrapped in brown leather grips to match the seat—a detail that’s repeated on the kick-start lever and gear shifter. Hooked into the new electric circuit are a new analogue speedo and tacho, mini turn signals and a 6.5-inch headlight.

    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.
    The XS, now christened “Dark Bullet”, was then finished in a typically Macco fashion: matte black and raw steel, punctuated by gold pinstripes. Everything has been refinished, including the engine, wheels and frame, and it’s right on the button.

    Except there’s no button. You just have to use your leg to start it.
    Macco Motors | Facebook | Instagram | Photos by Sergio Ibarra from Semimate.

    First read on
    Less is more: Macco Motors' custom Yamaha XS400 is so minimal, it's even lost its electric start.

    Eat Carbs, Lose Weight: It’s All About Timing

    Eat Carbs, Lose Weight: It’s All About Timingby Lizzie Fuhr

    Image Source: POPSUGAR Photography / Glen Giffen

    Despite what popular diets say, carbs are not the enemy. But if you’re on a weight-loss mission, a diet that’s heavy in calorie-dense carbs is not going to support these goals. Luckily, many experts agree: you can have your carbs — and eat them, too! — just make sure it’s for breakfast.

    Biggest Loser trainer Bob Harper tells his clients on the ranch to “front load their carbohydrates.” Many people ask Bob if they should be cutting carbs entirely, but he completely disagrees, since “your body needs carbs for fuel.” When you eat carbs earlier in the day, however, “you’ll know you’ll have time to burn them off” with exercise.
    Celebrity trainer Gunnar Peterson also recommends that his clients skip carbs later in the day — especially if they’re getting ready for an important event! Foods like rice, grains, pastas, oatmeal, and potatoes make your body retain water, “which blurs, to a certain degree, definition and muscle separation,” he says.
    Manhattan-based nutritionist and registered dietitian Shira Lenchewski explains the science backs up these celebrity trainer claims. Our bodies’ circadian rhythm, or “internal time-keeping system,” plays a huge role in “metabolic and hormonal changes over 24-hour cycles.” Carbohydrate metabolism fluctuates around the circadian cycle, meaning that “[carbs] are burned more efficiently in the morning than at night.” For clients trying to lose weight, she recommends that the largest meal (higher in carbohydrates) is breakfast; the rest of your meals should be “trending smaller as the day goes on.”
    Not sure what constitutes a healthy carb-laden breakfast? Keep reading for some of our favorite recipes.

    Apple-Quinoa Bake: 44.3 grams

    Image Source: POPSUGAR Photography / Jenny Sugar

    Whip up this gluten-free quinoa bake featuring soft, cinnamon-spiced apples; plump raisins; and crunchy almonds. Bake a batch ahead of time, so you can enjoy this healthy breakfast all week long.

    Superfood Pancakes: 58.6 grams

    Image Source: POPSUGAR Photography / Jenny Sugar

    Inject some greens into your favorite breakfast! These spinach, banana, and blueberrysuperfood pancakes might have an earthy hue, but don’t fret — they do not taste too “green.” Even better, they’re full of fiber, calcium, iron, vitamin A, vitamin K, and folate.

    Harley Pasternak’s Breakfast Smoothie: 71.9 grams

    Image Source: POPSUGAR Photography / Michele Foley

    It’s not just about the bread — smoothies can be a healthy source of carbs from all that fresh fruit. Celebrity trainer Harley Pasternak recommends this apple smoothie made with just a few ingredients to many of his clients. This recipe packs major nutrients and vitamins to get your day off to a good start.


    “Path 22” BMW

    Munich/Biarritz. From June 11th – 14th 2015, the Wheels & Waves Festival celebrates for the fourth time a unique meeting of custom bikes, surfing and art in Biarritz. The festival is a great event that provides a straightforward opportunity for people to get together in a unique atmosphere and express their lifestyle of freedom and individuality. In this special setting, BMW Motorrad presents the BMW interpretation of a scrambler for the first time: the BMW Concept Path 22.

    Expression of a Lifestyle. The first scramblers in the 1950s were modified road machines with deep-treaded tyres, somewhat increased spring travel and a raised exhaust for off-road riding. These features gave the bikes a characteristic appearance that came to symbolise an attitude. “A scrambler is the perfect match for Wheels & Waves. It’s the epitome of a motorcycle beyond established standards and conventions. Performance specifications are not so much of interest – style and originality all the more so. Scramblers express passion and are as varied as their owners. The Concept Path 22 is our own interpretation based on the R nineT. The latter is the perfect basis for a scrambler conversion”, explains Edgar Heinrich, Head of BMW Motorrad Design.

    Cooperation with Southsiders MC, Ornamental Conifer and Dyer Brand.
    The BMW Concept Path 22 is the result of a collaboration that goes far beyond the motorcycle itself. At the initiative of the Wheels & Waves organisers, the motorcycle club Southsiders MC – in particular their member Vincent Prat – BMW Motorrad invited the artist Ornamental Conifer and the surfboard shaper Mason Dyer of Dyer Brand to design the BMW Concept Path 22 together. “Based on our scrambler interpretation, we wanted to create a kind of projection of the particular blend of people and cultures to be found at Wheels & Waves. And we found the perfect partners to do just this. The BMW Concept Path 22 captures everything that makes the Wheels & Waves people, festival and lifestyle so special”, says Edgar Heinrich. For this reason, the BMW scrambler interpretation is presented to Wheels & Waves Festival visitors in its own distinctive paint finish complete with BMW leather jackets designed especially by Ornamental Conifer and two surf boards created exclusively by Dyer Brand. All these various facets go together to reflect the creative scene that assembles every year at Wheels & Waves – a constantly growing community.

    The name “Path 22” refers to one of the insider secrets among Europe’s surf spots. This particular stretch of beach is inaccessible to cars, located on the Atlantic coast of southern France, half an hour’s walk through one of Europe’s biggest pine forests. The path leading to this spot bears the number 22.

    The Motorcycle – The Expression of Freedom.
    “The BMW Concept Path 22 stands for freedom – freedom of thought and its expression. There are no boundaries. Whatever you like is allowed – as at the Wheels & Waves-Festival. The Concept Path 22 is based on the BMW R nineT, which we see as the epitome of a custom bike. It is actually designed to be modified – customised according to individual preferences. The idea of a BMW scrambler is not new to us. Now seemed to be the right time to present our interpretation of this legendary vehicle concept,” says Ola Stenegard, Head of BMW Motorrad Vehicle Design. At the heart of the BMW Concept Path 22, there is a powerful two-cylinder boxer engine with cardan drive – as is typical of BMW. The single-sided swing arm makes the five-spoke rear wheel visible, again a familiar BMW feature. The remainder of the bike is equally genuine and down-to-earth. The classic circular headlamp, the fuel tank and a short seat ensure clear, agile proportions. The body finishes visually above the rear hub, thereby promising versatile handling. Typical scrambler features such as studded tyres, a large front wheel, slightly extended sprint travel and a raised exhaust mean the bike moves effortlessly over gravel and sand. These elements also create a striking appearance, instantly suggesting the kind of experience the BMW Concept Path 22 is able to offer.

    Riding fun in its most original form.
    The BMW Concept Path 22 is stripped down to the essentials. Every element and surface has a function. At the same time, each detail expresses both aesthetic appeal and consummate craftsmanship. In addition to the rustic elements such as the studded tyres and the protective grid in front of the headlamp, there are also high-end details such as the stitched leather seat, the handles with leather inserts and the typical scrambler-style Akrapovic tailpipes in high-quality stainless steel that add a touch of exclusive flair. High performance parts by Öhlins and Gilles Tooling, clever solutions such as direction indicators integrated in the handlebar ends, the MotoGadget instrument panel and the contrastcut milled parts created by Roland Sands Design further emphasise the bike’s quality detail. The milled aluminium wheels – likewise contrastcut – were produced exclusively by BMW Motorrad, rounding off the motorcycle’s minimalist appearance in top-class style. All parts of the concept bike are necessary essentials and offer the very best quality. In this way, the BMW Concept Path 22 perfects the art of reduction and harks back to the very essence that gives motorcycling its underlying appeal: the unity of man and machine.

    Artwork by Ornamental Conifer.
    The headlamp pan, fuel tank and mudguards of the BMW Concept Path 22 bear the artwork of Ornamental Conifer, alias Nico Sclater. He has been part of the Wheels & Waves movement for a long time and is co-founder of the scene’s graphic identity. Stylised lettering and graphic ornamentation are key to his work. The mischievous style of his typography is typically combined with profound and pithy puns. In addition to his work on vehicles, signs and windows, Nico Sclater is especially famous for his graphic enhancement of leather jackets. He not only created the concept bike’s special paint finish but also painted a number of exclusive BMW leather jackets for the Concept Path 22 team- each one a unique specimen.

    Riding the Waves – boards by Dyer Brand.
    A particular highlight of the BMW Concept Path 22 is the surfboard holder on the right-hand side. Specially developed by BMW Motorrad, it is as reduced, functional and high-quality as the bike itself. Made solely of machined aluminium and leather, it is highly variable and can be adapted to different board sizes. When not required it can be folded down to disappear into the bike’s silhouette or else simply dismounted. The boards to suit the holder were made by no less than leading shaper Mason Dyer himself of Dyer Brand in San Diego. He is famous for his high-quality custom boards that draw their inspiration from the 1950s and 1960s. Dyer has made two custom boards exclusively for the BMW Concept Path 22: a longboard (9’4) reminiscent of the period when scramblers first emerged and a shortboard (6’8) which meets the needs of modern surfers.

    The graphic design of the bike, jackets and surfboards express individual style and creativity. Each one a unique specimen, they also feature a matching colour scheme. This gives every element its own distinctive character while highlighting the core of the Wheels & Waves philosophy once again: joining together to celebrate Surf, Art, Motorcycles and the Freedom to do it your way.

    First read on

    Promotional Rates

    In designing our new ad campaign, we have to decide whether to offer a promotional rate or a discounted rate. But we are unsure if these two rates can be one and the same thing. What is the difference between these rates and if they are the both in a transaction, do we need two different disclosures for each one?
    This is most certainly not a distinction without a difference! A “promotional rate,” in connection with a variable rate plan, is an APR that is not based on the index and margin that will be used to make rate adjustments under the plan, if that rate is less than a reasonably current APR that would be in effect under the index and margin that will be used to make rate adjustments under the plan. [12 CFR § 226.16(d)(6)(i)(A); 12 CFR Supplement 1 to Part 226 – Official Staff Commentary § 226.16(d)-5.i]
    A “Discounted rate” is an initialAPR that is not based on the index and margin used to make later rate adjustments in a variable rate plan. [12 CFR § 226.16(d)(2)]
    Therefore, a discounted rate encompasses only an initial rate, whereas a promotional rate encompasses a rate that could be in effect any time during the life of a credit transaction.

    Thus, a rate can be both a discounted rate and a promotional rate and subject to the disclosure requirements for both types of rates.

    Jonathan Foxx
    Managing Director
    Lenders Compliance Group

    The Camaros at the LaJolla Concours, all perfectly restored, some were Yenkos

    well, perfectly restored other than the seat belts

    Credit Transactions involving Spouses

    We opt to furnish information on our mortgage loan transactions. We have a few questions involving the reporting of these transactions to consumer report agencies or other creditors. What are our requirements to furnish information involving spouse? Are we required to maintain files in a certain manner? Do we have to keep separate files for each participant to a joint account? Also, what information is furnished when the spouse assumes the mortgage loan?
    Under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), creditors are not required to furnish information to the consumer reporting agencies or other creditors, although creditors may be subject to other requirements under which they must furnish information on consumers to consumer reporting agencies. [12 CFR Supplement I to Part 202, Official Staff Interpretations § 202.10-1]
    When a creditor furnishes credit information to consumer reporting agencies or other creditors, the creditor must designate:
    1. Any new account to reflect the participation of both spouses if the applicant’s spouse is permitted to use or is contractually liable on the account (other than as a guarantor, surety, endorser, or similar party); and
    2. Any existing account to reflect such participation, within ninety days after receiving a written request to do so from one of the spouses. [12 CFR § 202.10(a)] 

    With respect to maintaining files, the creditor is not required to create or maintain separate files in the name of each participant on a joint or user account, nor is it required to maintain any other, particular system of recordkeeping or indexing. ECOA requires only that a creditor be able to report information on consumer accounts in the name of each spouse. If a creditor receives a credit inquiry about a wife, the creditor should be able to locate her credit file without asking the husband’s name. [12 CFR Supplement to Part 202, Office Staff Interpretations § 202.10-4]

    Regarding the spouse assuming the mortgage, when new parties who are spouses undertake a legal obligation on an account, as with the assumption of a mortgage loan, the creditor should change the designation on the account to reflect the new parties and must furnish subsequent credit information on the account in the new names. [12 CFR Supplement I to Part 202, Official Staff Interpretations § 202.10(a)-1]

    Jonathan Foxx
    Managing Director
    Lenders Compliance Group

    Modern Muscle: Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    At just eighteen years old, Victory Motorcycles is one of the youngest marques on the planet. And their current cruiser range has a distinctly modern aesthetic—a hard sell for potential owners looking for the American heritage vibe. Rudy Banny is the founder of Tattoo Projects, the ad agency that handles Victory’s marketing. “One of the issues we deal with on a regular basis, is Victory’s youth,” he says. “It seems a lot of consumers out there find Victory’s futuristic, modern design quite polarizing.”

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    “But it’s something that we at Tattoo have gotten Victory to embrace. It’s modern American muscle.” When Tattoo aren’t working on campaigns for some of the US’s top brands, they build custom motorcycles. And when Rudy managed to get a Victory Gunner onto his bench, he couldn’t resist the urge to roughen it up.

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    “I took it upon myself to take all of that awesome, bad-ass modern American muscle, and package it up in an old-school bobber-café.” The biggest visual hit is the new tail section. Tattoo wanted to fit one of their favorite brat-café-style seats: a Nitroheads. This meant that they could trim off most of the subframe—opening up the rear end and giving the stock swingarm a stretched look.

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    Custom aluminum gussets were made to support the seat, and to box in the simplified ECU and fuse box setup. The battery was swapped for a smaller Ballistic unit, but this (and a few electrical components) needed a new home. So local leather specialists Colsen Keane were roped in to make up a one-off battery pouch.

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    To complement the new back-end, Suzuki GSX-R forks and custom-made triple trees were fitted up front. A 3.5×16 rim was laced up with stainless steel spokes, and upgraded with a dual braking disc setup. And yes, the tires are Firestone’s infamous Deluxe Champions. (“We haven’t given up on them yet,” Rudy smiles.)

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    The cockpit’s been finished with a mix of parts. Arlen Ness teardrop mirrors hint at the bike’s origins, while dual headlights give it a touch of streetfighter style. The handlebars are Biltwell Tracker units, and the speedo is Motogadget’s tiny MotoScope Mini LED model. Tattoo’s biggest challenge was switching out the Victory Gunner’s wide, teardrop-shaped fuel tank. “A big reason these tanks are difficult to modify,” explains Rudy, “is that the tunnel is very unique, due to the split, wishbone-style backbone of the frame.”

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    The team modeled a smaller, simpler tank, and had Brendon Thompson from Elite Metal Designs ‘Frankenstein’ the stock tunnel onto the new tank. A Monza filler cap was installed, but other than that the tank’s been left unfinished. Rudy’s still deciding whether or not he wants to paint it.

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    The last stop was the engine—but with the Victory already pushing out a respectable 97 horses, and weighing 100lbs less now, the mods were minimal. There’s a Lloydz Torque Tube intake to help it breathe, adjustable timing gear and a new fuel control unit. Custom exhaust headers capped with stainless steel Cone Engineering mufflers round things out.

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size

    Rudy says he “deliberately took a very modern American motorcycle and distressed the hell out of it.” Tattoo’s stark Victory Gunner is certainly a departure from the factory version, and a muscle bike we wouldn’t mind owning.Victory Motorcycles | Tattoo Projects

    Modern Muscle: custom Victory Gunner by Tattoo Projects.

    Full Size
    First published by bikeexif.

    Solving the Weight Loss Puzzle Part 3

    If you have not read parts 1 and 2 please do so first!  So now that we understand that the most important factor in controlling bodyweight is to manage the energy you use daily with the energy you take in from food and beverages the next step is understanding the crucial difference between losing fat and losing weight.  

    In the beginning of any new diet there is typically a significant loss of water weight, and while comforting this is a temporary phenomenon and not permanent!    Also it is important to understand that real goal should be reducing levels of bodyfat while maintaining or actually increasing muscle mass.     

    The reason is that muscle and fat are not the same when it comes to how you look and feel. Fat is nothing more than stored energy and fat tissue takes up much more space than muscle or other lean tissue mass.  Take a look at the picture below to get a sense of how different 5lbs of muscle looks compared to 5lbs of fat.

    As you can see muscle is much denser and firmer material than fat.  The practical implication is that if you were to lose 5lbs of fat and gain 5lbs of muscle although the scale would not change at all – you (and everyone you know) would notice a big improvement in your appearance.   You would actually look smaller and tighter.  In addition because muscle burns significantly more calories than fat while at rest your resting metabolic rate would be increased meaning you are burning more calories ALL the time — not just during exercise.

    So the next question becomes “how do I lose fat and build or maintain muscle mass at the same time?”   There are three keys:
    Regular resistance training aka weight lifting – which stimulates your body to maintain or build muscle and bone tissue.

    High Intensity Interval Training – which maximizes calorie burn both during AND after the workout
    Managing food and beverage intake – to insure your calorie intake is slightly below your total calorie output – to insure your body has a reason to use fat (stored energy).

    While each of these components can be effective by themselves — when they are combined there is much greater short and long term response.  Take any of the three components out and you will limit your results.
    Put another way reducing calorie intake will initially result in greater fat loss than exercise for people who are beginning to exercise, BUT overtime your body will ALWAYS slow-down in response to any sustained drop in calorie intake.   
    Exercise on the other hand is just the opposite — initially for an unfit person exercise makes a very small contribution to any weight loss because the person’s exercise capacity is low.  However, over time a person’s exercise capacity will improve.    So all forms of diet become less effective over time while exercise becomes more effective.
    The key is addressing diet and exercise out of the gate and focusing on HIIT and Resistance Training in your exercise programming while watching your food and beverage intake!
    Stay tuned for the final part of this article next week!

    Emotional Resistance and How to Help Overcome it!

    “The past is gone: the present is full of confusion; and the future scares the hell out of me!”  – David L. Stein
    Emotional resistance is anything that causes someone to stay in their comfort zone – rather than taking action towards making a change.    It is unquestionably the elephant in the room for personal trainers and anyone who coaches people to make healthy lifestyle changes.
    A person can want to change but at the same time be emotionally resistant to change.   In fact, this common.     The person knows they want to change, but their level of motivation is not as strong as their level of emotional resistance, so they stay stuck.
    There are many reasons a person can be resistant to change including:
                    Fear of change – staying in their comfort zone is a lot less scary than trying something new!
                    They fall into the bad habit rut – change is hard, and habits must be replaced with other habits!
                    They lack confidence so are afraid they will fail
                    They chose short-term comfort vs long-term benefit
    So what is a good coach to do?
    It is all about asking the right questions and allowing a client to think without interruption.    Questions like:
                    Why is your goal important to you now?
                    What makes you think you need to make this change?
                    What will it take for you to change?
                    How can I help you get past some of the challenges you are facing?
                    Imagine you have reached your goal – how would your life be different?
                    If you do not change and stay where you are or get worse how will that be?
                    On a 1 – 10 scale how important is it for you to make this change now?
                                    If it is less than a 10 ask “what would it take for you to go up at least 1 level?”
    The key is to be empathetic and focus on the client coming up with solutions for changing their lives instead of telling them what to do all the time!

    Arizona Auto Insurance Companies

    There are many auto insurance companies those provide services in Arizona, but not all of them are cheap and good for you. Car drivers may want to find auto insurance companies for two reasons; either they have bought new cars or want to switch to another car insurance company. Those who have just bought new cars may have little information about auto insurance and have to select carefully the best auto insurance company for them. Car drivers who have bought insurance policy have to search extra benefits and facilities the auto insurance companies in Arizona State provide for. In Arizona like other states has some auto insurance laws and insurance holders have to follow them.

    Why You Need To Search Auto Insurance Companies In Arizona?
    To find the cheapest car insurance quotes in Arizona you have to search the available auto insurance companies in your state. If you go to one insurance company and buy an auto insurance policy from them, there is little chance your policy would be the cheapest one. Suppose you have 10 car insurance companies available in Arizona and to get the cheaper one you have to collect auto insurance quotes from all of them and compare auto insurance companies.

    What Are The Auto Insurance Companies Available In Arizona State?
    There are almost more than 20 auto insurance companies in Arizona State. Among them the top Arizona auto insurance companies are SafeAuto, Titan Insurance, Nationwide, GEICO, AmicaCoverage, Phoenix, StateFarm, Allstate, Infinity, Arizona auto insurance, Farmer’s insurance and American Family Mutual insurance.

    Which Arizona Auto Insurance Companies Have The Highest Market Share?
    Auto insurance industry in Arizona is very competitive and among the above auto insurance companies available in Arizona State, there are 3 car insurance companies which cover highest percentage of market share. These companies are:

    1. State Farm
    2. American Family Mutual Insurance Company
    3. Farmer’s Insurance

    What Factors You Should Consider Before Rating Car Insurance Companies In Arizona?
    Having a large market share with reputation doesn’t mean this auto insurance company is best. There are several factors by which you can justify which one is top rated and will be best for you. The first factor is which company offers enough and perfect coverage because unnecessary coverage just costs you extra money. The second factor is which auto insurance company has the highest customer satisfaction and the third factor is which auto insurance company is cheaper and offering lower premiums.

    In order to find auto insurance quote Arizona, you have to search car insurance companies available in Arizona State, request auto insurance rates and compare the car insurance companies to get the best auto insurance company in Arizona.

    My Trip to Batticaloa

    This assignment required me to travel to Batticaloa which is in the eastern coast of Sri Lanka. The drive to Batticaloa is long (About 320 KM) but the killer is that it takes nearly 8 hours to get there. I left at 6.15 AM from Colombo and arrived at 2.15 PM in Batticaloa; stopping only for Breakfast and a cup of tea.

    The assignment was 10 day evaluation of the management capacity of an organization who was delivering services to the people of the eastern province. The unique aspect of this assignment was that the client wanted to evaluate very specific aspects of its organization management structure, financial management, HR management, monitoring and communication systems. Therefore I had to customize the tools we used to a very high degree to ensure that the tools we used were compatible with the specific need. It also meant that this level of customization was a green field (Not done before so don’t know the pitfalls) this was further complicated by the fact that the execution of the assignment had to have a tri-linguistic person to facilitate the field work as well as translate at the synthesis workshop.

    The assignment went in a smooth manner and it was well received by the employees of the organization. Generally management capacity evaluations can get tricky as some managers take it as a personal weakness and get very defensive.

    I was surprised at the weather in Batticaloa and the amount of water on the ground. The roads that went through the lagoon were nearly inundated. Some of the shorter routs to Batticaloa were flooded so I had to travel via Polonnaruwa. In terms of the post war development in the east; I must say that all the reports regarding infrastructure development are correct and perhaps under reported. Road, bridge and utility projects are still going on and the whole of the eastern province looks like one giant construction site.

    The fishing industry is booming in Batticaloa and the seafood prices are less than half of what it is in Colombo. So the team had seafood at every opportunity. The tourism industry has a demand but the number of rooms available seemed to be inadequate for the demand. There is a dire need for quality hotel rooms in Batticaloa. The availability of jobs would be the main social issue in the coming months as the construction industry starts to finish the construction projects.

    I have to travel to Wadduwa (from Batticaloa) to attend the 6th South Asian Regional Workshop on Resource Mobilization which star